Appleton's Popular Science Monthly 1899-04: Vol 54

Page 1

APPLETON 8’ POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. APRIL, 1899. THE STUFF THAT DREAMS ARE MADE OF. By HAVELOCK ELLIS. N our dreams we are taken back into an earlier world. It is a world much more like that of the savage, the child, the criminal, the madman, than is the world of our respectable civilized waking life. That is, in large part, it must be confessed, the charm of dreams. It is also the reason of their scientific value. Through our dreams we may realize our relation to stages of evolution we have long left behind, and by the self-vivisection of our sleeping life we may learn to know something regarding the mind of primitive man and the source of some of his beliefs, thus throwing light on the facts we obtain by ethnographic research. This aspect of dreams has not always been kept steadily in sight, though it can no longer be said that the study of dreams is neg- lected. From one point of view or another—not only by the religious sect which, it appears, constitutes a “ Dream Church ” in Denmark, but by such carefully inquisitive investigators as those who have been trained under the inspiring influence of Prof. Stanley Hall—dream- ing is seriously studied. I need not, therefore, apologize for the fact that I have during many years taken note from time to time and recorded the details and circumstances of vivid dreams when I could study their mechanism immediately on awakening, and that I have occupied myself, not with the singularities and marvels of dream- ing—of which, indeed, I know little or nothing—but with their simplest and most general laws and tendencies. A few of these laws and tendencies I wish to set forth and illustrate. The interest of such a task is twofold. It not only reveals to us an archaic world of vast emotions and imperfect thoughts, but by helping us to attain a clear VOL, Liv.—54

Page 2

722 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. knowledge of the ordinary dream processes, it enables us in advance to deal with many of the extraordinary phenomena of dreaming, some- times presented to us by wonder-loving people as awesomely mysteri- ous, if not indeed supernatural. The careful analysis of mere ordi- nary dreams frequently gives us the key to these abnormal dreams. Perhaps the chief and most frequent tendency in the mechanism of dreaming is that by which isolated impressions from waking life flow together in dreams to be welded into a whole. There is then produced, in the strictest sense, a confusion. For instance, a lady, who in the course of the day has admired a fine baby and bonght a big fish for dinner, dreams with horror and surprise of finding a fully developed baby in a large codfish. The confusion may be more remote, embodying abstract ideas and without reference to recent impressions. Thus I dreamed that my wife was expounding to me a theory by which the substitution of slates for tiles in roofing had been accompanied by, and intimately associated with, the growing diminution of crime in England. Amid my wife’s rather contemptu- ous opposition, I opposed this theory, pointing out the picturesque- ness of tiles, their cheapness, greater comfort both in winter and sum- mer, but at the same time it occurred to me as a peculiar coincidence that tiles should have a sanguinary tinge suggestive of criminal blood- thirstiness. I need scarcely say that this bizarre theory had never suggested itself to my waking thoughts. There was, however, a real connecting link in the confusion—the redness—and it is a noteworthy point, of great significance in the interpretation of dreams, that that link, although clearly active from the first, remained subconscious until the end of the dream, when it presented itself as an entirely novel coincidence. The best simile for the mechanism of the most usual type of dream phenomena is the magic lantern. Our dreams are like dis- solving views in which the dissolving process is carried on swiftly or slowly, but always uninterruptedly, so that, at any moment, two (often indeed more) incongruous pictures are presented to conscious- ness which strives to make one whole of them, and sometimes succeeds and is sometimes baffled. Or we may say that the problem presented to dreaming consciousness resembles that experiment in which psy- chologists pronounce three wholly unconnected words, and require the subject to combine them at once in a connected sentence. It is unnecessary to add that such analogies fail to indicate the subtle com- plexity of the apparatus which is at work in the manufacture of dreams. It is the presence of the strife I have just referred to between apparently irreconcilable groups of images, in the effort of overcom- ing the critical skepticism of sleeping consciousness—a feeble skepti-

Page 3

THE STUFF THAT DREAMS ARE MADE OF. 723 cism, it may be, but, as many people do not seem to recognize, a real skepticism—that the impressive emotional effects of dreams are often displayed. It sometimes happens that two irreconcilable groups of impressions reach sleeping consciousness, one flowing from a recent stratum of memories, the other from an older stratum. A typical form of this phenomenon often occurs in our dreams of dead friends. Professor Sully remarks that in dreams of the dead “ awareness of the fact of death wholly disappears, or reduces itself to a vague feeling of something delightfully wonderful in the restored presence.” That, however, as I have elsewhere shown,* is not the typical process in dreaming of the dead; although in the later dreams of those who often see their dead friends during sleep, the process is abbreviated, and the friend’s presence is accepted without a struggle—a very inter- esting point, for it tends to show that in dreams, as in the hypnotic state, the recollection of previous similar states of consciousness per- sists, and the illusion is strengthened by repetition. In typical dreams of a dead friend there is a struggle between that stream of recent memories which represents him as dead and that older stream which represents him as living. These two streams are inevitably caused by the fact of death, which sets up a barrier be- tween them and renders one set of memories incongruous with the other set. In dreams we are not able to arrange our memories chrono- logically, but we are perpetually reasoning and striving to be logical. Consequently the two conflicting streams of memories break against each other in restless conflict, and sleeping consciousness endeavors to propound some theory which will reconcile them. The most fre- quent theories are, as I have found, either that the news of the friend’s death was altogether false, or that he had been buried alive by mis- take, or else that having really died his soul has returned to earth for a brief space. The mental and emotional conflict which such dreams involve renders them very vivid. They make a profound impression even after awakening, and for some sensitive persons are too sacred to speak of. Even so cautious and skeptical a thinker as Renan, when, after the death of his beloved sister Henriette, he dreamed more than once that she had been buried alive, and that he heard her voice call- ing to him from her grave, had to still his horrible suspicions by the consideration that she had been tended by experienced doctors. On less well-balanced minds, and more especially in primitive stages of * On Dreaming of the Dead. Psychological Review, September, 1895. In this paper I reported several cases showing the nature and evolution of dreams concerning dead friends. I have since received evidence from various friends and correspondents, scientific and unsci- entific, of both sexes, confirming my belief in a frequency of this type of dream. Professor Binet (L’Année Psychologique, 1896) has also furnished a case in support of my view, and is seeking for further evidence.

Page 4

724 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. civilization, we can scarcely doubt that such dreams, resting as they do on the foundation of consciousness, have had a powerful infiu- ence in persuading man that death is but a transient fact, and that the soul is independent of the body. I do not wish to assert that they suffice to originate the belief.* While dreams are thus often formed by the molding together of more or less congruous images by a feeble but still intelligent sleep- ing activity, another factor is to be found in the involuntary waver- ing and perpetually mere meaningless change of dream imagery, Such concentration as is possible during sleep always reveals a shifting, oscillating, uncertain movement of the vision before us. We are, as it were, reading a sign-post in the dusk, or making guesses at the names of the stations as our express train flashes by the painted letters, Any one who has ever been subject to the hypnagogic imagery some- times seen in the half-waking state, or who has ever taken mescal, knows that it is absolutely impossible to fix an image. It is this factor in dreams which causes them so often to baffle our analysis. In addition to the mere, as it were, mechanical flowing together of images and ideas, and the more or less intelligent molding of them into a whole, there is thus a failure of sleeping attention to fix defi- nitely the final result—a failure which itself may evidently serve to carry on the dream process by suggesting new images and combina- tions. I dreamed once that I was with a doctor in his surgery, and saw in his hand a note from a patient saying that doctors were fools and did him no good, but he had lately taken some selvdrolla, recom- mended by a friend, and it had done him more good than anything, so please send him some more. I saw the note clearly, not, indeed, being conscious of reading it word by word, but only of its meaning as I looked at it; the one word I actually seemed to see, letter by letter, was the name of the drug, and that changed and fluctuated beneath my vision as I gazed at it, the final impression being selvdrolla. The doctor took from a shelf a bottle containing a bright yellow oleaginous fluid, and poured a little out, remarking that it had lately come into favor, especially in uric-acid disorders, but was extremely expensive. *In Japan stories of the returning of the dead are very common. Lafcadio Hearn gives one as told by a Japanese which closely resembles the type of dream I am discussing. “ A lover resolves to commit suicide on the grave of his sweetheart. He found her tomb and knelt before it and prayed and wept, and whispered to her that which he was about to do. And suddenly he heard her voice cry to him ‘Anata!’ and felt her hand upon his hand ; and he turned and saw her kneeling beside him, smiling and beautiful as he remem- bered her, only a little pale. Then his heart leaped so that he could not speak for the wonder and the doubt and the joy of that moment. But she said: ‘Do not doubt; it is really I. Iam not dead, It was alla mistake. I was buried because my parents thought me dead—buried too soon. Yet you see I am not dead, not a ghost. It is 1; do not doubt it!’”

Page 5

THE STUFF THAT DREAMS ARE MADE OF. 725 I expressed my surprise, having never before heard of it. Then, again to my surprise, he poured rather copiously from the bottle on to a plate of food, saying, in explanation, that it was pleasant to take and not dangerous. This was a vivid morning dream, and on awakening I had no difficulty in detecting the source of its various minor details, especially a note received on the previous evening and containing a dubious figure, the precise nature of which I had used my pocket lens to determine. But what was selvdrolla, the most vivid element of the dream? I sought vainly among my recent mem- ories, and had almost renounced the search when I recalled a large bottle of salad oil seen on the supper table the previous evening; not, indeed, resembling the dream bottle, but containing a precisely simi- lar fluid. Selvdrolla was evidently a corruption of “salad oil.” I select this dream to illustrate the uncertainty of dream consciousness, because it also illustrates at the same time the element of certainty in dream subconsciousness. Throughout my dream I remained, con- sciously, in entire ignorance as to the real nature of selvdrolla, yet a latent element in consciousness was all the time presenting it to me in ever-clearer imagery. While the confusions of dreaming are usually the union of un- connected streams of imagery which have, as it were, come from widely remote parts of the memory system to strike together at the narrow focus of shaping consciousness, in some rarer cases the fused images are really suggested by analogy and are not accidental. Maury records successions of dream imagery strung together by verbal resemblances; I have found such dreams rare, but other forms of association fairly common. Thus I once dreamed that I was with a dentist who was about to extract a tooth from a patient. Before applying the forceps he remarked to me (at the same time setting fire to a perfumed cloth at the end of something like a broomstick in order to dissipate the unpleasant odor) that it was the largest tooth he had ever seen. When extracted I found that it was in- deed enormous, in the shape of a caldron, with walls an inch thick. Taking from my pocket a tape measure (such as I always carry in waking life) I found the diameter to be not less than twenty-five inches; the interior was like roughly hewn rock, and there were sea-weeds and lichenlike growths within. The size of the tooth seemed to me large, but not extraordinarily so. It is well known that pain in the teeth, or the dentist’s manipulations, cause those organs to seem of extravagant extent; in dreams this tendency rules unchecked; thus a friend once dreamed that mice were play- ing about in a cavity in her tooth. But for the dream first quoted there was no known dental origin; it arose solely or chiefly from a walk during the previous afternoon among the rocks of the Cornish

Page 6

726 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. coast at low tide, and the fantastic analogy, which had not occurred to waking consciousness, suggested itself during sleep. The following dream illustrates an association of quite a dif- ferent order: I imagined I was sitting at a window, at the top of a house, writing. As I looked up from my table I saw, with all the emotions naturally accompanying such a sight, a woman in her night dress appear at a lofty window some distance off and throw herself down. I went on writing, however, and found that in the course of my literary employment—lI am not clear as to its precise nature—the very next thing I had to do was to describe exactly such a scene as I had just witnessed. I was extremely puzzled at such an extraordi- nary coincidence: it seemed to me wholly inexplicable. Such dreams, reduplicating the imagery in a new sensory medium, are fairly com- mon, with me at all events, though I can not easily explain them. The association is not so much of analogy as of sensory media, in this case the visual image becoming a verbal motor image. In other cases a scene is first seen as in reality, and then in a picture. It is inter- esting to observe the profound astonishment with which sleeping consciousness apperceives such simple reduplication. It sometimes happens that the confused imagery of dreams in- cludes elements drawn from forgotten memories—that is to say, that sleeping consciousness can draw on faint impressions of the past which waking consciousness is unable to reach. This is a very important type of dream because of its bearing on the explanation of certain dream phenomena which we are sometimes asked to bow down be- fore as supernatural. I may illustrate what I mean by the following very instructive case. I woke up recalling the chief items of a rather vivid dream: I had imagined myself in a large old house, where the furniture, though of good quality, was ancient, and the chairs threat- ened to give way as one saton them. The place belonged to one Sir Peter Bryan, a hale old gentleman who was accompanied by his son and grandson. There was a question of my buying the place from him, and I was very complimentary to the old gentleman’s appear- ance of youthfulness, absurdly affecting not to know which was the grandfather and which the grandson. On awaking I said to myself that here was a purely imaginative dream, quite unsuggested by any definite experiences. But when I began to recall the trifling inci- dents of the previous day I realized that that was far from being the ease. So far from the dream having been a pure effort of imagination I found that every minute item could be traced to some separate source. The name of Sir Peter Bryan alone completely baffled me; T could not even recall that I had at that time ever heard of any one called Bryan. I abandoned the search and made my notes of the dream and its sources. I had scarcely done so when I chanced to

Page 7

THE STUFF THAT DREAMS ARE MADE OF. 727 take up a volume of biographies which I had glanced through care- lessly the day before. I found that it contained, among others, the lives of Lord Peterborough and George Bryan Brummel. I had certainly seen those names the day before; yet before I took up the book once again it would have been impossible for me to recall the exact name of Beau Brummel, and I should have been inclined to say that I had never even heard the name of Bryan. I repeat that I regard this as, psychologically, a most instructive dream. It rarely happens (though I could give one or two more examples from the experience of friends) that we can so clearly and definitely demon- strate the presence of a forgotten memory in a dream; in the case of old memories it is usually impossible. It so happened that the for- gotten memory which in this case re-emerged to sleeping conscious- ness was a fact of no consequence to myself or any one else. But if it had been the whereabouts of a lost deed or a large sum of money, and I had been able to declare, as in this case, that the impression received in my dream had never to my knowledge existed in waking consciousness, and yet were to declare my faith that the dream proba- bly had a simple and natural explanation, on every hand I should be sarcastically told that there is no credulity to match the credulity of the skeptic. The profound emotions of waking life, the questions and prob- lems on which we spread our chief voluntary mental energy, are not those which usually present themselves at once to dream conscious- ness. It is, so far as the immediate past is concerned, mostly the trifling, the incidental, the “ forgotten” impressions of daily life which reappear in our dreams. The psychic activities that are awake most intensely are those that sleep most profoundly. If we preserve the common image of the “stream of consciousness,” we might say that the grave facts of life sink too deeply into the flood to reappear at once in the calm of repose, while the mere light and buoyant trifles of life, flung carelessly in during the day, at once rise to the surface, to dance and mingle and evolve in ways that this familiar image of “the stream of consciousness ” will not further help us to picture. So far I have been discussing only one of the great groups into which dreams may be divided. Most investigators of dreams agree that there are two such groups, the one having its basis in memories, the other founded on actual physical sensations experienced at the moment of dreaming and interpreted by sleeping consciousness. Vari- ous names have been given to these two groups; Sully, for instance, terms them central and peripheral. Perhaps the best names, how- ever, are those adopted by Miss Calkins, who calls the first group representative, the second group presentative.

Page 8

728 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. All writers on dreaming have brought forward presentative dreams, and there can be no doubt that impressions received during sleep from any of the external senses may serve as a basis for dreams, I need only record one example to illustrate this main and most obvi- ous group of presentative dreams. I dreamed that I was listening to a performance of Haydn’s Creation, the chief orchestral part of the performance seeming to consist chiefly of the very realistic repre- sentation of the song of birds, though I could not identify the note of any particular bird. Then followed solos by male singers, whom I saw, especially one who attracted my attention by singing at the close in a scarcely audible voice. On awakening the source of the dream was not immediately obvious, but I soon realized that it was the song of a canary in another room. I had never heard Haydn’s Creation, except in fragments, nor thought of it at any recent period; its reputation as regards the realistic representation of natural sounds had evidently caused it to be put forward by sleeping consciousness as a plausible explanation of the sounds heard, and the visual centers had accepted the theory. It is a familiar fact that internal sensations also form a frequent basis of dreams. All the internal organs, when disturbed or dis- tended or excited, may induce dreams, and especially that aggra- vated kind of dreaming which we call nightmare. This fact is so well known that such dreams are usually dismissed without further analysis. It is a mistake, however, so to dismiss them, for it seems probable that it is precisely here that we may find the most instructive field of dream psychology. On account of the profoundly emotional effect of such dreams they are very interesting to study, but this very element of emotion renders them somewhat obscure objects of study. I do not venture to offer with absolute certainty one or two novel sug- gestions which dream experiences have led me to regard as probable. Dreams of flying have so often been recorded—from the time of St. Jerome, who mentions that he was subject to them—that they may fairly be considered to constitute one of the commonest forms of dreaming. All my life, it seems to me, I have at intervals had such dreams in which I imagined myself rhythmically bounding into the air and supported on the air. These dreams, in my case at all events, are not generally remembered immediately on awakening (seeming to indicate that they depend on a cause which does not usu- ally come into action at the end of sleep), but they leave behind them a vague but profound sense of belief in their reality and reasonable- ness.* Several writers have attempted to explain this familiar phe- * Many saints (Saint Ida, of Louvain, for example) claimed the power of rising into the air, and one asks one’s self whether this faith may not be based on dream experiences mis- translated by a disordered brain. M. Raffaelli, the eminent French painter, who is subject | Pa | a :

Page 9

| ain THE STUFF THAT DREAMS ARE MADE OF. 729 nomenon. Gowers considers that a spontaneous contraction of the stapedius muscle of the ear during sleep causes a sensation of fall- ing. Stanley Hall, who has himself from childhood had dreams of flying, boldly argues that we have here “some faint reminiscent ata- vistic echo from the primeval sea”; and that such dreams are really survivals—psychic vestigial remains—taking us back to the far past, in which man’s ancestors needed no feet to swim or float. Such a theory may accord with the profound conviction of reality that ac- companies such dreams, though this may be more simply accounted for, even by mere repetition, as with dreams of the dead; but it is rather a hazardous theory, and it seems to me infinitely more probable that such dreams are a misinterpretation of actual internal sensations. My own explanation was immediately suggested by the follow- ing dream. I dreamed that I was watching a girl acrobat, in appro- priate costume, who was rhythmically rising to a great height in the air and then falling, without touching the floor, though each time she approached quite close to it. At last she ceased, exhausted and per- spiring, and had to be led away. Her movements were not controlled by mechanism, and apparently I did not regard mechanism as neces- sary. It was a vivid dream, and I awoke with a distinct sensation of oppression in the chest. In trying to account for this dream, which was not founded on any memory, it occurred to me that probably I had here the key to a great group of dreams. The rhythmic rising and falling of the acrobat was simply the objectivation of the rhyth- mic rising and falling of my own respiratory muscles under the in- fluence of some slight and unknown physical oppression, and this op- pression was further translated into a condition of perspiring ex- haustion in the girl, just as it is recorded that a man with heart dis- ease dreamed habitually of sweating and panting horses climbing up hill. We may recall also the curious sensation as of the body being transformed into a vast bellows which is often the last sensation felt before the unconsciousness produced by nitrous oxide gas. When we are lying down there is a real rhythmic rising and falling of the chest and abdomen, centering in the diaphragm, a series of oscillations which at both extremes are only limited by the air. Moreover, in this position we have to recognize that the whole internal organism—the circulatory, nervous, and other systems—are differently balanced from what they are in the upright position, and that a disturbance of in- ternal equilibrium always accompanies falling. Further, it is pos- sible that the misinterpretation is confirmed to sleeping consciousness by sensations from without, by the absence of the tactile pressure pro- to these sleeping experiences of floating on the air, confesses that they are so convincing that he has jumped out of bed on awaking and attempted to repeat the experience. “I need not tell you,” he adds, “that I have never been able to succeed.”

Page 10

730 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. duced by boots on the foot, or the contact of the ground with the soles; we are at once conscious of movement and conscious that the soles of the feet are in contact only with the air. Thus in normal sleep the conditions may be said to be always favorable for produc- ing dreams of flying or of floating in the air, and any slight thoracic disturbance, even in healthy persons, arising from lungs, heart, or stomach, and serving to bring these conditions to sleeping conscious- ness, may determine such a dream. There is another common class of dreams which, it seems fairly evident to me, must also find their psychological explanation chiefly in the visceral sensations—I mean dreams of murder. Many psy- chologists have referred with profound concern to the facility and prevalence of murder in dreams, sometimes as a proof of the innate wickedness of human nature made manifest in the unconstraint of sleep, sometimes as evidence of an atavistic return to the modes of feeling of our ancestors, the thin veneer of civilization being removed during sleep. Maudsley and Mme. de Manacéine, for example, find evidence in such dreams of a return to primitive modes of feeling. It may well be that there is some element of truth in this view, but even if so we still have to account for the production of such dreams, For this we must, in part at least, fall back upon the logical outcome of dream confusions, owing to which, for instance, a lady who has carved a duck at dinner may a few hours later wake up exhausted by the imaginary effort of cutting off her husband’s head. But I think we may find evidence that the dream of murder is often a falsely logical deduction from abnormal visceral and especially digestive sen- sations. I may illustrate such dreams by the following example: A lady dreamed that her husband called her aside and said: “ Now, do not scream or make a fuss; I am going to tell you something. I have to killa man. It is necessary, to put him out of his agony.” He then took her into his study and showed her a young man lying on the floor with a wound in his breast, and covered with blood. “ But how will you do it?” she asked. “Never mind,” he replied, “leave that to me.” He took something up and leaned over the man. She turned aside and heard a horrible gurgling sound. Then all was over. “Now,” he said, “ we must get rid of the body. I want you to send for So-and-so’s cart, and tell him I wish to drive it.” The cart came. “ You must help me to make the body into a parcel,” he said to his wife; “ give me plenty of brown paper.” They made it into a parcel, and with terrible difficulty and effort the wife assisted her husband to get the body down stairs and lift it into the cart. At every stage, however, she presented to him the difficulties of the situation. But he carelessly answered all objections, said he would

Page 11

THE STUFF THAT DREAMS ARE MADE OF. 731 take the body up to the moor, among the stones, remove the brown paper, and people would think the murdered man had killed himself. He drove off and soon returned with the empty cart. “ What’s this blood in my cart?” asked the man to whom it belonged, looking inside. “Oh, that’s only paint,” replied the husband. But the dreamer had all along been full of apprehension lest the deed should be discovered, and the last thing she could recall, before waking in terror, was looking out of the window at a large crowd which sur- rounded the house with shouts of “ Murder! ” and threats. This tragedy, with its almost Elizabethan air, was built up out of a few commonplace impressions received during the previous day, none of which impressions contained any suggestion of murder. The tragic element appears to have been altogether due to the psychic in- fluences of indigestion arising from a supper of pheasant. To ac- count for our oppression during sleep, sleeping consciousness assumes moral causes which alone appear to it of sufficient gravity to be the adequate cause of the immense emotions we are experiencing. Even in our waking and fully conscious states we are inclined to give the preference to moral over physical causes, quite irrespective of the justice of our preferences; in our sleeping states this tendency is exaggerated, and the reign of purely moral causes is not disturbed by even a suggestion of mere physical causation. There is certainly no profounder emotional excitement during sleep than that which arises from a disturbed or distended stomach, and is reflected by the pneumogastric to the accelerated heart and the impeded respiration.* We are thereby thrown into a state of un- inhibited emotional agitation, a state of agony and terror such as we rarely or never attain during waking life. Sleeping consciousness, blindfolded and blundering, a prey to these massive waves from be- low, and fumbling about desperately for some explanation, jumps at the idea that only the attempt to escape some terrible danger or the guilty consciousness of some awful crime can account for this immense emotional uproar. Thus the dream is suffused by a conviction which the continued emotion serves to support. We do not—it seems most simple and reasonable to conclude—experience terror because we think we have committed a crime, but we think we have committed a crime because we experience terror. And the fact that in such dreams we are far more concerned with escape from the results of crime than with any agony of remorse is not, as some have thought, due to our innate indifference to crime, but simply to the fact that our emotional state suggests to us active escape from danger rather than the more passive grief of remorse. Thus our dreams bear wit- * Other pains and discomforts—toothache, for instance—may, however, give rise to dreams of murder.

Page 12

732 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. ness to the fact that our intelligence is often but a tool in the hands of our emotions.* I have had frequent occasion to refer to the objectivation of sub- jective sensations as a phenomenon of dreaming. It is, indeed, so frequent and so important a phenomenon that it needs some further reference. In hysteria (which by some of the most recent authorities, like Sollier, is regarded as a species of somnambulism), in “ demon- possession,” and many other abnormal phenomena it is well known that there is, as it were, a doubling of personality; the ego is split up into two or more parts, each of which may act as a separate personality. The literature of morbid psychology is full of extraordinary and varied cases exhibiting this splitting up of personality. But it is usually forgotten that in dreams the doubling of personality is a normal and constant phenomenon in all healthy people. In dream- ing we can divide our body between ourselves and another person. Thus a medical friend dreamed that in conversation with a lady patient he found his hand resting on her knee and was unable to re- move it; awakening in horror from this unprofessional situation he found his own hand firmly clasped between his knees; the hand had remained his own, the knee had become another person’s, the hand being claimed, rather than the knee, on account of its greater tactile sensibility. Again, we sometimes objectify our own physical dis- comforts felt during sleep in the emotions of some other person, or even in some external situations. And, possibly, every dream in which there is any dramatic element is an instance of the same split- ting up of personality; in our dreams we may experience shame or confusion from the rebuke or the arguments of other persons, but the persons who administer the rebuke or apply the argument are still ourselves. When we consider that this dream process, with its perpetual dramatization of our own personality, has been going on as long as man has been man—and probably much longer, for it is evident that animals dream—it is impossible to overestimate its immense influence on human belief. Men’s primitive conceptions of religion, of morals, of many of the mightiest phenomena of life, especially the more ex- ceptional phenomena, have certainly been influenced by this constant dream experience. It is the universal primitive explanation of ab- normal psychic and even physical phenomena that some other person or spirit is working within the subject of the abnormal experience. Certainly dreaming is not the sole source of such conceptions, but *It may be added that they also present evidence—to which attention has not, I believe, been previously called—in support of the James-Lange or physiological theory of emotion, according to which the element of bodily change in emotion is the cause and not the result of the emotion.

Page 13

THE STUFF THAT DREAMS ARE MADE OF. 733 they could scarcely have been found convincing, and possibly could not ever have arisen, among races who were wholly devoid of dream experiences. A large part of all progress in psychological knowl- edge, and, indeed, a large part of civilization itself, lies in realizing that the appatently objective is really subjective, that the angels and demons and geniuses of all sorts that seemed at first to take possession of the feeble and vacant individuality are themselves but modes of action of marvelously rich and varied personalities. But in our dreams we are brought back into the magic circle of early culture, and we shrink and shudder in the presence of imaginative phantoms that are built up of our own thoughts and emotions, and are really our own flesh. There is one other general characteristic of dreams that is worth noting, because its significance is not usually recognized. In dreams we are always reasoning. It is sometimes imagined that reason is in abeyance during sleep. So far from this being’ the case, we may almost be said to reason much more during sleep than when we are awake. That our reasoning is bad, even preposterous, that it con- stantly ignores the most elementary facts of waking life, scarcely affects the question. All dreaming is a process of reasoning. That artful confusion of ideas and images which at the outset I referred to as the most constant feature of dream mechanism is nothing but a process of reasoning, a perpetual effort to argue out harmoniously the absurdly limited and incongruous data present to sleeping con- sciousness. Binet, grounding his conclusions on hypnotic experi- ments, has very justly determined that reasoning is the fundamental part of all thinking, the very texture of thought. It is founded on perception itself, which already contains all the elements of the an- cient syllogism. For in all perception, as he shows, there is a suc- cession of three images, of which the first fuses with the second, which in its turn suggests the third. Now this establishment of new associa- tions, this construction of images, which, as we may easily convince ourselves, is precisely what takes place in dreaming, is reasoning itself. Reasoning is a synthesis of images suggested by resemblance and contiguity, indeed a sort of logical vision, more intense even than actual vision, since it produces hallucinations. To reasoning all forms of mental activity may finally be reduced; mind, as Wundt has said, is a thing that reasons. When we apply these general statements to dreaming, we may see that the whole phenomenon of dreaming is really the same process of image-formation, based on resemblance and contiguity, which is at the basis of reasoning. Every dream is the outcome of this strenuous, wide-ranging instinct to rea- son. The supposed “imaginative faculty,” regarded as so highly active during sleep, is simply the inevitable play of this automatic

Page 14

734 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. logic. The characteristic of the reasoning of dreams is that it is unusually bad, and this badness is due chiefly to the absence of mem- ory elements that would be present to waking consciousness, and to the absence of sensory elements to check the false reasoning which without them appears to us conclusive. That is to say—to fall back on the excellent generalization which Parish has elaborately applied to all forms of hallucination—there is a process of dissociation b which ordinary channels of association are temporarily blocked and the conditions prepared for the formation of the hallucination. It is, as Parish has argued, in sleep and in those sleep-resembling states called hypnagogic that a condition of dissociation leading to hal- lucination is most apt to occur. The following dream illustrates the part played by dissociation: A lady dreamed that an acquaintance wished to send.a small sum of money toa person in Ireland. She rashly offered to take it over to Ireland. On arriving home she began to repent of her promise, as the weather was extremely wild and cold. She began, however, to make preparations for dressing warmly, and went to consult an Irish friend, who said she would have to be floated over to Ireland tightly jammed in a crab basket. On returning home she fully discussed the matter with her husband, who thought it would be folly to under- take such a journey, and she finally relinquished it, with great relief. In this dream—the elements of which could all be accounted for— the association between sending money and postal orders which would at once occur to waking consciousness was closed; consciousness was a prey to such suggestions as reached it, but on the basis of these sug- gestions it reasoned and concluded quite sagaciously. The phe- ‘nomena of dreaming furnish a delightful illustration of the fact that reasoning, in its rough form, is only the crudest and most elementary form of intellectual operation, and that the finer forms of thinking only become possible when we hold in check this tendency to reason. “ All the thinking in the world,” as Goethe puts it, “ will not lead us to thought.” It is in such characteristics as these—at once primitive, childlike, and insane—that we may find the charm of dreaming. In our sleep- ing emotional life we are much more like ourselves than we are in our sleeping intellectual life. It is a mistake to imagine that our moral and sesthetic instincts are abolished in dreams; they are often weakened, but by no means abolished. Such a result is natural when we remember that our emotions and instincts are both more primitive and less under the dominion of the external senses than are our ideas. Yet in both respects we are removed a stage backward in our dreams. The emotional intensity, the absurd logic, the tendency to personi- fication—nearly all the points I have referred to as characterizing ee lin

Page 15

THE STUFF THAT DREAMS ARE MADE OF. 735 our dreams—are the characteristics of the child, the savage, and the madman. ‘Time and space are annihilated, gravity is suspended, and we are joyfully borne up in the air, as it were, in the arms of angels; we are brought into a deeper communion with Nature, and in his dreams a man will listen to the arguments of his dog with as little surprise as Balaam heard the reproaches of his ass. ‘The unexpected limitations of our dream world, the exclusion of so many elements which are present even unconsciously in waking life, imparts a splen- did freedom and ease to the intellectual operations of the sleeping mind, and an extravagant romance, a poignant tragedy, to our emo- tions. “ He has never known happiness,” said Lamb, speaking out of his own experience, “ who has never been mad.” And there are many who taste in dreams a happiness they never know when awake. In the waking moments of our complex civilized life we are ever in a state of suspense which makes all great conclusions impossible; the multiplicity of the facts of life, always present to consciousness, re- strains the free play of logic (except for that happy dreamer, the mathematician) and surrounds most of our pains and nearly all our pleasures with infinite qualifications; we are tied down to a sober tameness. In our dreams the fetters of civilization are loosened, and we know the fearful joy of freedom. At the same time it is these characteristics which make dreams a fit subject of serious study. It was not until the present century that the psychological importance of the study of insanity was recog- nized. So recent is the study of savage mind that the workers who have laid its foundation are yet all living. The systematic investiga- tion of children only began yesterday. To-day our dreams begin to seem to us an allied subject of study, inasmuch as they reveal within ourselves a means of entering sympathetically into ideas and emo- tional attitudes belonging to narrow or ill-adjusted states of conscious- ness which otherwise we are now unable to experience. And they have this further value, that they show us how many abnormal phe- nomena—possession, double consciousness, unconscious memory, and so forth—which have often led the ignorant and unwary to many strange conclusions, really have a simple explanation in the healthy normal experience of all of us during sleep. Here, also, it is true that we ourselves and our beliefs are to some extent “such stuff as dreams are made of.” THE harmonious and equitable evolution of man, says President Dab- ney, of the University of Tennessee, “does not mean that every man must be educated just like his fellow. The harmony is within each individual. That community is most highly educated in which each individual has attained the maximum of his possibilities in the direction of his peculiar talents and opportunities.”

Page 16

POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. THE BEST METHODS OF TAXATION. By raz Late Hoy. DAVID A. WELLS. PART I. ¢ Nea historical survey of tax experience among peoples widely dif- fering in their economic condition and social relations, and this examination of the scope and practice of taxation, with especial refer- ence to the tax systems of the United States as defined and inter- preted by judicial authority, prepare the way for a discussion of the best methods of taxation for a country situated as is the United States, General as are the theoretical principles underlying taxation, the ap- plication of these principles to existing conditions must be modified to meet the long usage and inherited prejudice of the people, and the form of production or manner of distributing wealth. This holds true in the face of appearances so opposed to it as to defy definition and acceptance. No less promising field for an income tax can be pictured than British India, and few more promising fields than France. Yet India has borne such a tax for years, while France will not permit a true tax on income to be adopted as a part of its revenue system. In the latter country the plea is made that the upper and middle classes already pay under other forms of taxation more than their due proportion of the public burdens, and an addi- tional and necessarily discriminating duty laid upon them will only make this inequality the greater. Class interest may thus op- pose its veto to a change that promises to reduce the burdens of one class of taxpayers at the expense of another; or may even oppose a change that offers the chance of collecting a larger revenue with less real difficulty and sacrifice on the part of the taxed. No opposition can set aside even temporarily the great rules that clearly define a tax from tribute, a legal and beneficial taking by the state of a cer- tain part of the public wealth from a demand that involves waste or mischievous expenditure, for which the state or people derive no ad- vantage commensurate with the cost, or from which individuals ob- tain a gain not defensible in justice, and at the expense of only one part of the community. After so many centuries of experiment, in which hardly a pos- sible source of state revenue has escaped attention, some knowledge of the great principles of taxation might have been evolved. Unfor- tunately, the experience of one nation is not accepted as containing lessons applicable to the needs or conditions of another, and one gen- eration rarely appeals to history save to defend its own experiments. Ignorance, half knowledge, which is quite as dangerous, and interest guide or influence legislation, and those who predict failure or danger

Page 17

THE BEST METHODS OF TAXATION. 737 are regarded as theorists, and denounced as unpractical. Nowhere is the tendency to move independent of enlightened knowledge more evident than in the United States. At every appearance of the tax question, State and national legislatures are overwhelmed with measures that have been tried in the past, and after a thorough test condemned beyond any hope of defense. Yet history shows the gradual disappearance of certain forms of taxation which enjoyed great popularity for a time, and accomplished the end of their creation in a crude and often cruel manner. Look- ing over long periods of time, it is seen that some advances have been made, rather from a change in the economic condition of the people than from a true appreciation of the principles in question. The development of popular liberty has been an essential factor, and the alterations in tax methods require a close analysis of the causes lead- ing to the rise and dominance of political and constitutional principle. While it is true that a popular uprising against fiscal exactions usually marked the limit of endurance of an oppressive system, it is also true that the same uprisings marked the completion of one stage of political development, and the readiness or even the need of entering upon a new stage. In one sense the progress of a people toward civili- zation in its highest meaning may be illustrated by its fiscal ma- chinery and methods of obtaining its revenue from the people. It will be of interest to glance at some of these passing phases which have generally come down to a late day, and are still- to be found in activity in some of the most advanced states of Europe. The practice of farming out the revenues of a state or any part of it has become nearly obsolete, and where it does exist is the mark of a fiscal machinery as yet not fully developed. The opportunities and temptation which the contract system offered for oppressing the tax- payers were apparent long before the state was in a position to assert its ability to make its own collections. In France the fermiers gé- néraux were a political factor, standing between the king and his people, regarded as necessary to the former and as oppressors of the latter. Their unpopularity, in part justified by their conduct, was a not unimportant item in the arraignment of royalty by the people. Wherever introduced, the farming of taxes proved in the long run as unwise politically as it was unprofitable financially; and the only reasonable defense for adopting it was the want of strength in the state to command its own revenue—a want as likely to arise from the dishonesty of its agents as from a political weakness. In early times the most universal manner of supplying the treasury of the state, the farming of taxes has become so rare as to be classed as a curiosity. Italy still employs this machinery to collect her taxes on tobacco, and VOL, LIv.—55

Page 18

738 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. Spain from necessity has mortgaged her taxes to the bank, with the task of collecting them. Of the same general character are the state lotteries, of which some few and quite important instances may still be found in action. Of the immorality of these instruments there can be little doubt, and there is quite as unanimous an opinion as to their inefficiency as fiscal instruments. Yet it is only within very recent years that state lot- teries have been discarded even in the most advanced countries. The machinery of lotteries has often been modified, but, no matter how altered in details, they all have appealed to the love of games of chance. Adam Smith asserted that the “absurd presumption” of men in their own good fortune is even more universal than the over: weening conceit which the greater part of men have in their own abilities.* Yet another assertion of the same writer is as true: “ The world neither ever saw, nor ever will see, a perfectly fair lottery, or one in which the whole gain compensated the whole loss.” Where the state undertakes it, there is a profit generally assured to the state, but that profit is by no means certain, and can not make good the demoralization introduced among the people. State lotteries are still a part of the revenue system in Italy and Austria (proper), where the receipts are important, but show a decided tendency to diminish; Hungary and Denmark, where they are of little moment; and in Spain, where they are retained because of the general incapacity of the administration to reach other and more profitable sources of revenue. The experience of the State of Louisiana in connection with a State lottery is too recent to require examination. It is not probable that once abandoned such an instrument for obtaining money from the people will be revived, save as a last resort. The state monopoly in the manufacture and sale of an article for fiscal purposes holds a place in European countries of high impor- tance, and is met elsewhere under conditions not so favorable to its maintenance. As an example of the latter may be cited the colonial policy of the Dutch in their possessions in the East. After the ter- mination of the trading companies, the Government undertook the entire control of the colonies, and sought to make them a source of revenue. The natives were to be taxed, but, having little of their own to be taxed, and practicing no occupation that could of its own voli- tion become a profitable source of revenue, the state undertook to organize industry, and, by creating an opportunity for employing the labor of the natives, to receive the profits of production for its own uses. The native chiefs were made “ masters of industry ” and col- lectors of the revenue; and a certain part of the labor of the natives, one day in every five, was decreed to the state. In order to derive * Wealth of Nations, vol. i, p. 112 (Rogers’s edition).

Page 19

THE BEST METHODS OF TAXATION. 739 a profit, this labor must be bestowed in cultivating some product as find a market in international trade. Hence arose the importance of the sugar, coffee, tobacco, and spice crops of these Dutch islands, and for many years a handsome profit to the treasury was obtained from the management and sales of product. With the great fall in prices of sugar and coffee throughout the world, and the narrowing of the market for cane sugar, the Government obtained a less income each year, and has found it of advantage to relax the conditions sur- rounding cultivation, and to throw the management of the planta- tions more and more into private hands. To such an extent has this transition been effected that the state can no longer be considered as controlling a monopoly in product or sales, and is content with a rev- enue from other sources, one that does not even cover the expenses in- curred in the colonial system. This experiment differs widely from those industries undertaken with the aid or encouragement of the state to be found in India. It was not with a fiscal object that they were established, and not infrequently the state sacrifices revenue by releasing them from tax burdens they would ordinarily endure. As one of the few remaining instances of the direct participation of a state in the production of products intended for foreign markets, yet undertaken and maintained for fiscal reasons, the history of the Dutch colonies in the East is instructive. In Prussia the working of certain mines is in the hands of the state, and was originally looked upon as an important contribution to the income of the state. As in the Dutch experience, the changes in production throughout the world have greatly reduced the returns and made the income variable; yet there is little disposition to dispose of these possessions. “ The danger of mineral supplies being worked in a reckless and extravagant manner without regard to the welfare of future generations, and the dread of combinations by the producers of such commodities as tin, copper, and salt, with the aim of raising prices, have both tended to hinder the alienation of state mines.” * The more common form of state monopoly is that which occupies a middle position, established for reasons of public safety or utility as well as of revenue. The salt monopoly enforced in Prussia was only abolished in 1867, and is still maintained in every canton of Switzer- land. The strongest plea in its defense has been the guarantee by the state of the purity of the article sold, and this phase of the ques- tion has superseded the revenue aspect. Few articles of prime neces- sity, like salt, are subject to monopolies imposed by the state, and by a process of elimination it is only articles of luxury or voluntary con- sumption that are regarded as fit objects of monopoly for the benefit of the state. * Bastable. Public Finance, p. 181.

Page 20

740 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. A tax imposed upon an article at a certain stage of its production or manufacture may enforce the expediency or necessity of a state «monopoly. Where the supervision of the state agents must be so close as to interfere with the conduct of the industry, the state inter- venes and itself controls the manufacture and sale. Tobacco has long been subject to this fiscal régime, and, proving so productive of rey- enue, there is little to be said against a monopoly by the state of its manufacture and sale. In Italy the tobacco monopoly is conceded to a company, but its return of net revenue to the state is nearly as large as the revenue de- rived from the taxes on real property (about thirty-eight million dollars ayear). Prussia imposes a charge on the home-grown tobacco by a tax on the land devoted to its culture, but the return is very small, and Bismarck wished to introduce a true tobacco monopoly, modeled on that of France. But the conditions were opposed to his scheme, for the use of tobacco is general throughout the empire, and a proposi- tion to increase its price by taxation or modify its free manufacture and distribution excited a widespread opposition. France maintains a full monopoly, and finds it too profitable to be lightly set aside unless some equally profitable source of revenue is discovered to make good the loss its abolition would involve. While historical support is given to the maintenance of a monopoly as in France, it is not probable that the system will find imitators in other states, however tempting the returns obtained might seem. Great Britain has by her insular position solved the problem in an- other way. By interdicting the domestic cultivation of tobacco, all that is consumed must be imported, and a customs duty offers a ready instrument for making the plant, in whatever form it enters, con- tribute its dues to the exchequer. In Russia, as in the United States, where tobacco is a domestic product, the tax is imposed upon its manufacture, and this method requires supervision but no monopoly of the state. The tobacco régime is defended almost entirely on fiscal grounds, and as a monopoly, an extreme measure, has proved its value as an instrument of taxation. Other reasons, of a moral character, are urged to induce the state to monopolize the manufacture and sale of distilled spirits. Both France and Germany have considered this question, and, in spite of confident predictions of a large profit, have decided not to undertake it. Russia, on the other hand, has taken it up quite as much on social 4s on revenue grounds, and is gradu- ally securing a monopoly of the trade in spirits. The initial cost of the undertaking is large, and, as the system has not yet been per- fected, it is too early to give a judgment on its availability as a finan- cial instrument.

Page 21

THE BEST METHODS OF TAXATION, 741 The transit dues, once commonly used by different countries, have been generally abandoned, and in China must they be sought for in their original forms of vexatious and unprofitable force. They arose from a desire to derive some’ benefit from a commerce permitted grudgingly, and rarely attaining any high results. The same end was sought by duties on exports, much employed when the country was supposed to be drained of its wealth by what was sent out of it. The conditions necessary for a successful duty on exports are not often found, and only in a few countries are they now existent. In Italy, South America, and Asia, exports of certain natural products are taxed, and, as in the case of Brazil, yield a notable revenue. In view of the rapid advancement of production in new countries and of inventions in the old, whereby many natural monopolies have been destroyed and competition made more general, such duties prove to be more obstructive to trade than productive of revenue, and are rapidly being abandoned. In spite of a formal prohibition of export duties in the Constitution of the United States, they are sometimes suggested in all seriousness. In thus clearing the path of what may be called dead or dying methods of recent tax systems, the advantages enjoyed by the United States in their freedom from such survivals become more evident. The practice of farming taxes never gained a foothold in any part of the country. Lotteries have been occasional, and with two excep- tions have been conducted on a limited scale—that of Louisiana is well known; an earlier instance is less known. During the Revolu- tion one of the means resorted to by the Continental Congress for income was a lottery, but the attempt proved disastrous to all con- cerned, and was finally abandoned even more thoroughly than was the continental currency. State monopolies of production and sale of any commodity have never met with favor, and stand condemned in the desire for individual initiative. As sources of revenue, the public lands, state control of the post office, and of such municipal undertakings as the water and, in a very few cases, the gas supply, has been employed, and in place of profit the mere cost of management is sought. More than any country of continental Eu- rope, the United States has depended upon taxes, pure and simple, unsupported or modified by state domains, state mines, state manu- factures, or state monopolies. Even Great Britain in her local taxation is bound and hampered by precedent, and pursues a system that is notoriously confused, costly, and vexatious. Long usage and the erection of independent and conflicting authorities on principles other than fiscal have imposed upon the local agents the duty of assessing and collecting county and borough taxes which are as in- defensible in theory as they are difficult in practice.

Page 22

3 742 . POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. From this weight of tradition and precedent the United States has been almost entirely free, and it was possible to construct out of small beginnings systems of Federal and State taxation at least reasonable and consistent, producing an increasing revenue with the rapid de- velopment of wealth and the larger number of taxable objects; and so elastic as to adapt themselves to such changes as are inevitable in any progressive movement of commerce or industry. That no such sys- tem has resulted after a century of national life, and an even longer term of local (colonial and State) activities, these papers have tended to show. That the time is at hand when the problem of a thorough reform of both State and Federal taxation must be met, current facts prove beyond any doubt. If I have aided in a proper comprehen- sion of these problems, and, by collecting certain experiences in taxa- tion among other peoples and in different stages of civilization, con- tributed toward a proper solution, the end of this work will have been attained. It is not possible to introduce a complete change of policy at once; it is not only feasible but necessary to indicate the direction this change should take, and the ends to be secured in making them. And first as to Federal taxation: In a democracy like that of the United States, the continuance of a mixed system of direct and indirect taxes is a foregone conclu- sion. Not that there is an absence of change or modification in the details of this double system, or in the application or distribution of a particular impost or duty. To deny such modification is to deny any movement in the body politic, or any progress in the industrial and commercial economy of the people. There is a steady and continu- ous movement in every direction, and the mere effort to escape taxa- tion results in a new adjustment of related facts. This development has, partly through necessity and partly through a rising conscious- ness of what a tax implies, been tending from indirect to direct taxes. Ever restive under a rigid supervision by the state of private concerns, there has been a wholesome opposition to inquisitorial taxes. But this opposition has been carried too far, and is due more to the ignorant and at times brutal disregard by the agents selected for en- forcing the law than to an appreciation of the injustice of the tax. Whether in customs or excise, the same blunders of management have been committed, and created a spirit in the people that is injuri- ous to their best interests. On the one hand, private enterprises have been unduly favored by the removal of foreign competition, a favor that is now disappearing through the remarkable development of domestic competition. Thus taxes have been extensively used for other purposes than to obtain revenue, and for private ends. On the other hand, there has been created the feeling that taxation is a proper instrument for effecting a more equal distribution of

Page 23

THE BEST METHODS OF TAXATION. 743 wealth among the people, and readily becomes an instrument of oppression. The almost absolute dependence of the Federal Government upon the customs duties for revenue through a great part of its existence was a striking fact. The simplicity of collection and the comparatively moderate scale of duties, although considered high at the time of imposition, gave this branch of the possible sources of revenue a mag- nified importance. The development of the country was slow, and at times greatly hampered by the tariff policy; but until about 1857 no other source of income was needed to meet the expenditures of the Government in a time of peace. In recent years this has all changed, and not for the better. The immense development in manufactures and financial ability accom- plished since 1860 has made a tariff for protection an anachronism. The political features of customs legislation have been pushed so far as almost to overshadow the fiscal qualities. The wave of protection- ism that followed the abrogation of the commercial treaties of Europe about 1880 has resulted in tariffs framed with the desire to injure the commerce of other states rather than to meet the needs of a treasury. In the United States this policy has been carried beyond that of Eu- rope, and the tariff now in existence is more protective than any hitherto enforced, short of absolute prohibition of imports. In more respects than one the tariff law of 1897 was an extreme application of the protective policy. Each year the United States has demonstrated its ability not only to meet the industrial competition of the world on an equal footing, but to engage with it aggressively and with complete success. It is not necessary to give the figures of exports of manufactures to establish this fact; it is now beyond ques- tion. To frame a measure of extreme protection was, therefore, to overlook the most striking phase of the industrial situation existing in the United States. With an ability to manufacture cheaply and on a grand scale, and with a capacity to supply the demands of a market larger than any home market, there was no foreign competition to encounter, and the higher rates of duties meant nothing, either for protection or for revenue. In carrying further into action a tariff framed more for protection than for revenue, a twofold error was committed. The provisions were so complicated as to make the ap- plication difficult, and in applying these provisions inquisitorial and vexatious regulations were necessary to assure even a reasonable ful- fillment of the requirements. In former tariff laws a general descrip- tion carried a large class of articles, and a uniform duty, usually ad valorem, was collected. But under the demand for a more scientific tariff, these general classes were broken up into a number of enumerated articles, each one carrying a specific or mixed duty, and an omnium |

Page 24

=aasteeasten 744 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. or basket clause at the end to catch any article that could not be in- cluded in any enumeration. This desire to fix specific rates upon each imported commodity has been applied more generally in the law of 1897 than in any previous tariff act. An examination of the imports of manufactures of textile fibers will illustrate this increase of complexity without any increase of revenue. Indeed, these classi- fications and rates, being suggested by interested parties, have for their object a reduction of imports, and as a rule a reduction in revenue from them follows. The second objection to the increasing complexity of the tariff laws is to be found in the petty annoyances imposed upon importers and others in enforcing the not always consistent provisions of the law. These vexations are made all the more telling by the fact that the administration of the law is apt to be in the hands of those who are openly hostile to foreign importations, and therefore regard the im- porter in an unfriendly spirit. The power given to the customs agents is enormous, and it is not remarkable that it is abused. The demand for samples, the appraisement of articles, the classification of new or compeund commodities, all offer room for controversy, which is not always decided by an appeal to the courts of justice. In special instances, where a section of the law has been framed in behalf of a special interest, the attempt to enforce it becomes petty tyranny of the most ‘intolerable kind. In operation the law soon exhibited its failure as a revenue meas- ure. Although duties were generally increased, the more important articles taxed yielded a smaller revenue than under lower rates. The aggregate collections under the bill did not meet the expectations of its sponsors, and for two reasons: first, because the higher duties discouraged imports; and secondly, the demand for imported articles was steadily decreasing under the expanding ability of home manu- factures to meet the needs of the market. No measure short of a direct encouragement to importations can change this situation, or prevent the further shrinkage in the use of foreign manufactures. It follows that the tariff, unless radically altered, can no longer be de- pended on for a return sufficient to defray one half of the rapidly increasing expenditures of the national Government. By refusing to impose moderate duties on articles of general consumption, revenue is sacrificed; by insisting upon imposing protective duties where little revenue can be had, the tariff is converted into a political weapon. Its dangerous qualities are strengthened by turning these duties against the products of certain countries, a policy specially fit to invite reprisals, Even the framers of this latest tariff entertained the belief that some provision should be made for breaking its full effect. The

Page 25

THE BEST METHODS OF TAXATION. 745 familiar scheme for reciprocity treaties, under which moderate con- cessions in some of the duties could be made, was retained; but France was the only power that could have an object in seriously entertain- ing the proposition to enter into a negotiation. No real reduction in duties could be given to Germany or any other country, and it has become a recognized fact that Germany does not hesitate to seize an opportunity to exclude the products of the United States, and on the same grounds as support the high duties in the American tariff. The system of drawbacks has ceased to be of much moment in our customs policy, and in the export interest in canned goods finds its chief exercise. Nor does a privilege to manufacture in bond affect more than one article of importance—ores of lead containing silver. No matter how it is regarded, the tariff of 1897 was not framed for revenue, and in experience has not proved sufficiently productive to meet its share of the expenditures of Government. The animus of its sponsors in attaining the immediate political object sacrificed the more important and permanent object of revenue. Were the true object of customs duties—revenue—to be kept in view in tariff legislation, it would be a simple matter to devise a measure that would be satisfactory and highly productive of revenue. In the fifteen hundred or more articles enumerated in the tariff schedules, more than fourteen hundred are nonproductive, or yield so small a return as to have in the aggregate no appreciable effect on the total receipts. The number left after so large an exclusion can be still further reduced without reducing the revenue one tenth; and it is from a small number of articles, hardly twenty-five, that the great part of the customs revenue is obtained. By reducing the rates of duties on these to a point of highest revenue efficiency, at which the import is not interfered with and yet not encouraged, a higher re- turn could be had than from the existing complicated, overloaded, and political compilation of duties, usually imposed for any reason other than what they will bring into the treasury. When, therefore, the best methods of Federal taxation are broached, the reform of the tariff stands first in importance. It is necessary to bring it more into line with the industrial conditions of to-day, which call for foreign markets rather than a domestic or closed market; and for a liberal commercial policy in place of one that regards the products of other countries, whether iniported in the crude or manufactured forms, as constituting a menace to American labor and American interests. It calls for a systematic and intelli- gent revision, which shall throw out such duties as are no longer of service even for protection, and to reduce those that are hostile to the products of other countries and bear in themselves the seeds of re- prisals in the future. Now that the United States is going into the VOL. LIv.—56

Page 26

746 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. great markets with its manufactures, and obtaining a foothold against all competitors, the invitation to retaliation holds a danger far greater to its own interests than any that can be inflicted on other peoples. The greater the advances made the more readily will recourse be had to reprisals and hostile legislation; and in support of every act appeal may be had to examples set by the United States.* MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND THE SOCIAL WELFARE. By MARTIN W. BARR, M. D., CHIEF PHYSICIAN, PENNSYLVANIA TRAINING SCHOOL FOR FEEBLE-MINDED CHILDREN, ELWYN, Pa, ERIODS of extraordinary efflorescence or fruitage are followed by exhaustion and sterility not infrequently demanding the free use of the pruning knife; and, just as we remark how frequent is idiocy the offspring of genius, so do we find the same seeming paradox, of mental defect in rank and increasing growth the product of this most wonderful nineteenth century. True, science has contributed to numbers by revealing as mental defectives the many “ misunderstood,” “ the backward,” “the feebly * “The old protectionist, with the stock arguments about the influence of the tariff upon wages and all the rest of it, is beginning to die cut. He told us all he had to say about the ‘ pauper labor’ of Europe, by which he often meant the best educated and most skillful artisans of the world. We got tired of hearing about how the importer paid the tax, how it was Europe and England in particular that was all the time squeezing our lives out, till nearly all of us, being of English ancestry ourselves, wondered whether we, even, could be so good as we hoped we were, if we had sprung from something so essentially perverted and bad. We were told, too, that American tourists who went to Europe and spent money there which they ought to have squandered at home were not friends of their country, and that they did us a particularly hostile act when they brought clothing, statuary, or diamond rings back with them from foreign parts. A season of high prices was a real heaven, and wars and fires were good things because they destroyed property that would have to be replaced, and this would create that demand which, reacting on supply, would increase prices. To say that an article was cheap was to say that the political party in power was no longer worthy of public confidence. It was related that each government could make its people so rich, and the idea was thought to have been traced down from Henry C. Carey, that the rest of the world could be safely disregarded altogether. “ Seriously, who believes any of this stuff nowadays? The protectionist is not reckoning with such popular impotency and stupidity. He believes in his fellow-man, and wants to give him a helping hand. He does not care what effect it has on England or Ireland. He is not sure that a protective tariff in and of itself will increase the wages of the workmen. He is even inclined to think that less wages and profits would do well enough for every man, if it were cheaper to live and'there were not such extravagant demands upon every person from all sides—this without being a socialist. He is certain that ‘a cheap coat’ does not necessarily make ‘a cheap man,’ but the cheaper the coat the better it will be for the wearer. That is what we are all trying to do, improve our processes, increase our effective working power, which means, if you please, to make things cheaper.” —7he Manu- facturer (organ of the Manufacturers’ Club of Philadelphia).

Page 27

MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND SOCIAL WELFARE. 747 gifted,” as well as by showing what was once esteemed moral per- version to be moral imbecility; but a truth to which science also attests is, that unstable nerve centers uniting and reacting through successive generations, producing various forms of neuroses, evidenced in insanity, moral and mental imbecility, idiocy and epilepsy, do show the influence of a highly nervous age. Our last census reports, although necessarily uncertain and unre- liable, yet show ninety thousand mental defectives, not including the insane. Unrecognized and unacknowledged cases swell the num- ber easily to one hundred thousand within our present borders—how many we are going to annex remains to be seen; but this is an enemy that attacks not our frontiers but our hearthstones. We have reached that point when we must conquer it, lest it should conquer us, and the means to this end may be summed up in three words— separation, asexualization, and permanent sequestration. “ Diseases desperate grown by desperate appliances are relieved, or not at all,” and we must recognize that heroic measures now are as essential to the welfare of the unfortunate as to society, which will then naturally adjust itself to new conditions. Viewing the separation and massing of these irresponsibles—innocent victims of ignorance, debauchery, or selfish lust—men will come to realize that a greater crime than taking is the giving of such life; and so a greater reverence for the sacredness of marriage, a deeper sense of the great responsibilities of parenthood, will do more to avert this evil than the most stringent marriage laws. That the present demands some restraint upon the ignorant and the indifferent there can be no doubt, and laws prevent- ing the marriage of defectives and of their immediate descendants would go far to stem the tide of harmful heredity. But what to do with those now in our midst is the vital question! They must be provided for in a way that shall insure safety to society, economy to the State, and protection and happiness to the individual. The answer found in the experience of half a century is, briefly, asylums for the helpless—training schools and colonies for those ca- pable of becoming helpful. These in very name and nature being widely separate, just as separate as titles and names indicate, should be their working systems. Work among the feeble-minded, a philan- thropic movement directed first toward the idiot, soon found a limit in dealing with a subject not trainable and but slightly if at all im- provable. Thence, diverging and broadening as idiocy became better understood and imbecility in various phases became recognized, it found its true province in strengthening and encouraging feeble in- tellects, arousing and stimulating indolent and weak wills, and in training and directing into healthful channels the abnormal energy of those destitute of the moral sense. How wide the divergence can

Page 28

*yuomoaordur yo edoy 4qyFs yng = ‘aA TIOMAI]-ora] ‘aqvaoidatrun Alpworjoulg ‘“LOId] OllanLYay ‘aqqvaosdantan Alworovig ‘“LOId] ATAVLIOxY

Page 29

MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND SOCIAL WELFARE. 749 readily be seen, as also how entirely incompatible with union must be work further apart in reality than is the training of an imbecile and a normal child. For the idiot, who not only can not be trained, but who in many cases is unimprovable even in the simplest matters of self-help, noth- ing is needed but that care and attention found in every well-regulated nursery of delicate children, the sine qua non being regular hours, simple nourishing food, frequent baths, and tender mothering. As many are paralyzed, blind, lame, or epileptic, it is desirable that the dormitories, well ventilated, be on the same floor with the living rooms and of easy access to bathrooms and playgrounds. Covered and carefully guarded porches should afford the much-needed fresh air and outdoor life in all weathers. These, with cheerful, sunny play- rooms, provided with simple toys and furnished with bright decora- tions varying with the season, will contribute the maximum of pleasure for this life of perpetual infancy. Low vitality, general poverty of the whole physical make-up, the prevalence of phthisis and epilepsy and kindred diseases require he daily inspection of a physician, while the comfort and well-being of the whole, both workers and children, are insured by 2 capable and sympatheic house mother. The character of attendants is of the first importance, as these are they who live with the children; it should combine that firmness, ten- derness, and balance that constitute an even temperament, capable of recognizing and meeting an occasion without loss of self-control. The duties involve not only the care of the idiots, but the training and direction of idio-imbeciles as aids, and this dealing with natures often wholly animal, requires a certain refinement and dignity of character —at least an entire absence of coarseness—while a knowledge of the simpler manual arts, and if possible of drawing and music, will do much to soften and brighten these darkened natures. As these quali- ties are valuable as well as rare, the remuneration should be in pro- portion; certainly sufficient to induce permanency and to compensate for such isolation. A life of constant wear and tear demands also regular periods of rest, and the corps therefore should be sufficiently large to give relief hours daily as well as vacations. The idio-imbecile, but one remove from his weaker brother, to whose wants he may be trained to minister, finds here his fitting place, and the domestic service of these asylums may be largely drawn from this class and also from that of the low-grade imbecile. Work- ing as an aid, never alone, always under direction, he finds in a | monotonous round of the simplest daily avocations his life happiness, his only safety from lapsing into idiocy, and therefore his true home. The relief to the home, the actual benefit to the State in this housing and care of the idiot and idio-imbecile can never be fully

Page 30

750 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. estimated. It is reckoned, however, in a general way that for every idiot sequestrated the energies of two if not four normal persons one returned to society. Imbecility, mental or moral, congenital or accidental, is either an inherent defect or an irrecoverable loss, an incurable disease for which hospitals can do nothing, nor can reformatories form again that which never has been formed. Could language be made clear enough to enable the public mind to grasp this fact, the work of training schools, the only hope of the imbecile, would then be simplified, and people might be willing to accept what they can give, in the only way in which it can be given, to be of any permanent value. As it is, the few charlatans who profess to train and in a few years send out an imbecile ready to take a high-school or college course not only deceive those from whom they may gather a few thousands, but their repre- sentations, coupled with that of a sensational press, effectually im- pede the progress of a work which must eventually find its true place in the system of public education. Influenced by these misrepresentations, parents come with pro- found idiots and high hopes of a course of training (here is one of the misfortunes of an idiot asylum within a training school), and simply refuse to accept a negative to their expectations. Again—to waifs and strays, high-grade imbeciles, developing after years of labored train- ing proficiency in music, drawing, or some one of the industrial arts, friends will suddenly crop up and, dazzled by what seems phenomenal genius, seek to withdraw them just as they become useful to the com- munity. Little do they know of the weak will, indolent nature, and utter lack of “ go,” that forbid competition with normal labor and must forever be subject to the will of another; still less of the weak physical build that is kept intact only by watchful care, and which would succumb to any undue hardship. So much for the difficulties that beset the work. Now as to the work itself. As this must vary according to the status of the individual, a careful study and a correct diagnosis are of primary importance in order that the work may be fitted to the child, not the child to the work. The plan pursued is as follows: A thorough examination— physical, mental, and moral—is first made by the chief physician in connection with papers properly filled out giving personal and fam- ily history. He is then sent to the hospital for a fortnight to insure immunity from disease. There, while perfectly free and unrestrained among his fellows, he is under constant observation of the nurses; these observations, carefully noted, are returned to the chief physi- cian, who turns both over to the principal of schools, designating the grade in which he is to enter for probation. Here under different environment he is again tested for some weeks and finally placed.

Page 31

: ‘a0 ‘muip ‘aytim ‘peor uvo—erquacuduty A194 ‘atqvacidun Apqsys A[UQ “ATIOMAN] AACVAO-MO'T ‘€TIOGEN] ACVAO-HOTHT ‘aTIONAN] AAVAO-HOIG

Page 32

752 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. It is hard for the uninitiated to understand that the grade, be it high, middle, or low, is not associated with promotion and advance- ment as in schools for normal children. On the contrary, it sig- nifies the quality and status of the individual, his limitations, his possibilities, and consequently determines almost unfailingly the train- ing for his life work; not by any hard-and-fast lines, but by a general mapping out of means which experience has proved will best insure his development, because best suited to his needs. Every latitude is allowed and, as the comfort of both the teacher and the entire class depends upon each going to his own place, there is easy and natural transference according to the necessity indicated by either progress or retrogression; but the varied occupations in each grade give ample scope for indulgence of individual proclivity in the means of develop- ment, and it is found that the original diagnosis, based upon experi- ence, rarely errs. The motto of the schools—“ We learn by doing; the working hand makes strong the working brain ”—shows manual training to be the basis of the scheme of development, varied for each grade to suit the intelligence. Thus classified, various occupations are arranged and presented with the double intent of securing all-round devel- opment, and of giving at the same time opportunity for choice accord- ing to individual bent, the child being gradually permitted to devote himself more exclusively to that in which he shows a tendency to excel, and to gain a certain automatic ease in what shall prove the initial of a life employment. A knowledge of writing and of num- bers is acquired incidentally as a necessary part of these occupations in daily practice, and arithmetic, taught with objects, is chiefly count- ing, separating into fractional parts, and practical measurements. Books are used rather as a convenient means of attracting and hold- ing attention while inducing habits of consecutive thinking than for a knowledge of facts to be memorized. Those who can learn to read gain naturally a means of self-entertainment, of self-instruction, hence a certain amount of culture, so long as protected in an insti- tution from indiscriminate and pernicious literature. The low-grade imbecile, but a slight degree removed from the idio- imbecile, is, like him, totally incapable of grasping artificial signs or symbols. He can therefore never learn to read or write; figures have no meaning for him, nor numbers, beyond the very simplest counting acquired in the daily repetition of some simple task such as knitting, netting, braiding rope, straw, or knotting twine. The excitation of interest in these, which will also give hand and arm power, the arous- ing of the sluggish, indolent will, through the stimulus of pleasurable emotions, the physical development by means of the various drills and the moral influence of refined, orderly surroundings—these, together

Page 33

‘adV4y) HOLE] 40 ATIOAMN] ‘IVHOW ‘advan Moy ‘aliogany Tvao}{ ‘aavar) @idalpy 40 ATIONAK] TVAO}{

Page 34

754 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. with some practical work of house, garden, or farm, which forms part of the daily routine, are all that school life can do for him. From this preparation he passes to the industrial department, where he receives training in that occupation which the school has indicated for him, becoming in his limited way a useful and con- tented member of a community which should be his life home. As both of these types develop either extreme docility or perversity—the one quiet, gentle, obedient, following any suggestion even of a com- rade’s stronger will; the other obstinate, indolent, often brutal and cruel—the necessity for constant guardianship is therefore self- evident. When we consider that the training of a high-grade imbecile takes four times the period commonly allotted to a normal child, some idea of the vital energy expended on the training of the lower grades may be found in the following example: I find in our museum of educational work a little ball which I am inclined to regard the most valuable thing in the whole collection. The boy who made it was a low-grade imbecile. His hand against every man, he fancied every man’s against him. Always under strict cus- todial care, that he might harm neither himself nor others, he would vent his spleen in tearing his clothing. His teacher, a woman of rare patience and devotedness, sat beside him one day, tearing strips of old linen and laying them in order. “See, Willie, let us make some pretty strips and lay them so.” His wonder grew apace at see- ing her doing what he had been reproved for doing; at once he re- sponded, and a new bond of sympathy was established between them. She was playing his game—the only one, poor little lad, that he was capable of—and he joined in. “ Now, we will draw out the pretty threads and lay them in rows.” For weeks the boy found quiet pastime in this occupation, and the violent nature grew quieter in proportion. One day the teacher said, “Let us tie these threads together and make a long string.” It took him months and months to learn to tie those knots, but meanwhile his attendants were having breathing space. “ Now we will wind this into a pretty ball, and I will cover all you make for the boys to play with ”; and a new occupation was added to his meager list. The next link in this chain of development was a lesson in knit- ting. Again, through months of patient teaching, it was at last ac- complished, and the boy to the day of his death found his life happi- ness in knitting caps for the children, in place of tearing both them and their clothing. You see the teacher was wise enough to utilize the natural activities of the child and divert evil propensities into health- ful channels. Had she brought knitting and bright yarn or anything foreign to him first, it would in truth have been fitting new cloth to

Page 35

MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND SOCIAL WELFARE, 755 old garments and the rent would have been widened: his obstinacy would have been aroused, and he would have continued to tear to the end of the chapter. The imbecile of middle grade receives that fuller presentation of work suited to fuller capacity. Some time is devoted to the three “ Rs,” as it is found that attention may be aroused and concentrated in the phonetic drills, more especially if associated with pictures, and the drawing of the objects named free-hand; thus eye, ear, and hand HicH-GRADE ImpeciLes (FEEBLY GirTED) at SLoyp Work. are encouraged to work simultaneously. Those who accomplish finally the reading of short simple stories not only enjoy evenings in the library, but may be enabled to glean suggestions for the various handicrafts for which they are being trained. This effort at quick observation and original thinking is further carried forward in the ambidextrous movements of free-hand drawing, designing, and sketching from life—finding ready and practical application in the daily use of tools. The value of the rule and the try-square is tested in the manufacture of the various useful articles in both paper and wood included under the head of sloyd, and “a boy can not learn to take a straight shaving off a plank,” says Ruskin, “ or to drive a fine curve without faltering, or to lay a brick level in the mortar, without learning a multitude of other matters which life of man could never teach him.”

Page 36

756 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. Equally useful to the girl in the workroom as to the boy in the shop is this training of a ready eye, this quick intuition of balance and proportion, this practice of obedience of hand and arm to brain, until it becomes automatic. To both, therefore, the value of such prepara- tion will be incalculable. It is noticeable that boys of this grade turn out as good workers in the ordinary crafts of shoemaking, car- pentering, and house painting as those of higher grade who, although capable of grasping more intelligently the details of work, yet do not bring to it that energy and perseverance of one who finds in it “ this one thing Ido.” With the imbecile of high grade, able to accomplish studies equal to about the first intermediate of the public schools, there is a diffusion of interest; the intelligence broadens rather than deepens during the school period in natural response to environment. With greater grasp of numerical values and of letters he attains proficiency impossible to the lower grades in drawing, in music, in printing, and in cabinet work. Other industries will probably be provided for him as the demand increases, for it must be remembered that this is a class whose needs have been the last to be recognized in a work begun, as I have before said, for the idiot. Regarded as queer, unlike other children—unable to keep up—he has, after an unsuccessfui trial at school, been kept at home, in some cases an aid, in others a tyrant, to those relatives charged with his care. Changed conditions of both family and school, fortunately for him, combine to render this no longer possible, as absence of proper training is always certain to result in deterioration. The pressure upon the primary schools in the struggle for higher education leaves no time to contend with dull, backward children. In the family the care-takers grow fewer in proportion as the home-makers become home-winners, and so these feeble ones are a burden instead of an aid in the ordinary household offices. The next hope is a training school where, with false hopes fos- tered by ignorance and sensationalism, they are entered, and after a few years, a time all too short for any lasting benefit, a sentimentality equally stupid withdraws them from that guardianship absolutely essential, with just that little knowledge which will render them more dangerous to society, because less recognizable—an evil ele- ment perpetuating an evil growth. Under both conditions these un- fortunates have suffered from that lack of constant care and super- vision which should be theirs from the cradle to the grave. The separation of backward children in the schools and the plac- ing of them in special classes for special training is the first step in the right direction. Here, after sufficient time for observation and diagnosing by teacher and physician, the defectives so adjudged will naturally drift to the training schools for the feeble-minded; these,

Page 37

MENTAL DEFECTIVES AND SOCIAL WELFARE, 757 if relieved of the odium as well as the care of their helpless popula- tion, will then be encouraged to arrange for this brighter class of defectives industries which will provide not only for development and happiness, but will largely aid in maintenance. The recognition of MIppLE-GRADE IMBECILES. the necessity for this weeding out of the schools, having place first on the Continent, next in England, and later in our own country, marks an era in the national as well as in the special schools. Both will be benefited largely, and formal expression of this, found in the addition to our National Educational Association of a department representing the training of all classes of defectives, is one of the most encouraging signs of the times. The same experience which dictates the separation of the idiot from the imbecile, the backward from the normal child, urges also that a permanent sequestration would tend alike to the safety and happiness of the normal and abnormal classes. The experiment made of preparing and sending out into the world these irresponsibles has proved, to say the least, not encouraging, and the advisability of their permanent detention has become self-evident. The heads of training schools here are a unit in urging that pro- vision be made for those who have reached the limit of school progress. That experience has reached a similar conclusion in England is tes-

Page 38

POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 758 tified in the munificent gift lately made to the Royal Albert Asylum, and by the opinion of its superintendent, Dr. T. Telford-Smith, thus clearly expressed : “It is yearly more noticeable that the public mind is coming gradually but surely to recognize the threefold value of the work of such institutions as the Royal Albert Asylum. The educational and the custodial aspects arly aroused the sympathies of the charitable; but the preventive as- pect is another which must force itself upon all who thoughtfully consider the subject. The far- reaching and inexorable law of heredity is written large for those who study the imbecile.” The following _ paragraph, from a daily paper, shows that, in Amedica at least, public opinion and the acts of the legislature have become ripe for action: “The State of Connecticut is about to try a curious experiment in social legislation, having passed a law forbidding any man or woman, imbecile or feeble-mind- ed, to marry under forty-five years of age, the penalty being imprisonment for not less than three years; and persons aiding and abetting are also liable. The hope of the legislature is to keep down degenerate families.” That this experiment is wise Low-crave Imprcites. No. 1, obstinate, and justifiable who can doubt? ay ee om een ae To glance at another and sadder, but not less real, side of the same question, can any one doubt but that the adolescent and adult female imbecile needs lifelong care and protection? Surely the noble gift to the asylum by Sir Thomas Storey of a home for forty such cases is a wise, far-seeing, and statesmanlike act. It is greatly to be hoped that this noble example may be speedily emulated on both sides of the sea, and that each State may shortly possess, in addition to its training school, its own colony farm with all the industries of a village, drawing its workers from the well-directed

Page 39

THE WHEAT PROBLEM AGAIN. 759 energies of a carefully guarded community. Cottages, each with its house mother, would insure that sense of home, and that affectionate and sympathetic oversight so essential to this society composed of those who are always children, while measures, which science has already pointed out and experience proved as advisable, might, if pro- tected by wise legislation, permit less vigilance on the part of care- takers and consequent happiness because of greater freedom to its members. It is a happy coincidence that Massachusetts, the pioneer State in the work among the feeble-minded, should in its fifty-first year cele- brate the beginning of its second half century by the inauguration of this most eventful step in the onward progress of the work. The training school at Waltham has lately purchased sixteen hundred and sixty acres of land for the establishment of a colony which is to have natural and healthful growth from the fostering care of the parent institution. As these colonies increase, drawing from society a pernicious ele- ment and transforming it under watchful care into healthful growth, may not in time the national Government, finding these homes of prevention a more excellent way than prison houses of cure for ill, be induced to provide a national colony for this race more to be com- miserated because of a childhood more hopeless than that of the two others in our midst on whom so much has been expended? THE WHEAT PROBLEM AGAIN. By EDWARD ATKINSON. N a recent article in the North American Review, Mr. John Hyde, the statistician of the United States Department of Agriculture, a gentleman of very high authority and repute, presents this problem in such terms as to throw a doubt upon the validity of any forecast of the potential increase in the product of wheat, or, in fact, of any crop in this country. Without referring to myself by name, he yet makes it very plain that he does not attach any value to my recent forecast of wheat production printed in the Popular Science Monthly for December, 1898. On the other hand, he rightly says that since Tyndall’s address to the British Association for the Advancement of Science in 1874 no treatise presented to that association has excited so general an interest or provoked so much unfavorable criticism as Sir William Crookes’s recent utterances on the subject of the approaching scarcity in the supply of wheat.

Page 40

760 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. Mr. Hyde disclaims any intention to give his own views, but yet no one can read his treatise without noting a substantial agreement with Sir William Crookes, perhaps almost unconsciously to himself. In his closing paragraph he says: “To discuss the extent to which under conceivable conditions the United States may, notwithstanding the somewhat dubious outlook, still continue to contribute to the food supply of other nations, would be little more than speculation.” The Italics are my own. I venture to point out that the use of the word “ speculation ” is an example of many instances. Like a dog, one may give a word a bad name, yet it may be a good dog and a very good word when rightly used. In the true and very innocent meaning of the word “speculation ” we find exactly what the public has a right to expect and even to demand from the Department of Agriculture. In Web- ster’s Dictionary I find that, when used in such a connection as this problem of the potential of this country in farm productions, the word “speculation ” stands for “a mental view of anything in its various aspects and relations; contemplation; intellectual examination.” If any “ mental view ” has yet been taken in the Department of Agriculture of the proportion of the land of this country which may be termed “arable,” I have yet to find the record. If any “con- templation ” has been devoted to the proportions of this arable land which may be devoted to different crops in each section, I have been remiss in not securing the reports. If any “ mental view ” has been taken of the relative area now devoted to each principal crop, and that which may be so devoted hereafter in order to meet the prospec- tive demand upon the land, either for the supply of our own popula- tion or of other nations, where is the record? If there is no such “ speculation ” now of record, is it not time that a true agricultural survey corresponding to our geologic and geodetic surveys should be entered upon? I have reason to believe that such surveys have been made by many European states in which all the arable land in some kingdoms is classified, listed, and so recorded that any one wishing to know the best place for any special product can get the information by reference to the proper department of the Government. I have had occasion to make several studies of this kind. In order to inform myself on the potential of the South in the production of cotton, I undertook a study of the physical geography and cli- matology of the cotton States and of other cotton-producing countries nearly forty years ago. The results of this research were first given in Cheap Cotton by Free Labor, published in 1861. In that pamphlet and in many treatises following, finally in an address in Atlanta, in 1880, a true forecast or “speculation” or “intellectual examina- tion ” will be found of the production of the cotton fiber, the potential

Page 41

THE WHEAT PROBLEM AGAIN. 761 of the future and of the cotton-seed-oil industry, then almost unheard of in this country. In 1880 I also entered upon my first “ specula- tion” (not in the market) on the lines of a “contemplation” or forecast of the effect of agricultural machinery applied to our wheat land, coupled with the prospective reduction in the cost of carrying wheat to England, upon the condition of the American farmer and the British landlord. That forecast of prosperity to our farmers in the supply of bread at low cost to our kin beyond the sea has been justified at every point and in every detail. I therefore ventured to review Sir William Crookes’s address, and I am well assured that what Mr. Hyde now calls a “somewhat dubious outlook ” is subject to no doubt whatever as to our ability to continue our full supply for do- mestic consumption and export for the next century. Let me now repeat again what I have often said: statistics are good servants, but very bad masters. I long since ceased to put any great reliance upon averages of crops, wages, or products covering wide areas and varying conditions, unless I could find out, first, the personal equation of the man who compiled them; second, ascertain what he knew himself about the subject of which his statistics or figures were the symbols; and, third, unless I could verify these great averages from one or more typical areas of farm land, or from one or more representative factories or workshops, of the conditions of which I could myself obtain personal information. General statistics and averages of farm products and earnings I regard with more suspicion than almost any others because of the im- mense variation in conditions. I have sometimes almost come to the conclusion that so many of the figures of the United States census are mere statistical rubbish as to throw a doubt on nearly all the schedules. Yet without accurate statistics on many points, many of them yet to be secured, the conduct of our national affairs must become as uncertain as would be the conduct of any great business corporation without a true ledger ac- count and a trial balance. Hence the necessity for a permanent census bureau and for a careful “ speculation ” or “ intellectual ” and intelligent examination and “contemplation ” or study of the facts about our land by which our future welfare must be governed. A good beginning has been made by the authorities of many States, yet more by the body of well-trained men in charge of the Agricultural Experiment Station, in whose support too much can not be said. To them I appealed when trying to get an adequate con- ception of our potential in wheat. When we think of the blunders which have been made in very recent years, we may well have some suspicion that we may still be very ignorant on many pointe about our own country. Who really VOL. LIV.—57

Page 42

762 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. knows very much about the great middle section of the South, what is called the “ Land of the Sky,” comprising the upland plateaus and mountain sections of Virginia, North and South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, eastern Tennessee, and Kentucky? Within this area, as large as France and twice as large as Great Britain, will be found timber and minerals equal to both the countries named, and a poten- tial in agriculture equal to either, as yet very sparsely populated. Yet under a craze for centrifugal expansion we are now in danger of trying to develop tropical islands far away, already somewhat densely peopled, where white men can not work and live, to our detri- ment, danger, and loss, while we fail to see that if we expand cen- tripetally by the occupation and use of the most healthy and produc- tive section of our own country, we may add immensely to our pros- perity, our wealth, to our profit without cost and without militarism. This sparsely settled Land of the Sky is greater in area and far greater in its potential than the Philippine Islands, Cuba, and Porto Rico combined. Verily, it seems as if common sense were a latent and sluggish force, often endangered by the noisy and blatant influence of the venal politician and the greed of the unscrupulous advocates of vassal colonies who now attempt to pervert the power of government to their own purposes of private gain. Witness the blunders of the past: We nearly gave away Oregon because it was held not to be worth retaining. When the northern boundary of Wisconsin was being determined, it was put as far north as it was then supposed profitable farming could ever extend, excluding Minnesota, now one of our greatest sources of wheat. The Great American Desert in my own school atlas covered a large part of the most fertile land now under cultivation. What blunders are we now making for lack of “ speculation ” or “ intellectual examination ” as to the future of American farming and farm lands? On one point to which Mr. Hyde refers I must cry peccavi. He rebukes the editor of the Popular Science Monthly for admitting an article in which a potential of 400,000,000 bushels of wheat is at- tributed to the State of Idaho. The total depravity of the type-writ- ing machine caused the mechanism to spell Montana in the letters T-d-a-h-o. What I imputed to Idaho is true of Montana, if the Chief of the Agricultural Experiment Stations of Montana is a competent witness, if all its arable land were devoted to wheat. It will be observed that I mentioned Idaho incidentally (meaning Montana), taking no cognizance of the estimate given, because it was at present of no practical importance.

Page 43

THE WHEAT PROBLEM AGAIN. 763 I have expressed my distrust of great averages in respect to agri- culture and farm products. In illustration of this fallacy, the figures presented by Mr. Hyde will now be dealt with. It is held that in 1930, which is the year when Sir William Crookes predicts starvation among the bread- eating people of the world for lack of wheat (as if good bread could only be made from wheat), the population of this country may be computed at 130,000,000. The requirements of that year for our own consumption Mr. Hyde estimates at 700,000,000 bushels of wheat, 1,250,000,000 bushels of oats, 3,450,000,000 bushels of corn (maize), and 100,000,000 tons of hay; and, although other products are not named by him, we may assume a corresponding increase. Subsequently Mr. Hyde gives the present delusive average yields per acre of the whole country, and then throws a doubt on the future progress of agricultural science, saying, “ Whatever agricultural sci- ence may be able to do in the next thirty years, up to the present time it has only succeeded in arresting that decline in the rate of produc- tion with which we have been continually threatened.” Without dealing at present with this want of and true consideration of or “speculation ” upon the progress made in the last decade under the lead of the experiment stations and other beginnings in remedying the wasteful and squalid methods that have been so conspicuous in pioneer farming, let us take Mr. Hyde’s averages and see what demand upon land the requirements of 1930 will make, even at the present meager average product per acre. Mr. Hyde apparently computes this prospective product as one that will be required for the domestic consumption of 130,000,000 people by ratio to our present product. He ignores the fact that our present product suffices for 75,000,000, with an excess of live stock, provisions, and dairy products exported nearly equal in value to all the grain exported, and in excess of the exports of wheat. If we can increase proportionally in one class of products, why not in another? Whichever pays best will be produced and exported. 1897 and 1930 compared.—Data of 1897. Products. Average per acre. | . Area required. Pateciedass 1,902,967,933 bushels, 23.8 bushels, | 125,150 square miles, a 530,149,168 “ ie 61,660 “ - eid sewing 698,767,809 “ 27.2 « 40,200 “ « BP cvcdecccccce 60,664,770 tons. 1.43 “ 66,290 “ “ ee Pee ee re Pe ee 293,300 square miles. All other farm crops carry the total to less than 400,000 square miles now under the plow, probably not exceeding 360,000.

Page 44

764 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. Prospective demand of 1930, at the same meager average product per acre, without progress in agricultural science:

Crop called for. Per acre. Area required. eee $,450,000,000 bushels. 28.8 bushels, | 226,600 square miles, eePE ERS 700,000,000“ 13.4 “ 81,600 “ « hcbatdsass 1,250,000,000 27.2 « 70,800 “ « Eee woce 100,000,000 tons. 1.43 “ 109.400 “ « i 5 $| 70,800 81,600 109,400 Roots, cotton, | Indian corn, for & Z| 84. miles, | sq. miles. | sq. miles. | tobacco, etc., 226,600 export, | 3 a 168,600 sq. m. 8q. miles, 148,000 "5 ® | Excessive. sq. miles. | 4 g < a 2 a 5 Arable land unassigned, ............sseceeeeeseeees 1,200,000 square miles. ze r- Deduct for cities, towns, parks, and reserves of all kinds 200,000 “ ” 2 t = EI Sa 2 Se Ge ND UID. . cincccccccccsescenseeese 1,000,000 “ s = 8 - Forest, mountain, arid, etc., not counted, about 1,000,000 square miles, not in- 3 cluded in these lines or squares. 3

No reduction on area cultivated on prospective improvement in the present methods of farming, although it may be assumed that the prospective increase of crop per acre will exert great influence, If the facts should be in 1930 consistent with Mr. Hyde’s “ specu- lation ” it would therefore appear that our ability to meet the domes- tic demand of 1930 with proportionate export of cattle, provisions, and dairy products, and to set apart a little patch of land for the export of 1,226,000,000 bushels of wheat raised at the rate of only

Page 45

THE WHEAT PROBLEM AGAIN. 765 13.4 bushels per acre from 143,000 square miles of land will be met by the cultivation of not exceeding 700,000 square miles out of 2,000,000 available. I should not venture to question the conclusions emanating from the Department of Agriculture, or the deductions of so eminent a scientist as Sir William Crookes, had I not taken the usual precau- tion of a business man in studying a business question. I went to the men who know the subject as well as the figures on which statis- tics are to be compiled. Being supplied by the Popular Science Monthly with one hundred proofs of the first nine and a half pages of the December article in which the terms of the problem are stated, I sent those proofs to the chiefs of the experiment stations and to the secretaries of agricul- ture in all the States from which any considerable product of wheat is now or may be hereafter derived; also to many makers of wheat harvesters; to the secretaries of Chambers of Commerce, and to sev- eral economic students in the wheat-growing States. This prelimi- nary study was accompanied by the following circular of inquiry: Boston, Mass., October 5, 1898. To the Chiefs of the Agricultural Experiment Stations and others in Authority: Calling your attention to the er advance sheets of an article which will by and by appear in the Popular Science Monthly, I beg to put to you certain questions. If the matter interests you, will you kindly fill up the blanks be- low and let me have your replies within the present month of October, to the end that I may compile them and give a digest of the results? I shall state in the article that I am indebted to you and others for the information submitted. PERU NOSE 60s cecectecbisisscsieven square miles. 1. What proportion of this area do you believe to be arable land of fair quality, including pasture that might be put under the plow? BD 9.660 ctccktcenacesen square miles. 2. What proportion is now in forest or mountain sections which may not be available for agriculture for a long period? BUDE os cccccccossnceeces square miles, 8. What has been done or may be done by irrigation? ore eer eee eee eee eee eee eeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeee eeereeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ere e eee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeees

Page 46

766 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 4. What proportion of the arable land above measured should you consider suitable to the production of wheat under general conditions such as are given in the text, say, a stable price of one dollar per bushel in London? Answer square miles, 5. To what extent, in your judgment, is wheat becoming the cash or surplus crop of a varied system of agriculture as distinct from the methods which prevail in the opening of new lands of cropping with wheat for a term of years? What further remarks can you add which will enable me to eluci- date this case, to complete the article and to convey a true impression of the facts to English readers? Your assistance in this matter will be gratefully received. Respectfully submitted, Epwarp ATKINSON, To this circular I received twenty-four detailed replies, containing statistics mostly very complete; also many suggestive letters, in every case giving full support to the general views which I had submitted in the proof sheets. It has been impossible for me to give individual credit within the limits of a magazine article to the gentlemen who have so fully supplied the data. Space will only permit me to submit a digest of the more important facts in a table derived from these replies: FROM RETURNS MADE TO MY INQUIRY. | rom United — a Suitable to w Arable. wheat. 1897. Area of State. 84,287 66,000 50,000 7,189 76,000 42,500 40,000 4,187 74,312 50,000 50,000 4,300 56,000 54,000 20,000 2,292 68,000 64,000 64,000 2,448 56,000 $5,000 35,000 961 414,599 311,500 259,000 21 372 269,694 | 200,000 | 100,000 700 158,360 54,000 30,000 5,062 145,310 30,000 25,000 109 87,000 30,000 15,000 192 660,364 | 314,000 | 170,000 6,063 1,074,963 | 625,500 | 429,000 | 27,485

Page 47

o~, THE WHEAT PROBLEM AGAIN. 767 I do not give the data of the Eastern and Southern States, and I have selected only the most complete data of the other States, choosing the more conservative where two returns have been made from one State. The foregoing States produced a little over one third of the wheat crop of 1897. They comprise a little over one third the area of the land of the United States, excluding Alaska. The list covers States like Illinois, Minnesota, and Wisconsin, now very fully occupied relatively to Texas, Montana, and Idaho, as yet but sparsely settled. Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, Oregon, and Washington combined far exceed the above list in wheat production; but, as I have no complete data from these States, I can only say that the national or census statistics, as far as they go, develop correspond- ing conditions to those above given. The very small product of Texas and Montana, even of Idaho, as compared with the claimed potential, will attract notice, and perhaps excite incredulity. But let it be remembered that in 1880 the Territory of Dakota yielded less than 3,000,000 bushels of wheat, while in 1898 the two States of North and South Dakota, formerly in one Territory, claim to have produced 100,000,000 bushels. Perhaps it will then be admitted that the potential of Montana, and even of Idaho, may be attained in some measure corresponding to the reports from those States; but as yet their product is a negligible quantity, as that of Dakota was only twenty years since.* * I have been permitted to review the detailed statements of the accounts of one of the great enterprises which I have called the manufacture of wheat on a large scale on various large farms, separated one from another but under one control, aggregating more than twenty thousand acres, in North Dakota. They are managed mainly from a long distance through agents and foremen, therefore at a relative disadvantage compared to a farmer owning his own land, acting as his own foreman, and saving heavily in expense. Such farmers, making no charge for their own time, are computed to have a cash advantage of one dollar an acre. A large part of this land bas been cropped in wheat for twenty-four years, one farm of six thousand acres showing an average in excess of eighteen bushels per acre for the term of seventeen years. The details of the product of other farms are not given, but this may be considered a rule. Of course, this cropping can not be carried on indefinitely. The land is now being allowed to rest, and other crops, such as maize, oats, barley, millet, and timothy, are to some extent being raised in rotation, but not to the extent in which individual wheat farms are now passing into rotation, especially in Minnesota. In this enterprise the manufacture of wheat is the main purpose, but under the changed conditions on the small farms in Minnesota wheat is becoming rather the cash or excess crop in a rotation of four; at present, in North Dakota, wheat constitutes about three fourths the total product. In these accounts of this great farm are included all charges of every name and nature except what might be called the rent of land: the labor, the harvesting and thrashing, the general expense including the foreman and all other charges; the office expenses, the taxes,

Page 48

768 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. Again, let it be remembered that Texas will produce a cotton crop marketed in 1898-99, above the average of the five ante-war crops of the whole country, and nearly equal to the largest crop ever grown in the United States before the war. Texas could not only pro- duce the present entire cotton crop of the United States but of the world, on but a small part of her land which is well suited to cotton. When these facts are considered, perhaps the potential of that great State in wheat and other grain, in cattle and in sheep, as well as in cotton, may begin to be comprehended. The writer is well aware that this treatment of a great problem is very incomplete, but it is the best that the leisure hours of a very busy business life would permit. If it discloses the general ignorance of our resources, the total inadequacy of many of our official statistics, the lack of any real agricultural survey, and the necessity for a reor- ganization and concentration of the scientific departments of the Gov- ernment as well as of a permanent census bureau, it will have served a useful purpose. If it also serves to call attention to the meager average crops and the poor quality of our agriculture as a whole down to a very recent period, it may suggest even to those to whose minds the statistics of the past convey but gloomy and “ doubtful views ” of the future, that the true progress in scientific agriculture could only begin when sub- stantially all the fertile land in the possession of the Government had either been given away or otherwise distributed. So long as “sod crops” and the single-crop system yielded adequate returns to un- skilled farmers, no true science of agriculture could be expected, any more than a large product of wool can be hoped for in States where it has been wittily said that “every poor man keeps one cur dog, and every d—d poor man keeps two or more.” Finally, if I shall have drawn attention to the very effective work which is being done in the agricultural experiment stations by men of first-rate ability, I shall have drawn attention to a great fact.. This work has already led to a complete revolution from the the insurance, and, when summer fallow is introduced, the cost of the summer fallow. Suffice it that these figures for 1898—a year of high charge for seed and one which yielded a fraction over the average in product—prove conclusively an average of all charges of less than five dollars an acre for the cost of the product. In different years under these conditions the cost of the wheat varies from a little over twenty cents to approximately thirty-five cents per bushel. The cost of oats, which are cultivated with the wheat mainly for use on the farms,.ranges from ten to fifteen cents per bushel. These are facts. The pending question in this discussion is, How much land, occu- pied by owners but not now in use, is there in this section of the country on which similar results can be attained, with better results by individual farmers who possess mental energy and practical skill? The figures given by the chiefs of the agricultural experiment stations may rightly be taken in the solution of this question.

Page 49

THE WHEAT PROBLEM AGAIN. 769 old practice of maltreating land, and to the renovation of soils that had been partially exhausted. Governor Henry A. Wise, of Virginia, long since condemned the old methods of Southern agriculture by tell- ing his hearers, “The niggers skinned the land and the white men skinned the niggers.” We are changing all that by new and pro- gressive methods. I hope that in this recognition of the work of the experiment stations I shall have made some return for the attention which has been given to my inquiry by so many of my correspondents that the space assigned me forbids a list of my authorities being given by name. When the suggestion is made from the Department of Agriculture that all that science has yet accomplished has been to stop a tendency to a lessened production from the land now under the plow, and when it is even suggested that in 1930 the present meager average of crops per acre may still exist, it seems to me that little credit is given to the good work already accomplished in the short period in which the separate Department of Agriculture has been represented in the Cabinet, especially in the last five or six years, while the suggestion itself shows very little consideration of the great work of the experi- ment stations. Unless it can be proved that my correspondents and myself have entered into a conspiracy to mislead the public in dealing with the potential of this country in wheat production, nearly all the deductions from the figures of the past must be considered mere statistical rubbish. These statistics cover sections and States in which wheat should never be grown or attempted in competition with the true wheat soils and climate. As well might misplaced iron furnaces, built to boom city lots where there are no favorable conditions for the production of iron, be included in an average and held up as a standard of our poten- tial in iron and steel production. In my efforts to discover the rule of progress in the arts and occu- pations of the people of this country, it has become plain that in ratio to the application of science and invention to every art the quan- tity of product is increased, the number of workmen is relatively diminished, the price of the product tends to diminish, while the wages or earnings of those who do the work are augmented. I have investigated many branches of industry, and find evidence conclusive to my own mind that such is the law of industrial de- velopment. This rule is subject to temporary variations under the restriction of statutes. In my own judgment, the so-called protective principle or policy of interference with commerce by imposing fines on foreign imports has retarded the progress of the spe- cially protected arts, and has in some measure obstructed the diversity of manufactures; but the opposite policy of absolutely free trade in VOL, LIv.—58

Page 50

770 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. our domestic traffic over a greater area and among a much larger number of people than have elsewhere secured their own liberty has been so much more potent in its progressive influence as to have less- ened the evils of the restrictions on foreign trade. According to my observation, all the efforts to regulate railroad charges by State legislation and under the interstate commerce act have greatly retarded the progress of the railway, and have deprived great States, notably Texas, of any service at all commensurate to the demand which might otherwise have been supplied to the mutual benefit of the owners of the railways and the inhabitants of the State, The most serious retarding influence, especially evil in its effect upon farmers, was the useless panic of 1893, caused by the silver craze— that is to say, by the effort to enact a force bill by which the pro- ducers of our great crops would have been compelled to accept money of half the purchasing power of that to which their industry had been long adjusted. This caused a temporary paralysis of industry, in which I think none suffered so much as the farmers of the country. But admitting these temporary variations, I find the same rule governing the products of the farm that governs the mine, the factory, and the workshop—namely, a lessening of the number occupied in ratio to the product; a great reduction in the cost of labor; an in- creased return in due proportion of the skill and intelligence of the farmer; a rapid reduction in the farm mortgages, ending at the pres- ent date in making the farmers of the grain-growing States the cred- itors of the world, especially those occupied upon wheat. But in the development of this progress we find the reverse of the practice in the factory and the workshop. The most important applications of science and invention led first to what might be called the manufacture of wheat on an extensive method of making a single crop on great areas of land. That phase has about spent its force; the great farms are in process of division; the single-crop system has about ended; the intensive system of making a larger product from a less- ened area with alternation and variation in crops is rapidly taking the place of former methods. Therefore, while many branches of manufacturing tend more and more to the collective method, the tendency in agriculture is more and more to individualism in dealing with the land itself, coupled with collective ownership in the more expensive farm machinery, in creameries, cheese factories, and the like. We are apparently at a halfway stage in this revolution of agriculture. The intelligent and intensive methods of breeding cattle and sheep is also rapidly taking the place of the semibarbarous conditions of the ranch. If these points are well taken, the very suggestion that we must compute the land which should be under the plow in 1890 in order to

Page 51

THE WHEAT PROBLEM AGAIN. 771 supply the needs of 130,000,000 people on the basis of the imperfect statistics and inadequate data of the past, becomes almost an imperti- nence. Itis much more probable that the 400,000 square miles which now meet the needs of 75,000,000 people, with an enormous excess for export, will in 1930 still suffice for the domestic supply of 130,000,000 people, with a proportionate export corresponding to the present. If the product of the farms of the West now yielding the largest crops, or of the renovated lands of the South now yielding the best crops, be taken as the average standard of the near future, as they should be, then it may be true in 1930, as it is now, that one fifth of the arable land of this country when put under the plow will still suffice for all existing demands, the remainder of our great domain extending the promise of future abundance and welfare to the yet greater numbers who will occupy the land a century hence. I may add that in the course of a very friendly correspondence with Sir William Crookes, while we are still at variance in our esti- mates of the area which may be converted to the production of wheat in this country without trenching upon any other product, we are wholly at an agreement on a most material point. I quote from one of his letters: “ Under the present wasteful method of cultivation there will be in a limited number of years an insufficient supply of wheat. Apply artificial fertilizers judiciously, and the supply may be increased indefinitely.” I would only venture to add to the judg- ment of so eminent a writer the words “ or natural,” to the end that the paragraph should read, “ Apply artificial or natural fertilizers judiciously, and the supply can be increased indefinitely.” Many years ago I was asked among others, “ What would be the next great discovery of science or invention?” To which I replied, “A supply of nitrogen at low cost.” Has not that discovery been made in the recent development of the functions of the bacteria which, living and dying upon the leguminous plants, dissociate the nitrogen of the atmosphere and convert it through the plant to the renovation of the soil? Is not the invention of methods of nitrifying the soil by distributing the germs of bacteria one of the most wonderful dis- coveries of science ever yet attained? Can any one yet measure the potential of any given area of land in any part of this country in the production of any one of its great crops? That there is a limit may be admitted. Can any one venture to say that any of our average crops yet approach beyond a small fractional measure the true limit of production, whatever it may be, either in cotton, maize, wheat, or any other product of the soil? In this, as in many other developments of the theory of evolution, the factor of mental energy, which is the prime factor in all material

Page 52

772 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. production, may have been or is almost wholly ignored. We are ceasing to treat the soil as a mine subject to exhaustion, but we have as yet made only a beginning in treating it as an instrument of pro- duction which will for a long period respond in its increasing product in exact ratio to the mental energy which is applied to the cultivation of the land. THE COMING OF THE CATBIRD. By SPENCER TROTTER. | ee southeastern Pennsylvania there comes a day in February that brings with it an indefinable sense of joyousness. A southerly wind wanders up the Delaware with a touch of the spring in its air that quickens, for the first time, the slumbering life. It is then that those mysterious forces in the cells of living things begin their subtle work—hidden in the dark, underground storehouses of plants and the sluggish tissues of animals buried in their winter sleep. On such a day the ground hog ventures from his burrow, some restless bee is lured from the hive to wander disconsolate over bare fields, a snake crawls from its hole to bask awhile in the sunshine, and one looks instinctively for the first breaking of the earth that tells of the early crocus and the peeping forth of daffodils. The southerly wind is more apt than not to be a telltale, for with all its springtime softness it is drawing toward some storm center, near or remote, that will in- evitably follow with rough weather in its sweep. The country folk rightly call such a day a “ weather breeder,” and even the ground hog knows its portent in the very sign of his shadow. Come as it will, the day is really a day borrowed in advance from the spring, as though to hearten one through all the dreary days that will follow and, in starting the growing forces of vegetation, to make ready for the sea- son’s coming. With this forerunner of the year come the harbingers of the bird migration. With the rise of the temperature to sixty or over, a well- marked bird wave from the south spreads over the Delaware Valley. ‘ On this balmy, springlike day we hear for the first time since Novem- ber the croaking of grackles as a loose flock wings overhead or scatters among the tree tops. A few robins may show themselves, and the mellow piping of bluebirds lends its sweet influence to the charm of such a day. There is a sense of uncertain whereabouts in the bluebird’s note, a sort of hazy, in-the-air feeling that suggests sky space. It does not seem to have the tangible element by which we can locate the bird as in the voices of the robin and the song spar- row. It is on such a day as this that song sparrows are first heard—

Page 53

THE COMING OF THE CATBIRD. 773 cheery ditties from the weather-beaten fences and the bare, brown tangle of brier patches. The day may close lurid with the frayed streamers of lofty cirrus clouds streaking across the sky—the vapor- ous overflow of a coming storm—or a week of the same bright weather may continue with the wind all the while blowing softly out of the south, but sooner or later the inevitable winter storm must close this foretaste of the spring. A decided wave of rising temperature usually reaches the Dela- ware Valley from the middle to the last of March, maintaining itself longer than the February rise, and ushering in a well-marked bird wave. It is about this time that the vanguard of the robin migration scatters over the country. The grackles or crow blackbirds, which have been more or less in evidence since their first appearance in Feb- ruary, begin renovating the old nests or laying the foundations of new ones in the tops of tall pines. The shrill call of the flicker sounds through the woods, and before the end of the month one is sure to hear the plaintive song of the field sparrow. This is about the time that the spicebush shows its yellow blossoms through the grays and browns of the spring underwoods, and the skunk cabbage unfolds its fresh, green leafage in rank abundance along the boggy course of woodland rills. A week earlier the streaked yellow and purple of its fleshy spathes shows here and there in the oozy ground by the side of the folded leaf spikes. It is just at this time, too, that one must go to the woods for the first spring wild flowers—bloodroot, hepatica, anemones, and the yellow dog-tooth violet-—if one would get the real freshness of spring into his soul. The crows, that all through the winter filed away each evening in straggling lines of flight toward the distant roost, have broken ranks, and go rambling in small groups through the woods and over the fields of green winter wheat. Like the grackles, they have thoughts of courtship and the more earnest business of family cares. The liquid notes of meadow larks sound clear and sweet in the greening fields and pastures, and small flocks of vociferous killdeers scatter in wheeling flight over the newly plowed lands. In tangle covers the rustle of dead leaves here and there tells of the whereabouts of a flock of fox sparrows halting in their northward pilgrimage. The pewee is back, inspecting her last year’s house under the span of some old bridge, and the melancholy voice of the dove is borne on the air from the fence rows and cedars along the farther side of fields. After the 1st of April the tide of migration sets in with force, and the earlier waves bring several species of summer birds—those that come to build and breed in our woods—that rarely if ever make their appearance before this time. It is an interesting fact that none of the migrants that make their first appearance in April are ever

Page 54

774 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. found in the Delaware Valley during the winter, though several, if not all, of the species that come on the March waves are occasionally met with in the winter months. It appears, further, that the winter quarters of certain birds which are summer residents with us and some that are transient, passing on to more northern breeding grounds, lie not so very far to the south. If the last of March has been marked by warm weather lapping over into the first days of April, then one may expect soon to hear the familiar notes of the chipping sparrow from the swelling branches of garden shrubbery and the trees about the lawn, and a brown thrasher is sure to be heard volubly proclaim- ing his arrival from some near-by tree top. Among the budding sprigs of thickets the elusive chewink breaks into occasional frag- ments of song, and from the red-blossomed maples and the jungle of pussy willows and alders that fringe the meadow brook the metallic creaking notes of the red-winged blackbirds sound not unpleasingly. This jargon of the red-wing has a true vernal ring about it, suggesting the fresh green of oozy bogs and the loosening up of sap. From the middle to the last of April there are several big waves of migration that bring many of the summer residents as well as some transient species, forerunning the greater waves that are to follow in May. On certain warm April days the barn and the bank swallows appear, and the chimney swifts are seen scurrying to and fro above the trees and house tops. These are genuine signs of the coming summer, for swallows and swifts feed only on the minute gnats and other ephemera that develop under conditions of warm temperature. Whoever knows of a martin box that year after year is visited by its colony has an unfailing source of delight at this time in watching the lovely birds. The martins are very prompt in their arrival, rarely coming before the 1st of April nor later than the 10th. We are aware for the first time that the house wren has come back by the voluble song that greets us some morning from the branches just beyond our window—a song that only the lover of his own rooftree ean fully appreciate, for the wren’s chant, more than any other bird song, seems to voice the home instinct ina man. By the last week of April the woods are fast closing up their vistas in a rich profusion of unfolding leafage. The umbrellalike leaves of the May apple are scattered everywhere through the woods and fields, forming conspicu- ous patches of green. During this last week of the month a few straggling thrushes make their appearance—the hermit thrush with its russet tail, the veery, and the wood thrush. The first two are tran- sients, flitting through the underwoods or rustling among fallen leaves in search of their insect food. To hear the incomparable matins and vespers of the hermit one must follow to the bird’s breeding range on the wooded slopes of the Appalachians or farther into the deep re-

Page 55

’ er ’ — —- THE COMING OF THE CATBIRD. 775 cesses of the Canadian forests. The wood thrush breeds with us, and the melody of its notes adds a peculiar charm to our groves and woodlands that would leave an unfilled blank in the choir if the bird were a transient like the hermit or the veery. From the ist to the 10th of May a succession of bird waves comes from the south of such vast proportions as to the number of individuals and variety of species that all the previous migratory waves seem insignificant in comparison. It is the flood tide of the migration, bringing with it the host of warblers, vireos, orioles, tanagers, and thrushes that suddenly make our woods almost tropi- cal in the variety of richly colored species and strange bird notes. It would take a volume to describe the wood warblers, sylvan nymphs of such bizarre color patterns and dainty forms thai one is fain to imagine himself in the heart of some wondrous forest of a far-away land. Their curious dry notes, each different in its kind and ex- pression, yet all of the same insectlike quality; their quick, active motions, now twisting head downward around the branches, prying into every nook and cranny in their eager search for food, or flut- tering about the clusters of leaves, add to the strange effect. Their names, too, are richly stimulative to the color sense—the black- throated green, the black-throated blue, the chestnut-sided, the bay- breasted, the black and yellow, the cerulean, the Blackburnian, the blue-winged yellow, the golden-winged, the blue-yellow-backed or parula warbler, and the Maryland yellow-throat are each suggestive of a wealth of coloring. Others have names that carry us to southern realms, like the myrtle and the palm warblers; and others again tell of curious habits, as the worm-eating warbler, the hooded fly-catching warbler, and the black and white creeping warbler that scrambles about the tree trunks like a true creeper. There is nothing in all the year quite like the May woods. Then, if never again, you can step from your dooryard into an enchanted forest. The light yellowish effects of new green in the feathery masses of the oak catkins and the fresh, unfolding leafage of the forest trees are a rich feast to the eyes. Against this wealth of green the dogwood spreads its snow- white masses of bloom. In sunlit spaces of greenness the scarlet flash of a tanager, the rich blue coloring of the indigo bird, newly arrived from its winter quarters in South America, and the glimpse of a rose-breasted grosbeak among the high tree tops are strangely sug- gestive of a tropical forest. The ear, too, is charmed with a multitude of curious notes. The weird cries of the great-crested flycatcher among the topmost branches, and the loud chant of the ovenbird with its rising cadence coming from farther depths of the wood are two of the most characteristic bird voices of the May woodlands. If one would have the famous song of the mocking bird in this sylvan

Page 56

776 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. carnival he has only to loiter in the nearest grove to hear the won- derful performance of the catbird. The catbird is the real harbinger of summer. He is familiar throughout the countryside, liked or disliked according to the dispositions of folks, but when he appears ‘ amid the May-day throng every one knows that summer has come. As a countryman once said to me: “ You can’t place any dependence on the robin—it may snow the very day he comes; but a catbird never makes a mistake—it’s summer with him for sure.” The passing on of the great warbler waves to the north and the ending of the migration likewise mean the passing of the spring. It is summer any time after the 15th of May, or, to be more accurate, after the last of the migratory warblers, thrushes, and tanagers have passed beyond our woods. To a New-Englander summer will come a little later, nearer the true almanac date of June 1st. To a dweller in Virginia the last of April is the passing of spring and the advent of summer. Some ten or more years ago several enthusiastic ornithologists liv- ing in the neighborhood of Philadelphia began keeping records of the times of arrival of the different species of birds, and at the same time noted the conditions of temperature in relation to the abundance of individuals. After several years of these observations they were able to see clearly that these bird waves were directly related to the waves of rising temperature marking the advent of warm spells of weather. One of the most significant facts deduced from these observations was the remarkable regularity in the first appearance of certain species. For example, the Baltimore oriole in eight years of observation never arrived before the 1st of May, and only twice later than the 4th—viz., once on the fifth and once on the 7th. The list on the opposite page shows the date of first arrivals extending over a period of eight years, from 1885 to 1892.* Another fact of great interest which bears on the south-to-north movement of migrating birds, and which these observations very clearly brought out, was the earlier appearance of individuals of vari- ous species at points nearer the river, the first arrival of the same species at points back from the river being, in many instances, several days later. The first report of the arrival of a given species usually came from a low, marshy tract of land immediately bordering the western shore of the Delaware. The second report came from a locality several miles back of the eastern shore of the river, but situ- ated in the low plain of the river valley and within tide-water limits. The third report came from a place some miles back from the river on the uplands, but near the head of a stream emptying into the * The Birds of Eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Prepared under the direction of the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. By Witmer Stone. Philadelphia, 1894.

Page 57

THE COMING OF THE CATBIRD. 777 Delaware from the west. The last two places to report arrivals were situated farther up the river and some distance back from it. All this confirms the general idea that in migrating most, if not all, of the various land birds follow river valleys and invade the upland districts, lying back from either side, by way of the smaller tributaries. | 1885. | 1886. 1887. 1888. 1889. 1890. 1891. 1892. Flicker .......000- April 10'Mar, 24|Mar. 26/Mar. 30 Mar. 28/Mar, 26/Mar. 30 April 2 Chimney swift..... April 22|April 23/April 22) April 20) April 15| April 22|Apri! 16 April 27 Humming bird..... April 29, May 12 |May 12 |/May 14 ....... May 7 |May11/....... Kingbird ......... May 6 ‘May 11 |May 7 |May6 May6 |May 14 |May1 (May 4 Crested flycatcher..|May 2 May 12 |May3 (|May1 (May8 (|May1 /April 30 May 3 Pewee........+++: April 3 |Mar. 20 |Mar. 21 |Mar, 22 Mar. 27 |Mar. 27 |Mar. 31 | April 8 Wood pewee...... May 6 |May 15 |April 30/May 13 May 12 |May 14 |May 6 (May 17 Red-winged _ black- BB co vcceccecs Mar. 4 |Feb, 19 |Feb. 19 |Feb. 21 Mar. 13 |Mar. 12 |Feb, 25 |Mar. 9 Meadow lark ......|....... ‘Feb. 10 |Mar. 19 |Mar, 21 ‘Mar, 14 |Mar, 12 |Feb, 23 |Mar. 17 Baltimore oriole ...|May 5 |May4 |May2 |May2 |May7 |May1l |May1 |May 8 Purple grackle.....|Mar. 16 |Mar. 7 |Feb. 19 |Feb. 21 Mar. 2 |Feb, 13 |Feb. 18 |Mar. 6 Chipping sparrow. .|April 8|April 9 |April 8 |Mar. 31 |Mar, 29 | April 8 |April 13 April 4 Field sparrow...... April 11|April 7 |April 9 |April 2 |Mar. 29|Mar, 13 |Mar. 15 Mar, 26 Chewink.......... April 22' April 23)April 27| April 18 April 11/May | |April 18 April 24 Indigo bird........ May 16 |May 11 |May 7 |May 12 May 12|May 10 |May8 (May 10 Scarlet tanager.....|May 9 ‘May 12 |May 5 |May8 |May 9 |May4 /|April 28 May 3 Barn swallow...... April 22) April 19) April 21) April 12 April 22) April 19) April 19 April 24 Red-eyed vireo. .... May 7 |May 11 |May4 |April29May 5 |April 30\May 2 |May 3 Black-and-white | WHENEET oc cccees April 30\May 4 |April 27/April 21' April 20) April 30) April 24 May 1 Yellow warbler..../May6 |May4 |May2 (/May5 (May 11|May1 |May8 |May4 Myrtle warbler ....|May 2 /April 10)/May 2 /|April — 20) April 27/ April 18 April 7 Black-throated green warbler ...|May 2 |May 11 |May5 |April26May5 |May2 (April 19 April 30 ae April 30 May 3 |April 29|April 30\May 8 |May 3 |April 29| April 30 Maryland yellow COME caiccces April 29) April 24/April 28/April 30\May 6 |April 30/May 1 |May 8 ee May 2 |May 12 |May5 (May 5 \May 11 |May 5 |May 10 |May 3 Redstart.......... May 2 |May4 |May3 |May1 |May4 |May 3 /April 29 April 30 DE dedwceeded May 2 |May4 |May3 |May 5 ‘May 5 |May5 |May4 /April 30 Brown thrasher. . . .|April 24/ April 25) April 28) April 15) April 22) April 30) April 19| April 30 House wren....... May 3 | April 27/ April 24/ April 28| April 14| April 30/April 19/May 5 Wood thrush...... May2 |May1 |May1 |May1 |May3 |April 30|April 23/May 2 Mbcseseveccedaesses May 11 |April 25 May 3 |May6 |May 2 /|April 28)May 4 Hermit thrush. .... April 13/April 7 |April 9 |April 3 | April 10| April 13| April 12) April 3 BEE occcccccsces Mar. 7 |Mar. 10 |Feb. 28 |Feb. 19 ‘Mar. 7 |Feb. 26 |Feb. 24 |Mar. 9 Bluebird.......... > eee Feb. 17 ae 21 |Mar. 8 |Feb. 23 |Feb. 17 paar 9 The fact of greatest importance resulting from these observations was that relating to temperature. It was found that there was always a marked increase in the number of individuals of a given species fol- lowing a warm wave of temperature as marked by a decided rise of the thermometer. The following graphic representation, based on the abundance from day to day of three common and easily observed species—the brown thrasher, chipping sparrow, and flicker—affords an interesting illustration of the relative movements of the two waves. It will be understood that the numbers in the extreme left-hand column refer to the relative abundance of individuals of the three

Page 58

POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY.

778

species collectively. The inside column refers to temperature. The period of observation was twenty days, as shown by the line across the top of the figure.*

APRIL, 1991] 1 | 2 | 9 |10/ | 12/13

100 | HO 90 80} 100 3 270 260] 90 aw O50 ws a a ‘ @ 40 |> 80 = < 29/5 20 |S 70° Ww 10 |- o| 60

A, migration; B, temperature. The advent of spring is marked by the northward progression of the isotherm of 42.8° F., which is the initial temperature required to awaken the dormant reproductive and germinating activities in ani- mals and plants. With the gradual invasion of the United States, from the south northward, by temperatures above this, there passes over the different regions the ever-old but ever-new panorama of the spring with its opening blossoms, its unfolding green, and its waves of migrating birds. The restlessness produced by the periodic devel- opment of the reproductive function under the stimulus of increased temperature causes the highly organized bird life to spread out from its winter quarters, wherever those may be, and follow the zone of new green that steadily widens northward with its increase of food supply in the form of myriads of insects. The comparative regularity in the recurrence of this phenomenon year after year is attested by the observations just noted. Each species has a certain, definite physiological relation to temperature, and its migratory movement toward the breeding ground is determined by the movement of the

* Stone. The Birds of Eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey.

Page 59

THE COMING OF THE CATBIRD. 779 isotherm of this temperature. Just as warm a spell of weather may occur in early April as in the first week of May, but it does not repre- sent the permanent summer rise; and the majority of the warblers, the catbird, the tanager, the rose-breasted grosbeak, the two species of oriole, the vireos, and the kingbird, are rarely if ever seen in abun- dance in the Delaware Valley before the 1st of May. The migra- tory movement of such species is as regular as any other periodic phe- nomenon in Nature. It is hard to realize the enormous multitude of birds that form a so-called “wave.” During the whole period of migration there is a general northward movement of all the migratory species, but under the influence of warm spells of weather this more or less uniform movement rises into a vast wavelike sweep of birds. These bird waves, as already noted, follow the rise of temperature appearing at any given locality about a day or two after the first day of the warm spell. Many species of land birds migrate at night—such, for ex- ample, as the orioles, tanagers, warblers, vireos, wrens, the majority of the finches, the woodpeckers, and the thrushes, excepting the robin. During the passing of one of the May waves the darkness overhead is alive with flying birds. One may stand for hours at a time and hear the incessant chirping and twittering of hundreds of birds calling to one another through the night as though to keep from getting sepa- rated. The great mass of individuals are probably guided by these call notes. The usually accepted notion that birds migrate from south to north in traveling to their breeding grounds is largely true of shore birds and waterfowl, but among many of the species of land birds conditions of topography tend to deflect a direct northward move- ment. The Atlantic coast plain, reaching up into southern New Jersey, and the Mississippi basin, each offers a broad south-to-north highway for birds leaving the Gulf shores of the United States on their northward journey in the spring. A great majority of species find in the wilderness of the Appalachian highland, from the Catskills to Georgia, breeding grounds quite as well adapted to their needs as the forests of Maine and Canada. Large numbers of birds, accord- ing to their regional relations, will constantly turn from the Atlantic coast plain up the numerous rivers, which become great highways of migration, leading to the highlands. The northward movement has thus a large westerly deflection on the Atlantic slope of the middle United States. It is also quite certain that many birds winter in favorable localities on the Atlantic coast plain much farther north than is generally supposed. This is especially true of the holly thick- ets among the coastwise sand dunes of southern New Jersey and the cedar swamps and pine barrens in the vicinity of Cape May. Many

Page 60

780 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. of the finches, the marsh wrens, red-winged blackbirds, meadow larks, thrashers, and myrtle warblers are frequently seen in these localities through the winter. I spent one first day of February some years ago among the dunes below Atlantic City, N. J. At Philadelphia that morning it was bleak winter weather, but two hours later we found ourselves in a warm expanse of sunlight on the seaward beaches, The balmy air was filled with bird notes, and the holly thickets and bay bushes fairly swarmed with myrtle warblers. It seems to be a fact that many birds thus make comparatively short migratory move- ments between the seacoast plain and the mountains, up and down the river valleys. The phenomenon of the migrating bird has always appealed in a wonderful manner to the human mind. The guiding geographical sense that all animals, and wild animals and birds in particular, possess is peculiarly attractive to men of civilized society, because they have largely lost this same natural instinct of direction, and now look upon itin wonderment. Birds have very sure landmarks; their senses are keen for noting features of topography. They undoubtedly know the Potomac, the Susquehanna, the Delaware, the Hudson, and tke Connecticut, and never confuse one with another. They know to which side the sea lies and that the rivers flow down from a wild, wooded region where there are plenty of food and the best possible places to raise their young. All these facts get fixed in their brains. The bird’s brain-cell structure is built on these lines and is only waiting to get the impressions of the first migratory experience. They keep in with one another, follow their chirpings in the night, learn to tell the Hudson from the Delaware, or where this or that stretch of woodland lies, just as they learned when first out of the nest how to tell good from bad sorts of food, or how to find their way about the home woods, and that an owl or a fox was an undesirable acquaintance. In the fall migration the young birds follow the older ones in the general movement southward, and are often belated, showing that the impulse to leave their birthplaces is forced upon them, rather from necessity than choice, and is not the well-developed instinct im- . pressed by former experience which their elders seem to possess. The old birds who have bred and reared these young ones set the example of early departure which the birds of the year through inexperience are tardy in appreciating. The habit waits upon experience. Each year, from midwinter, when the first warmth of advancing sunlight calls to the sleeping life, on to the first fervid heat of the reproductive summer, we have the joyous pageant of the spring. This steady waxing of the new light appealed to the pagan mind of western Europe with a far deeper sense than the modern mind can appreciate. To our rude ancestors it was the goddess Eéstre, bountiful

Page 61

GUESSING AND NUMBER PREFERENCES. 781 in her gift of warmth and the magic of reproductive life, that each year came with the light to drive away the frost giants. And with the goddess, whom we still love to picture as a maiden tripping lightly through the budding groves in her wind-blown garments, came the birds. It was the cuckoo that brought the summer with “ daisies pied and violets blue,” and to-day, when its voice is heard for the first time in the year, every one knows that summer has come again to the hedgerows of England and the lands of the Rhine. So with us across the Atlantic, summer comes when the catbird first pours out its babel of sweet notes in green woodland ways and the tangled nooks of old gardens. 264 +>eo GUESSING, AS INFLUENCED BY NUMBER PREFERENCES. By F. B. DRESSLAR. BOUT two years ago a certain progressive clothing company of Los Angeles, California, procured a very large squash—so large, indeed, as to attract much attention. This they placed uncut in a window of their place of business, and advertised that they would give one hundred dollars in gold to the one guessing the number of seeds it contained. In case two or more persons guessed the correct number, the money was to be divided equally among them. The only prerequisite for an opportunity to guess was that the one wishing to guess should walk inside and register his name, address, and his guess in the notebook kept for that purpose. The result of this offer was that 7,700 people registered guesses, and but three of these guessed 811, the number of seeds which the squash contained. It occurred to me that a study of these guesses would reveal some interesting number preferences, if any existed, for the conditions were unusually favorable for calling forth naive and spontaneous results, there being no way of approximating the number of seeds by calcula- tion, and very little or no definite experience upon which to rely for guidance. It seemed probable, therefore, that the guesses would cover a wide range, and by reason of this furnish evidence of what- ever number preference might exist. It is undoubtedly safe to assume, too, that the guesses made were honest attempts to state as nearly as possible best judgments under conditions given; but even if some of the guesses were more or less facetiously made, the data would be equally valuable for the main purpose in hand. According to the theory of probability, had there been no prefer- ence at all for certain digits or certain combinations of digits within

Page 62

782 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. the limits of the guesses, one figure would occur about as often as an- other in units’ or tens’ place. It was argued, therefore, that any marked or persistent variation from such regularity in such a great number of cases would reveal what might be termed an unconscious preference for such numbers or digits for these places. The purpose of this study, then, was to determine whether or not there existed in the popular mind, under the conditions offered, any such preferences. After the very arduous and tedious task of collating and classify- ing all the guesses for men and women separately had been done, the following facts appeared: In the first place, marked preference is shown for certain digits both for units’ and tens’ places. This statement is based on a study of the 6,863 guesses falling below one thousand. Of these, 4,238 were made by men and 2,625 were made by women. By tabulations of the digits used in units’ place by both men and women, the following facts have been determined: 800 used 9, while but 374 used 8; 1,070 used 7, and 443 preferred 6; 881 used 5, and only 295 preferred 4; 862 chose 3, while 331 used 2; 577 ended with 1, while 1,230 pre- ferred 0 as the last figure. A tabulation of the figures used in tens’ place shows, save in the case of 2 and 3, where 2 is used oftener than 3, the same curious preferences, but in a much less marked degree. To go into detail, 850 chose 9 for tens’ place, while 559 took 8; 907 used 7, while only 637 selected 6; 748 took 5, while only 536 used 4; 601 used 3, and 634 chose 2; 728 used 1, as against 872 who used 0. Were it not that the selections here in the main correspond with the preferences shown in units’ place, the significance of these figures would be much less important; but the evidence here can not wholly be ignored when taken in connection with the facts ob- tained in the preferences shown in the case of the figures occupying units’ place. We are enabled, then, as a result of the study of these guesses, to say that under the conditions offered, aside from a preference of 0 over 1 to end the numbers selected, digits representing odd num- bers are conspicuously preferred to those representing even numbers. How far this will hold under other conditions can not now be stated, but the facts here observed are of such a nature as to suggest the pos- sibility of an habitual tendency in this direction. However, further investigations can alone determine whether or not this bias for cer- tain numbers is potent in a general way. The curve on the next page, exhibiting the results noted above, shows at a glance the marked and persistent preference for the odd numbers.

Page 63

GUESSING AND NUMBER PREFERENCES. 783 It will be noticed that of the digits preferred, 7 surpasses any of the others. Not only, then, do we tend to select an odd number for units’ place when the guess ranges between one and a thousand, but of these digits 7 is much preferred. In connection with this fact one immediately recalls all he has heard about 7 as a sacred number, and its professed significance in the so-called “occult sciences.” I think one is warranted in saying from an introspective point of view 2,200 “| i \ KALA [ at AV AY ss Hy ° i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Cnorce or Dierrs 1x Tens’ anp Units’ Praces (Men anp Women). Vertical distance shows the number of times the figure on the horizontal line immediately below was used. that there is a shadow of superstition present in all attempts at pure guessing. There appears to be some unexpressed feeling of lucky numbers or some mental easement when one unreasoned position is taken rather than any other. It is impossible on the evidence furnished by this study to give more than hints at the probable reason for the preference here indi- eated. But it is worth while to glance backward to earlier condi- tions, when the scientific attitude toward all the facts of life and mind was far more subordinated to supernatural interpretations than it is to-day. In this way we may catch a thread which still binds us to habits formed in the indefinite past. The Greeks considered the even numbers as representative of the feminine principle, and as belonging and applying to things terres- trial. To them the odd numbers were endowed with a masculine virtue, which in time was strengthened into supernatural and celestial qualities. The same belief was prevalent among the Chinese. With

Page 64

784 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. them even numbers were connected with earthly things, partaking of the feminine principle of Yang. Odd numbers were looked upon as proceeding out of the divine and endued with the masculine prin- ciple. Thirty was called the number of earth, because it was made up by the addition of the even numbers 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10. On the other hand, 25, the sum of the five odd numbers 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9, was called the number of heaven. It is generally true that, as lower peoples developed the need of numbers and the power to use them, certain of these numbers came to be surrounded with a superstitious importance and endued with certain qualities which led at once to numerical preferences more or less dominant in all their thinking connected with numbers. It would certainly be unjustifiable to conclude from the evidence at hand that the preferences shown in the guesses under consideration are directly traceable to some such superstition; and yet one can scarcely prevent himself from linking them vaguely together. Especially is this true when some consideration is given to a probable connecting link as shown in our modern superstitious motions. I have found through a recent study of these superstitions that where numbers are introduced, the odd are used to the almost complete ex- clusion of the even. For example, I have collected and tabulated a series of more than sixty different superstitions using odd numbers, and have found but four making use of the even. Besides these spe- cific examples there are many more which in some form or another express the belief that odd numbers have some vital ‘relation with | luck both good and bad. It would be impossible to define precisely or even approximately just what sort of a mental state the word “luck ” stands for, but one element in its composition is a more or less naive belief in super- natural and occult influences which at one time work for and at another time against the believer. In its more pronounced forms, the belief in luck lifts itself into a sort of a blind dependence upon some ministering spirit which interposes between rational causes and their effects. In a way one may say that the more or less vague and shadowy notions of luck which float in the minds of people to-day are but the emaciated and famishing forms of a once all-embracing super- stition, and that these shadows possess a potency over life and action oftentimes beyond our willingness to believe. There is another interesting and somewhat curious thing to be noticed in connection with these guesses. There is a persistent tend- ency4o the duplication of digits, or, if one thinks of the numbers as at first conceived in terms of language, a tendency to alliteration. For example, the numbers 111, 222, 333, 444, 555, 666, 777, 888, and 999 occur oftener by sixty-seven per cent than any other com-

Page 65

GUESSING AND NUMBER PREFERENVCES. 785 bination possible in the tens thus represented. That is to say, other things equal, one would have a right to expect 334 or 332 to occur as often as 333. But the fact is, in this particular case, 333 occurred forty-eight times, while the other two put together occurred only three times. Here, however, we have the combined influence of the preference for the odd over the even and the digital sequence. Still, if we select 444, we find that this number, made up though it is of three digits in general least selected of all, the preference for alliterative effect is strong enough to make the number occur 28 times to 14 times for both 443 and 445. If we take 777, we find that it was used more times than all the other combinations from 770 to 779 inclusive, put together. Therefore, under conditions similar to those presented for these guesses, one would be safe to expect these duplicative or alliterative numbers to occur much oftener than any other single number in the series. It would evidently be unsafe to generalize upon the basis of this study, notwithstanding the large number of guesses considered. However, it seems to me that the results here obtained at least sug- gest a field of inquiry which promises interesting returns. If it be true, as here suggested, that odd numbers are preferred by guessers, advantage could be taken of this preference in many ways. Further- more, as I suspect, it may be that this probable preference points to a habit of mind which more or less influences results not depending strictly on guessing. It has been shown, for example, that the length of criminal sentences has been largely affected by preferences for 5 or multiples of 5—that is to say, where judges have power to fix the length of sentence within certain limits, there is a strong probability that they will be influenced in their judgments by the habitual use of 5 or its multiples. Here it would seem that unconscious prefer- ence overrides what one has a right to consider the most careful and impartial judgments possible, based upon actual and well-digested data.* Another thing is noticeable in these guesses. The consciousness of number beyond 1,000 falls off very rapidly. The difference in the values of 1,000 and 1,500 seems to have had less weight with the guessers than a difference of 50 had at any place below 1,000. And so, in a way, 1,000 seems to mark the limit of any sort of definite mental measurement. This fact is more and more emphasized as the numbers representing the guesses increase until one can see there exists absolutely no conception of the value of numbers. For ex- ample, many guessed 1,000,000, while several guessed more than *See H. Le Poer. Influence of Number in Criminal Sentences. Harper’s Weekly, May 14, 1896. VOL. LIv,—59

Page 66

786 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 10,000,000. Guessing means, with many people, no attempt at any sort of reasonable measurement, but rather an attempt to express their guess in such a way as to afford them the greatest amount of mental relief. And this relief can not be wholly accomplished without satis- fying number preferences. Therefore, guessing is likely to exhibit, in a greater or less degree, some habitual lines of preference subject to predetermination. It may be that much practical advantage has been taken of these facts in games of chance where number selec- tions play an important part. CONCERNING By WILLIAM WEASELS. E. CRAM. \ HY is it that while popular fancy has attributed all sorts of uncanny and supernatural qualities to owls and cats, and that no ghost story or tale of horrid murder has been considered quite complete without its rat peering from some dark corner, or spider with expanded legs suddenly spinning down from among the rafters, no such grewsome association has ever attached itself to the weasels, creatures whose every habit and characteristic would seem to sug- gest something of the sort? Now, fond as I am of cats, I should never think of denying that they are uncanny creatures, to say the least. But, suppose it was the custom of our domestic tabbies to vanish ab- ruptly or even gradually on occasion, like the Cheshire cat after its interview with Alice, that would at least furnish some excuse for the general preju- dice against them, but would really be no more than some of our commonest weasels do whenever it serves their purpose. I re member one summer afternoon I was trout- fishing along a little brook that ran between pine-covered hills. As I lay stretched on the bank at the foot of a great maple I saw a weasel run along in the brush fence some distance away. A few seconds later he was stand- ing on the exposed root of the tree hardly a yard from my eyes. I lay motionless and examined the beautiful creature minutely, till sud-

Page 67

CONCERNING WEASELS. 787 denly I found myself staring at the smooth greenish-gray root of the maple with no weasel in sight. Judging from my own experi- ence, I should say that this is the usual termination of any chance observations of either weasels or minks. Occasionally they may be seen to dart into the bushes or behind some log or projecting bank, but much more frequently they vanish with a suddenness that defies the keenest eyesight. In all probability this vanishing is accomplished by extreme rapid- ity of motion, but if this is the case then the creature succeeds in doing something utterly impossible to any other warm-blooded animal of its size. Mice, squirrels, and some of the smaller birds are all of them swift enough at times, but except in the case of the humming bird none of them, I believe, succeed in accomplishing the result achieved by the weasels. ‘The humming bird, in spite of its small size, leaves us a pretty definite impression of the direction it has taken when it darts away; but when a mink, half a yard in length and weighing several pounds, stands motionless before one with his dark coat conspicuous against al- most any background, and the next instant is gone without a rustle or the tremor of a blade of grass, it leaves one with an impression of witchcraft difficult to dispel, and best appreciated when one sees it for one’s self. Nor is the everyday life of the weasel quiet or commonplace; his one object in life appar- ently is to kill, first to appease his hunger, then to satisfy his thirst for warm blood, and after that for the mere joy of killing. The few opportunities I have had for observing these animals have never shown them occupied in any other way, nor can any hint of anything different be gained from the various writers on the sub- ject, while accounts of their attacking and even killing human be- ings in a kind of blind fury are too numerous and apparently well authenticated to be entirely ignored. These attacks are said usually to be made by a number of weasels acting in concert, and the motive would appear to be revenge for some injury done to one of their num- ber. There seems to be something peculiar about the entire family of weasels. The American sable or pine marten is said to have strange ways that have puzzled naturalists and hunters for years. In the wilderness no amount of trapping has any effect on their numbers, nor do they show any especial fear of man or his works, occasionally even coming into lumber camps at night and being especially fond of

Page 68

POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 788 old logging roads and woods that have been swept by fire; but at the slightest hint of approaching civilization they disappear, not gradually but at once and forever, and the woods know them no more. If there is anything in the theory of the survival of the fittest, why is it that not one marten has discovered that, like other animals of its size, it could manage to live comfortably enough in the vicinity of man? The mink and otter still follow the course of every brook and river and manage to avoid the keen eyes of the duck hunter, while for six months in the year their paths are sprinkled with Ad df. steel traps set il ‘| either especially a 7% for them or for oe NN he mor : * the more plebeian . ; muskrat. If a A pair of sables could be __ per- / suaded to take up er their quarters in some parts of New England they could travel for dozens of miles through dark evergreen woods with hollow and decaying trees in abundance, while at present there are almost no traps set in a manner that need disturb creatures of their habits. Partridges, rabbits, and squirrels, which form their prin- cipal food, are nearly if not quite as abundant as before the country was settled, so that it would certainly not require any very decided change of habits to enable them to exist, but evidently the root of the matter goes deeper than that, and, like some tribes of Indians, it is impossible for them to multiply or flourish except in the primeval forest. The common weasel or ermine, which is the only kind I have seen hereabouts, would seem to have everything on its side in the struggle for existence, and when one happens to be killed by some larger in- habitant of the woods it must be due entirely to its own carelessness. Nevertheless, they do occasionally fall victims to owls and foxes, and I once shot a red-tailed hawk that was in the act of devouring one. Still, these casualties among weasels are probably few and far be- tween. Fortunately, however, they never increase to any great ex- tent. Occasionally in the winter the snow for miles will be covered with their tracks all made in a single night, and then for weeks not a track is to be seen; but usually they prefer to hunt alone, each having its beat a mile or more in length, over which it travels back and forth throughout the season, passing any given point at intervals of two or three days. This habit of keeping to the same route instead of

Page 69

CONCERNING WEASELS. 789 wandering at random about the woods is characteristic of the family, the length of the route depending to a certain extent on the size of the animal. The mink is usually about a week in going his rounds, and may cover a dozen miles in that time, while the otter is generally gone a fortnight or three weeks. When it is possible the ermine pre- fers to follow the course of old tumble-down stone walls, and lays its course accordingly. In favorable districts he is able to keep to these for miles together, squeezing into the smallest crevices in pursuit of mice or chipmunks. All the weasels travel in a similar manner—that is, by a series of leaps or bounds in such a way that the hind feet strike exactly in the prints made by the forg paws, so that the tracks left in the snow are peculiar and bear a strong family resemblance. On soft snow the slender body of the ermine leaves its imprint ex- tending from one pair of footprints to the next, and as these are from four to six feet apart, or even more, the impression left in the snow is like the track of some extremely long and slender serpent with pairs of short legs at intervals along its body. I have said that the ermine is the only true weasel I have found in this vicinity, but this is not strictly true, at least I hope not. One winter I repeatedly noticed the tracks of an exceedingly large weasel—so very large, in fact, that I was almost forced to believe them to be those of a mink. The impres- sion of its body in the snow was quite as large as that made by a small mink, but the footprints themselves were smaller, and the creature appeared to avoid the water in a manner quite at variance with the well-known habits of its more‘amphibious cousin, while, unlike the common weasel, it never followed stone walls or fences. I put my entire mind to the capture of the little beast, and set dozens of traps, but it was well along in the month of March before I succeeded. It proved to be a typical specimen of the Western long-tailed weasel, though I can find no account of any other having been taken east of the Mississippi. Its entire length was about eighteen inches; the tail, which was a little over P six, gave the effect at first glance ale aan’ Fa of being tipped with gray instead of black, but a closer inspection showed that the black hairs were confined to the very extremity and were partly concealed by the overlying white ones; the rest of the fur was white, with a slight reddish tinge, and much longer and coarser than that of an ermine. Since then I have occasionally seen similar tracks, but have not succeeded in capturing a second specimen. In all probabil- ity the least weasel is also to be found here if one has the patience to search carefully enough; none, however, have come under

Page 70

790 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. my observation as yet. All the small weasels that I have seen have proved on close inspection to be young ermines with thickly furred black-tipped tails; in the least weasel the tail is thinly covered with short hair and without any black whatever. Late in the autumn or early in the winter the ermine changes from reddish-brown to white, sometimes slightly washed with greenish-yellow or cream color, and again as brilliantly white as anything in Nature or art; the end of the tail, however, remains intensely black, and at first thought might be supposed to make the animal conspicuous on the white back- ground of snow, but in reality has just the opposite effect. Place an ermine on new-fallen snow in such a way that it casts no shadow, and you will find that the black point holds your eye in spite of your- self, and that at a little distance it is quite impossible to follow the outline of the weasel itself. Cover the tail with snow, and you can begin to make out the position of the rest of the animal, but as long as the tip of the tail is in sight you see that and that only. The ptar- migan and northern hare also retain some spot or point of dark color when they take on their win- ter dress, and these dark points undoubtedly serve the same purpose as in the case of the ermine. An old hunter, one of the closest observers of Nature I have ever known, once told me that female minks hiber- nated in winter in the same manner as bears, though it was his belief that, unlike the bears, they never brought forth their young at that season. At first I refused to take the slightest stock in what he said; the whole thing appeared so absurd and so utterly at variance with the -teachings of those naturalists who have made the closest possible study of the habits

Page 71

CARE OF THE THROAT AND EAR. 791 of minks. Since then, however, I have kept my eyes open for any hint that might have the slightest bearing on the subject, and to my surprise have found many things that would seem to point to the correctness of the old hunter’s theory. To begin with, he said that late in the winter he had repeatedly known female minks to make their appearance from beneath snow that had lain undisturbed for days or even weeks, the tracks apparently beginning where he first observed them, the difference in size between the two sexes be- ing sufficient to make it easy to distinguish between their tracks at a glance; and, moreover, since he first began trapping he had noticed that while the sexes were about equally abundant in the autumn, the females always became very scarce at the approach of winter and remained so until spring, when they suddenly increased in numbers and became much the more abundant of the two. This is also the experience of trappers in general, and may be verified by any one who cares to take the trouble to look into the matter. Evidently no one has ever discovered a mink in a state of hibernation; at any rate, no such case appears ever to have been re- ported; but this does not necessarily prove that it is not a regular habit among them. The cry of the mink is seldom heard, even in places where they are fairly abundant, as they have evidently learned that the greatest safety lies in silence. It is a peculiarly shrill, rattling, whistlelike scream, that can be heard at a considerable distance. CARE OF THE THROAT AND EAR. By W. SCHEPPEGRELL, A. M., M. D., PRESIDENT WESTERN OPHTHALMOLOGIC AND OTO-LARYNGOLOGIC ASSOCIATION, NEW ORLEANS, LA. } YGIENE is that branch of medical science which relates to the preservation and improvement of the health. As the pre- vention of disease is more important than its cure—in fact, superior to all methods for its cure—this is a subject which demands our most earnest attention. Hygiene is not limited to the preservation and im- provement of the health of the individual, but includes that of whole communities. As, however, the health of a community depends upon the state of the health of the various families composing it, and this again of its members, the proper understanding of the hygienic laws by each individual is of the utmost importance. For some reason, however, the subject of hygiene or the preven- tion of disease does not create the enthusiasm caused by methods advo- cated for its cure. A Koch, who publishes to the world a supposed

Page 72

792 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. means of curing tuberculosis, or a Behring, who introduces the serum therapy of diphtheria, arouses an interest which is limited only by the four corners of the world. The modest worker in sanita- tion, however, who explains the means of the development of these diseases, and the conditions and laws by means of which they may be prevented, is looked upon without interest and frequently with dis- favor. But in spite of these conditions, the laws of hygiene are gradu- ally becoming more farspread, and their influence is felt more with each advancing year. The nose, throat, and ear are so intimately connected with the other parts of the body that their health depends to a large extent upon the condition of the system in general. The laws of hygiene and their application which refer to the body in general are also appli- cable to these parts, and whatever condition benefits the former will have a useful influence on the upper respiratory passages, and, in- versely, any injurious effect will injure the health of these organs. The physiology of this region is of much importance. Formerly the nose was considered principally in its relation to the organ of smell. This is a most important function, as it is a constant sen- tinel over the air we breathe and the food we eat. It is a curious circumstance that many of the functions that are referred to the organ of taste really belong to that of smell. In eating ice cream, for instance, the sense of taste simply informs us that it is sweet or otherwise, but the flavor is perceived only by the sense of smell. <A proof of this is that where this function is destroyed, all ability in this direction disappears, and the patient thus affected will frequently complain that his sense of taste is defective, not realizing that it is the sense of smell which performs this act. The nose, however, has a much more important function to per- form—viz., in respiration. Strange to say, however, this has only recently been realized, and it is even yet not well understood. You have all observed that, when you had a severe “cold” which pre- vented nasal breathing, the next morning the mouth and throat were dry and parched and frequently inflamed, the voice sometimes hoarse, and there was a general feeling of depression. While the progress of the inflammatory process may be a factor in this, still the mechanical obstruction of the nose from any cause whatsoever will have a similar effect. In patients in whom, for various reasons, an artificial opening has been made in the trachea, the air of the room has to be heated to an almost intolerable point and saturated with moisture, or severe bronchial inflammation will soon develop in the patient, simply because the nose has not taken an active part in the act of respiration. These effects, therefore, clearly demonstrate that the nasal passages have an important function to perform in the breathing

Page 73

CARE OF THE THROAT AND EAR. 793 process. Summarized in a few words, it is simply to warm, moisten, and clean the air which we inhale. The healthy nostrils are anatomically and physiologically so formed that when the current of air passes through them it will have been freed of its mechanical impurities, warmed to within a few de- grees of the temperature of the body, and moistened to saturation. This has been experimentally demonstrated. The opening of the passage of the ear into the throat has several objects, the most important being ventilation and the adjustment of the atmospheric equilibrium. This passage leads outward until it enters the cavity of the middle ear, which is closed by the drum on the outside, thus separating it from the external canal of the ear. We know that atmospheric pressure varies at different times and in dif- ferent altitudes. It is much less, for instance, at the top of a moun- tain than at the seaside. The opening into the throat allows the air to enter, and adjusts the atmospheric pressure within the ear to these various external conditions. Those of you who have ascended Look- out Mountain by means of the incline cable car may have noticed the adjustment taking place by a peculiar click when different altitudes were reached. So intimately are the nose, throat, and ear connected that it is unusual to find one affected to any considerable extent without the others being involved. While the rules of hygiene in general are applicable to the nose, throat, and ear, there are certain special condi- tions which deserve consideration. One of the most common causes of injurious effects to the nose, throat, and ear is the so-called “ cold.” The cold in this connection is, of course, understood to be simply the cause, the condition itself being a peculiar inflammation of the parts concerned. As cold is so frequently a cause of diseases of these parts, it would be well to consider under what circumstances it develops and the best mode of prevention. I have often noticed that persons who suffer most frequently and severely from colds usually insist that they exercise the greatest care to avoid exposure. They have dressed in the warmest clothing, wrapped the neck in the heaviest mufflers, remained in the closest rooms, and avoided every draught, and yet they continually “take cold.” The street urchin, on the other hand, with only two or three garments and without shoes, and who lives out of doors, suffers less frequently from this affection. “Colds ” have truly been called a product of modern civilization. The trouble was rare among the aborigines and is more common among the cultured than among the laboring classes. If we make a plant an exotic, we must keep it in the conservatory, and even here it is not free from danger. On the other hand, if we wish to harden it and

Page 74

794 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. make it proof against atmospheric and climatic changes, we must pre- pare it by judicious exposure for these conditions. The warm cloth- ing which is thought to be a protection against cold is frequently the most fertile cause. It relaxes the body, moistens the skin, and the perspiration which is induced especially prepares the unresisting body for its attacks. This applies especially to warm covering around the neck, to which the air has periodic access. Except in unusually severe weather, the throat requires no more covering or protection than the face. The method of having only two systems of underclothing, the heavy to be worn until it is quite warm, and vice versa, is also a source of danger. There should be three changes: one of the lightest texture for the warm weather of summer, a medium for spring and fall, and the pure wool for winter, which in this climate need not be very heavy. Waterproof shoes, rubbers, furs, etc., are not recom- mended for customary use, and should be worn only when absolutely indicated. The best preventive of recurrent colds is the judicious use of the sponge or cold shower bath. The ordinary bath should usually be of a temperature not disagreeable to the body, but after the question of cleanliness has been attended to, an application, either by means of a sponge or shower, of ordinary cold water should be made. ‘This should be of short duration, and friction with a coarse towel follow at once. When properly conducted, a reaction sets in so that there is no danger from this, and the toning effect of the method is of the utmost value in the prevention of colds. This applies, of course, only to persons in ordinarily good health. Even in these cases there are rare occasions in which this method is not advisable, and it may on general principles be stated that it should not be used by persons who do not react promptly. As stated, however, the ap- plication of cold water should be only momentary. The daily ap- plication of cold water to the throat and chest is also a useful practice for strengthening these parts. In addition to these means there are certain injurious conditions that it would be well to avoid. One almost universally present in large cities is that of dust. The constant inhalation of the small par- ticles of sand and of organic impurities of which dust is composed has an irritating effect on the delicate lining of the nose and throat, which may develop a chronic inflammation, resulting in injury to both the throat and ear. This evil, however, can be prevented by the artificial watering of our streets. Excessive tobacco smoking produces injurious effects in the nose and throat. Of all forms of smoking, the cigarette is the most injuri- ous, and allowing the smoke to pass through the nostrils the most dan-

Page 75

CARE OF THE THROAT AND EAR. 795 gerous. Occasionally ladies inhale the smoke of a closed room where the male members of the household are smoking, and this is injurious to a delicate throat. Loud and excessive talking is sometimes a factor in throat dis- eases. The former is more apt to be exercised in transit:in our steam or electric cars, and members of the theatrical profession realize this so well that they rarely use their voice while traveling. In excessive talking, in addition to the mechanical wear and tear of the throat, the respiration is usually spasmodic, a combination that is likely to lead to evil results. At puberty, when the voices of boys and girls are changing, the former sometimes almost an octave and the latter usually a note or two, special care should be taken of the voice, and singing or vocal exercises should be discontinued until the change has been finally established. The effect of singing on the throat is of much interest, but it is one of such an extensive character that it can be only casually re- ferred tohere. The exercise required in singing improves the healthy throat in the same manner that exercise benefits the body in general. The diseased throat, however, may be injured by this practice, as no form of vocal culture can remedy a mechanical interference in its action. The method of singing is also of the utmost importance; an erroneous one may not only injure a promising voice, but may also have a bad effect on a normal throat. The subject of register requires careful consideration. » The placing of the voice in the wrong register is fruitful of evil; the ambition of the singer to reach a few notes higher or lower than her range may also work severe injury to the throat. The throat may be improved or strengthened by any of the forms of exercise, especially the out-of-door, which have been advised for the health in general. In addition to this, breathing exercises are of special value. These consist of taking deep inhalations through the nose, holding the breath for a few seconds and then gently expiring it, the body in the meanwhile being free from all restraint from tight clothing. The practice of this exercise for five minutes mornings and evenings will have a remarkable effect in developing the chest and throat. In order to anticipate serious complications, children should be taught to allow their mothers to examine their throats freely and without resistance. I feel especially the importance of this subject, as I have frequently seen children almost sacrificed on account of the nervous dread of having their throats examined, or by their in- ability to control themselves. The method is exceedingly simple: the child is placed facing a bright window, and the handle of a spoon placed on the tongue and so depressed that the posterior part of the

Page 76

796 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. throat can be distinctly seen. At first this may be difficult, but the child soon becomes accustomed to the manipulation and the throat may then be examined without difficulty. Another advantage of this procedure is that the mother becomes familiar with the normal ap- pearance of the throat, and can easily note any change due to disease, In view of the important function of the nose in warming, clean- ing, and moistening the inspired air, the greatest care should be taken to teach children to breathe through the nostrils. When only a por- tion of the air enters through the mouth, the irritation is not as marked as when all the air is inhaled in this manner, but it neverthe- less develops a condition of chronic irritation which is easily recognized by one familiar with its appearance, and which may lead to important complications. In many cases, mouth breathing is not due to habit, but to some obstruction in the nostrils or throat. These cases form a proper subject for the consideration of the physician. After the re moval of any existing obstruction, children will sometimes, from force of habit, continue to breathe through the mouth, but this can usually be overcome by attention and firmness on the part of the parents. ; The prevention of grave throat diseases, such as diphtheria, neces- sarily forms a subject of much interest to the public in general and to 1uothers in particular. The causation of this disease has been much cleared up in later years, and we now know that the important factor is a bacillus—a small organism of the vegetable kingdom—which is the cause of this disease and a necessary material for its propagation. Bacteriologic investigations have shown that the so-called “ mem- branous croup ” is in by far the largest number of cases identical with diphtheria, and the same precautions which apply to the latter should therefore also be carried out in this disease. As diphtheria is strictly an infectious disease, and one which must be directly or indirectly contracted from a similar case, there is no sanitary reason why this dreaded malady in the course of time should not be entirely eliminated from the earth. - In view of the fact that diphtheria is so frequently present in our larger cities, this may appear at present a Utopian idea. It is not so many years ago, however, when smallpox was almost universal, and yet we now but rarely have it in our midst. Not only is this the case, but the health authorities are severely criticised when a number of these cases exist, as indicating that there has been a lack of watchfulness in carrying out certain well- known means of prevention. While we have at the present time no means of inoculation that will permanently protect against infection from diphtheria, still it is not of such an infectious character as smallpox, as the cases are usually limited to children, and its spread may therefore be more easily prevented. Not only should children who have had diphtheria

Page 77

CARE OF THE THROAT AND EAR. 797 be prevented from returning to school until infection is no longer possible, but other children of the same household should also be kept at home. A few years ago a certain school in this city was rarely without a case of diphtheria among its pupils for many months. I am convinced that had the principal of the school or the parents in- sisted upon the other children of the infected household remaining at home, the spread in this direction would have been arrested and much suffering avoided. When a patient has recovered from diphtheria, thorough dis- infection is a most important measure. Unfortunately, however, many persons consider it a hardship if articles which can not be dis- infected are destroyed, and many will even use every endeavor to prevent the representatives of the Board of Health from carrying out their regulations. In this way the germ of the disease remains on the premises, and under suitable conditions again finds another victim in the household. To illustrate this, I recall an instance some years ago in which I was called in consultation to see a most malignant case of diphtheria. The little patient fortunately recovered, and the premises were thoroughly disinfected, the parents being anxious to avoid any repetition of the dreaded malady. Five months later, how- ever, a younger child became ill, and was found to have diphtheria. In view of the vigorous efforts which had been made to disinfect the house thoroughly, and of the fact that the child could not have con- tracted it elsewhere, not having left its home for several weeks, the cause at first appeared a mystery. Careful inquiry, however, soon elicited a fact which clearly explained the case. The first patient had used a mouth-organ just before its illness, and when this was abandoned, the toy was carelessly thrown on the top of a bookcase, the nature of the child’s illness at the time not being known. The second child, just before its illness, had accidentally found this toy and used it frequently. This experience explains the necessity of disinfection in all its details, and also illustrates the tenacious char- acter of the germ which produces this disease. Our knowledge of the specific cause of scarlet fever is not as com- plete as that of diphtheria, but we have much useful information which is of importance from a hygienic standpoint. As in diph- theria, the specific poison is probably produced in the throat of the patient, and may therefore be spread bythe dried secretion from the mouth and throat. The most common means of contagion, how- ever, is the skin, which peels off in the later stage of the disease, infection being produced by the inhalation into the nostrils of some of the diseased particles. A predisposing factor which applies alike to diphtheria and all other throat affections is the abnormal condition of the nose and

Page 78

POPULAR 798 SCIENCE MONTHLY. throat. When these important parts are in an unhealthy condition, where mouth breathing exists and other conditions inimical to normal health, the patient is more predisposed to all forms of maladies of this region, and the attack when developed is more apt to be of a serious character. The more ordinary forms of sore throat, such as tonsilitis, are frequently due to defects in the sanitary conditions and surround- ings of the home. While modern sanitary plumbing, when properly constructed, adds much to the convenience of the household, it is a cer- tain menace to all its members if, through improper construction or de- fective ventilation, decomposing matter collects in the waste pipes and vitiates the atmosphere of the rooms. Many recurrent cases of tonsilitis are due to this cause. Even the ordinary stationary wash- stands may be a source of danger, especially in the bedroom, unless thoroughly ventilated and care exercised that the traps are not filled with decomposing matter. A physician of large experience in this city is so imbued with the danger of this form of plumbing that he condemns it in toto. When well constructed and well ventilated, however, they can not be the source of danger in the household. Tuberculosis, which is responsible for so enormous a mortality, frequently also affects the throat as well as the lungs. Although it usually originates within the chest, it sometimes finds its primary origin in the throat, and in a large percentage of cases the throat affec- tion forms a complication of tuberculosis of the lungs. In spite of the numerous remedies which have been advocated for the cure of this disease, it must be admitted that our chief reliance is in proper nour- ishment and climatic effects, and that hygiene is thesheet-anchor which will eventually rescue us from this terrible foe of the human race. Recent investigations tend to prove more and more that tuber- culosis is inherited in but rare cases; that inheritance is simply a pre- disposing factor, and that the real cause is infection. As an illus- tration of this, all have seen instances in which there had been apparently no cases in a family for ten or fifteen years, when from some cause one case develops, and this is soon followed by other cases in the same family. Whatever rédle heredity may play in these cases, this simply shows that the first case produced the infectious material which found a suitable soil in the other members of the family and developed a similar disease. The inheritance theory has been the source of much injury by causing members of the afflicted family to submit to the apparently inevitable instead of instituting measures for its prevention. The infectious product in tuberculosis is not the breath, as is so frequently believed by the laity, but simply the ex- pectoration which comes from the diseased lungs or throat. When this is allowed to come in contact with clothing or other material in the room, it becomes dry and loads the atmosphere with a dust which

Page 79

CARE OF THE THROAT AND EAR. 799 contains the infectious bacillus, which may cause a similar disease in a person predisposed by heredity or sickness to this affection. The germ of tuberculosis is the seed, and the predisposed person the soil, and it requires a combination of both to develop the disease. To illustrate the necessity of suitable conditions for the development of plants—for it is now almost universally admitted that the germ of tuberculosis is a micro-organism which belongs to the vegetable kingdom—lI remember some years ago, while in North Europe, see- ing in a hothouse a plant which is here commonly known as the “ four o'clock.” The gardener in charge of the conservatory considered it a remarkable plant, but difficult to propagate, and stated that it was absolutely impossible to raise it out of doors. In this part of the world, however, we know that this plant grows so easily that once established in a garden it is difficult to keep it within limits. In both of the cases we have the same seed, the difference being only in the soil and the conditions favorable for its development. The absence of either the seed or the soil will absolutely prevent tuberculosis, and if the laws of hygiene are properly carried out, both in destroying the seed and in preventing the formation of a suitable soil, favorable effects will soon be shown. Hygiene in regard to patients demands simply that the infectious character of the expectoration be destroyed. The vessels for this purpose should contain some disinfecting solution, should be cleaned regularly, and handkerchiefs, towels, or other material with which the expectoration has come in contact should be sterilized by being placed for at least half an hour in boiling water. This is necessary not only for those in the same room with the patient, but also for the patient, as it is quite possible that a former expectoration may produce reinfection of the patient himself. Another method of contracting tuberculosis is by means of ani- mals, such as cows, used for food and milking, which are known to be subject to this disease. It has been shown in some localities that one cow out of every twenty-five was affected with tubercular disease. This suggests the importance of having competent veterinarians to examine not only the meat which is sold, but also the cows used for milking purposes. Where there is the slightest doubt as to the nature of the meat or milk, the former should be thoroughly cooked and the latter sterilized before using. In this connection it would be well to refer to the subject of spit- ting in street cars and in public places. While this nuisance is the subject of danger to every one in the street cars, especially in winter, when the windows are closed and a large amount of impurities is in- haled, it is more particularly so to ladies, whose skirts, in spite of every care, are soiled by the filthy expectoration, thus making them ”? .

Page 80

800 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. subject not only to the inhalation in the car, but also to carrying the infectious material to their homes. The danger of this condition is not merely speculative. It has been bacteriologically demonstrated that the organisms of various contagious diseases thus find a lodging place in our cars and public places, and experiments on animals, in which the inoculation has de- veloped diseases, have shown that these organisms retain their vitality in these places and may propagate disease under favorable conditions. A factor in the spread of diseases of the throat and mouth that should not be overlooked is kissing. Unfortunately, this matter has usually been treated with much levity, and where a sanitarian is bold enough to condemn the habit he is frequently made the subject of all forms of ridicule in the public press. The tender lining of the lips, mouth, and throat, and its large blood supply, make it peculiarly susceptible to contagion, and I have no doubt that the habit of kissing is responsible for many cases of in- fection. Last year I noticed a lady coming from a house from which a diphtheria flag was flying, who walked to the corner to take the street car, when a nurse with a small child approached. The lady without hesitation stooped down and kissed the little child. As it is well known that a healthy person may transmit a disease without in- curring the disease himself, this lady voluntarily risked the danger of inflicting this disease upon the innocent child. It is not an un- common thing for nurses to kiss the children under their charge, and here in New Orleans even the colored nurses sometimes practice this habit, occasionally with the permission of the parents. In fact, a fashionable lady on one occasion told me, when I remonstrated with her about this, that she feared to hurt the feelings of the old nurse, who had been a valuable servant in the family for many years. How often this habit is productive of evil results is of course only speculation. I recall, however, an instance in which two small children of one family developed a specific disease which originated in the mouth and affected the whole system. Examination proved this to have been caused by a nurse, a white woman, who had been in the habit of kissing the children. If women will voluntarily incur risks by using kissing as a form of salutation in all stages of acquaint- anceship, I would at least request that the innocent children be spared the possible consequences. The subject of the hygiene of the ear is so intimately connected with conditions influencing the nose and throat, which have already been explained, that but few words are needed to cover this part of my subject. In general, the best care of the ear is to leave it alone. Ear scoops are injurious; the ear should be cleaned simply on the outside, and nothing, as a rule, should be inserted into the external

Page 81

CARE OF THE THROAT AND EAR. 801 canal. I have seen many cases of abscess and the most severe inflam- mation due to endeavors to clean the ear with the omnipresent hairpin and other objects used for this purpose. The use of cotton in the ear in general is to be condemned. It produces an artificial condi- tion in the outer canal of the ear which reduces its physical resist- ance and makes it more liable to injury from exposure. The ear is sometimes injured by the entrance of cold water. This happens occasionally during ordinary bathing, but more frequently in out- door bathing and in swimming. In surf bathing, where the water is thrown up with considerable force, it is much more liable to enter the external orifice of the ear, and severe inflammation may originate from this cause. Salt water has been claimed to be more injurious than fresh, but my personal experience leads me to believe that it is more a question of temperature than of the quality of the water. Some years ago a large reservoir was built by an educational institute near this city, the water, which was quite cold even in summer, being supplied by an artesian well. The tank was used for bathing purposes, but earache soon became so frequent among the boys that the use of the reservoir for this purpose had to be entirely abandoned. In ordinary bathing, the entrance of water into the ear can easily be avoided. In swim- ming or surf bathing it is advisable to use a pledget of lamb’s wool to close the opening of the ears. Ordinary cotton soon becomes saturated and is of no use in this connection, but the wool, which is slightly oily, forms an excellent protection in these cases. The “running ear ” is a diseased condition which should not be tampered with by the inexperienced, but which should not be neg- lected. The old idea that the child will outgrow it, or that it is a secretion of the head which if interfered with would prove dangerous, hes been fruitful of many cases of deafness and even more serious complications. Another condition to which I would call your attention is the in- cipient development of deafness in children. "Where the capacity of hearing is quickly lowered from the normal to fifty per cent, it is so striking that the patient is much distressed and even confused. But when this change takes place insidiously from day to day, it is frequently not observed by either the patient or those around him until it has greatly advanced. Children thus affected hear only with difficulty and by straining certain small muscles of the ear, which soon become fatigued, and the child becomes listless and inattentive. I have seen numerous cases in which children have been severely pun- ished for inattention, when this was due to defective hearing. Watch- fulness and early attention in these cases will frequently prevent the more serious forms of deafness. VOL, Liv.— 60

Page 82

POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. THE PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE WEST INDIgs, Br F. L. OSWALD. I—THE FAUNA OF THE ANTILLES: MAMMALS. si So study of the geographical distribution of plants and animals has revealed facts almost as enigmatical as the origin of life itself, Water barriers, as broad as that of the Atlantic, have not prevented the spontaneous spread of some species, while others limit their habitat to narrowly circumscribed though not geographically isolated regions. Tapirs are found both in the Amazon Valley and on the Malay Peninsula; the brook trout of southern New Zealand are identical with those of the Austrian Alps. Oaks and Hricacea (heather plants) cover northern Europe from the mouth of the Seine to the sources of the Ural; then suddenly cease, and are not found anywhere in the vast Siberian territories, with a north-to-south range rivaling that of all British North America. But still more remarkable is the zodlogical contrast of such close- neighborhood countries as Africa and Madagascar, or Central Amer- ica and the West Indian archipelago. The Madagascar virgin woods harbor no lions, leopards, hyenas, or baboons, but boast not less than thirty-five species of mammals unknown to the African continent, and twenty-six found nowhere else in the world. Of a dozen different kinds of deer, abundant in North America as well as in Asia and Europe, not a single species has found its way to the West Indies. The fine mountain meadows of Hayti have originated no antelopes, no wild sheep or wild goats. In the Cuban sierras, towering to a height of 8,300 feet, there aré no hill foxes. There are caverns—subterranean labyrinths with countless ramifications, some of them—but no cave bears or badgers, no marmots or weasels even, nor one of the numerous weasel-like crea- tures clambering about the rock clefts of Mexico. The magnificent coast forests of the Antilles produce wild-growing nuts enough to freight a thousand schooners every year, but—almost incredible to say—the explorers of sixteen generations have failed to discover a single species of squirrels. The Old-World tribes of our tree-climbing relatives are so totally different from those of the American tropics that Humboldt’s travel- ing companion, Bonplant, renounced the theory of a unitary center of creation (or evolution), and maintained that South America must have made a separate though unsuccessful attempt to rise from jemurs to manlike apes and men. Of such as they are, Brazil alone has forty-eight species of monkeys, and Venezuela at least thirty.

Page 83

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE WEST INDIES. 803 How shall we account for the fact that not one of the large West Indian islands betrays a vestige of an effort in the same direction? More monkey-inviting forests than those of southern Hayti can not be found in the tropics, but not even a marmoset or squirrel- monkey accepted the invitation. In an infinite series of centuries not one pair of quadrumana availed itself of the chance to cross a sea gap, though at several points the mainland approaches western Cuba within less than two hundred miles—about half the distance that separates southern Asia from Borneo, where fourhanders of all sizes and colors compete for the products of the wilderness, and, ac- cording to Sir Philip Maitland, the “ native women avoid the coast jungles for fear of meeting Mr. Darwin’s grandfather.” The first Spanish explorers of the Antilles were, in fact, so amazed at the apparently complete absence of quadrupeds that their only explanation was a conjecture that the beasts of the forest must have been exterminated by order of some native potentate, perhaps the great Kubla Khan, whose possessions they supposed to extend east- ward from Lake Aral to the Atlantic. The chronicle of Diego Co- lumbus says positively that San Domingo and San Juan Bautista (Porto Rico) were void of mammals, but afterward modifies that state- ment by mentioning a species of rodent, the hutia, or bush rat, that annoyed the colonists of Fort Isabel, and caused them to make an appropriation for importing a cargo of cats. Bush rats and moles were, up to the end of the sixteenth century, the only known indigenous quadrupeds of the entire West Indian archipelago, for the “ Carib dogs,” which Valverde saw in Jamaica, were believed to have been brought from the mainland by a horde of man-hunting savages. But natural history has kept step with the advance of other sci- ences, and the list of undoubtedly aboriginal mammals on the four main islands of the Antilles is now known to comprise more than twenty species. That at least fifteen of them escaped the attention of the Spanish creoles is as strange as the fact that the Castilian cattle barons of Upper California did not suspect the existence of precious metals, though nearly the whole bonanza region of the San Joaquin Valley had been settled before the beginning of the seventeenth cen- tury. But the conquerors of the Philippines even overlooked a variety of elephants that roams the coast jungles of Mindanao. Eight species of those West Indian incognito mammals, it is true, are creatures of a kind which the Spanish zodlogists of Valverde’s time would probably have classed with birds—bats, namely, includ- ing the curious Vespertilio molossus, or mastiff bat, and several varieties of the owl-faced Chilonycteris, that takes wing in the gloom _ preceding a thunderstorm, as well as in the morning and evening twi-

Page 84

804 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. light, and flits up and down the coast rivers with screams that can be heard as plainly as the screech of a paroquet. The Vespertilio scandens of eastern San Domingo has a peculiar habit of flitting from tree to tree, and clambering about in quest of insects, almost with the agility of a flying squirrel. There are times when the moonlit woods near Cape Rafael seem to be all alive with the restless little creatures; that keep up a clicking chirp, and every now and then gather in swarms to contest a tempting find, or to settle some probate court litigation. San Domingo also harbors one species of those pro- totypes of the harpies, the fruit-eating bats. It passes the daylight hours in hollow trees, but becomes nervous toward sunset and apt to betray its hiding place by an impatient twitter—probably a col- locution of angry comments on the length of time between meals, The moment the twilight deepens into gloom the chatterers flop out to fall on the next mango orchard and eat away like mortgage brokers, They do not get fat—champion gluttons rarely do—but attain a weight of six ounces, and the Haytian darkey would get even with them after a manner of their own if their prerogatives were not protected by the intensity of their musky odor. The above- mentioned hutia rat appears to have immigrated from some part of the world where the shortness of the summer justified the accumulation of large reserve stores of food, and under the influence of a hereditary hoard- ing instinct it now passes its existence constructing and filling a series of subterranean granaries. Besides, the females build nurseries, and all these burrows are connected by tunnels that enable their con- structors to pass the rainy season under shelter. They gather nuts, belotas (a sort of sweet acorns), and all kinds of cereals, and with their penchant for appropriating roundish wooden objects on general prin- ciples would probably give a Connecticut nutmeg peddler the benefit of the doubt. They also pilfer raisins, and a colony of such tithe collectors is a formidable nuisance, for the hutia is a giant of its tribe, and attains a length of sixteen inches, exclusive of the tail. It is found in Cuba, Hayti, Jamaica, Porto Rico, Antigua, Trinidad, the Isle of Pines, Martinique, and two or three of the southern Bahama Islands, and there may have been a time when it had the archipelago all to itself. The Lucayans had a tradition that their ancestors found it on their arrival from the mainland, and in some coast regions of eastern Cuba it may still be seen basking in the sunlight— “ Sole sitting on the shore of old romance,” and wondering if there are any larger mammals on this planet. Its next West Indian congener is the Jamaica rice rat, and there are at least ten species of mice, all clearly distinct from any Old-World

Page 85

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE WEST INDIES. 805 rodent, though it is barely possible that some of them may have stolen a ride on Spanish trading vessels from Central America. Water-molcs burrow in the banks ef several Cuban rivers, and two genera of aquatic mammals have solved the problem of survival: the . bayou porpoise and the manatee, both known to the creoles of the early colonial era, and vaguely even to the first discoverers, since Columbus himself alludes to a “ sort of mermaids (sirenas) that half rose from the water and scanned the boat’s crew with curious eyes.” Naturally the manatee is, indeed, by no means a timid creature, but bitter experience has changed its habits since the time when the down-town sportsmen of Santiago used to start in sailboats for the outer estuary and return before night with a week’s supply of manatee meat. The best remaining hunting grounds are the reed shallows of Samana Bay (San Domingo) and the deltas of the Hayti swamp rivers. Old specimens are generally as wary as the Prybilof fur seal that dive out of sight at the first glimpse of a sail; still, their slit-eyed youngsters are taken alive often enough, to be kept as public pets in many town ponds, where they learn to come to a whistle and waddle ashore for a handful of cabbage leaves. Fish otters have been caught in the lagoons of Puerto Principe (central Cuba) and near Cape Tiburon, on the south coast of San Domingo, the traveler Gerstaecker saw a kind of “ bushy-tailed dor- mouse, too small to be called a squirrel.” But the last four hundred years have enlarged the list of in- digenous mammals in more than one sense, and the Chevalier de Saint- Méry should not have been criticised for describing the bush dog of Hayti as a “ canis Hispaniolanus.” Imported dogs enacted a declara- tion of independence several centuries before the revolt of the Haytian slaves, and their descendants have become as thoroughly West Indian as the Franks have become French. A continued process of elimination has made the survivors climate-proof and self-support- ing, and above all they have ceased to vary; Nature has accepted their modified type as wholly adapted to the exigencies of their present habitat. And if it is true that all runaway animals revert in some de- gree to the characteristics of their primeval relatives, the ancestor of the domestic dog would appear to have been a bush-tailed, brindle- skinned, and black-muzzled brute, intermittently gregarious, and combining the burrowing propensity of the fox with the co-operative hunting penchant of the wolf. Fourteen years of bushwhacker warfare have almost wholly ex- terminated the half-wild cattle of the Cuban sierras, but the bush dog has come to stay. The yelping of its whelps can be heard in thou- sands of jungle woods and mountain ravines, both of Cuba and Hayti, and no variety of thoroughbreds will venture to follow

Page 86

806 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. these renegades into the penetralia of their strongholds. Sergeant Esterman, who shared the potluck of a Cuban insurgent camp in the capacity of a gunsmith, estimates the wild-dog population of the proy- ince of Santiago alone at half a million, and predicts that in years to come their raids will almost preclude the possibility of profitable cattle- breeding in eastern Cuba. Still, the perro pelon, or “tramp dog,” as the creoles call the wolfish cur, is perhaps a lesser evil, where its activity has tended to check the over-increase of another assisted immigrant. Three hun- dred years ago West Indian sportsmen began to import several breeds of Spanish rabbits, and with results not always foreseen by the agri- cultural neighbors of the experimenters. Rabbit meat, at first a luxury, soon became an incumbrance of the provision markets, and finally unsalable at any price. Every family with a dog or a trap- setting boy could have rabbit stew for dinner six times a week, and load their peddlers with bundles of rabbit skins. The burrowing coneys threatened to undermine the agricultural basis of support, when it was learned that the planters of the Fort Isabel district (Hayti) had checked the evil by forcing their dogs to live on raw coney meat. The inexpensiveness of the ex- pedient recommended its general adoption, and the rapidly multiply- ing quadrupeds soon found that “there were others.” The Spanish hounds, too, could astonish the census reporter where their progeny was permitted to survive, and truck farmers ceased to complain. In stress of circumstances the persecuted rodents then took refuge in the highlands, where they can still be seen scampering about the grassy dells in all directions, and the curs of the coast plain turned their attention to hutia venison and the eggs of the chaparral pheasant and other gallinaceous birds. On the seacoast they also have learned to catch turtles and subdivide them, regardless of antivivisection laws. How they can get a business opening through the armor of the larger varieties seems a puzzle, but the canis rutilus of the Sunda Islands overcomes even the dog-resisting ability of the giant tortoise, and in Sumatra the bleaching skeletons of the victims have often been mis- taken for the mementos of a savage battle. Near Bocanso in southeastern Cuba the woods are alive with cap- uchin monkeys, that seem to have escaped from the wreck of some South American trading vessel and found the climate so congenial that they proceeded to make themselves at home, like the ring-tailed colonists of Fort Sable, in the Florida Everglades. The food supply may not be quite as abundant as in the equatorial birthland of their species, but that disadvantage is probably more than offset by the absence of tree-climbing carnivora. Millions of runaway hogs roam the coast swamps of all the larger

Page 87

IRON IN THE LIVING BODY. 807 Antilles, and continue to multiply like our American pension claim- ants. The hunters of those jungle woods, indeed, must often smile to remember the complaint of the early settlers that the pleasure of the chase in the West Indian wilderness was modified by the scarcity of four-footed game, and in the total number (as distinct from the number of species) of wild or half-wild mammals Cuba and Hayti have begun to rival the island of Java. [To be continued. ] <o4 seo

IRON IN THE LIVING BODY. By M. A. DASTRE. RON occurs, in small and almost infinitesimal proportions, in numerous organic structures, in which its presence may usually be detected by the high color it imparts; and in the animal tissues is an important ingredient, though far from being a large one. It is essential, however, that the animal tissues, and particularly the liquids that circulate through them, should be of nearly even weight, else the equilibrium of the body would be too easily disturbed, and disaster arising therefrom would be always imminent. Hence the iron is always found combined and associated with a large accompani- ment of other lighter elements which, reducing or neutralizing its su- perior specific gravity, hold it up and keep it afloat. Thus the molecule of the red matter of the blood contains, for each atom of iron, 712 atoms of carbon, 1,130 of hydrogen, 214 of nitrogen, 245 of oxygen, and 2 of sulphur, or 2,303 atoms in all. Existing in compounds of so complex composition, iron can be present only in very small pro- portions to the whole. Though an essential element, there is compara- tively but little of it. The whole body of man does not contain more than one part in twenty thousand of it. The blood contains only five ten-thousandths; and an organ is rich in it if, like the liver, it con- tains one and a half ten-thousandths. When, then, we seek to repre- sent to ourselves the changes undergone by organic iron, we shall have to modify materially the ideas we have formed respecting the largeness and the littleness of units of measure and as to the meaning of the words abundant and rare. We must get rid of the notion that a thousandth or even a ten-thousandth is a proportion that may be neglected. The humble ten-thousandth, which is usually supposed not to be of much consequence, becomes here a matter of value. Chemists working with iron in its ordinary compounds may consider that they are doing fairly well if they do not lose sight of more than a thousandth of it; but such looseness would be fatal in a biological

Page 88

ig eT RE” IR < <n 808 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. investigation, where accuracy is necessary down to the infinitesimal fraction. The balances of the biologists must weigh the thousandth of a milligramme, as their microscopes measure the thousandth of a millimetre. The great part performed by iron in organisms, what we may eall its biological function, appertains to the chemical property it possesses of favoring combustion, of being an agent for promoting the oxidation of organic matters. The chemistry of living bodies differs from that of the laboratory in a feature that is peculiar to it—that instead of performing its re- actions directly it uses special agents. It employs intermediaries which, while they are not entirely unknown to mineral chemistry, yet rarely intervene in it. If it is desired, for example, to add a molecule of water to starch to form sugar, the chemist would do it by heating the starch with acidulated water. The organism, which is performing this process all the time, or after every meal, does it in a different way, without special heating and without the acid. A soluble ferment, a diastase or enzyme, serves as the oxidizing agent to produce the same result. Looking at the beginning and the end, the two operations are the same. The special agent gives up none of its substance. It withdraws after having accomplished its work, and not a trace of it is left. Here, in the mechanism of the action of these soluble ferments, resides the mystery, still complete, of vital chem- istry. It may be conceived that these agents, which leave none of their substance behind their operations, which suffer no loss, do not have to be represented in considerable quantities, however great the need of them may be. They only require time to do their work. The most remarkable characteristic of the soluble ferments lies, in fact, here, in the magnitude of the action as contrasted with in- finitesimal proportion of the agent, and the necessity of having time for the accomplishment of the operation. Iron behaves in precisely the same way in the combustion of organic substances. These substances are incapable at ordinary tem- peratures of fixing oxygen directly, and will not burn till they are raised to a high temperature; but in the presence of iron they are capable of burning without extreme heat, and undergo slow com- bustion. And as iron gives up none of its substance in the operation, and acts, as a simple intermediary, only to draw oxygen from the inexhaustible atmosphere and present it to the organic substance, we see that it need not be abundant to perform its office, provided it have time enough. This action resembles that of the soluble fer- ments in that there is no mystery about it, and its innermost mechan- ism is perfectly known. Iron readily combines with oxygen—too readily, we might say,

Page 89

IRON IN THE LIVING BODY. 809 if we regarded only the uses we make of it. It exists as an oxide in Nature; and the metallurgy of it has no other object than to re- vivify burned iron, remove the oxygen from it, and extract the metal. Of the two oxides of iron, the ferrous, or lower one, is an energetic base, readily combining with even the weakest acids, and forming with them ferrous or protosalts. Ferric oxide, on the other hand, is a feeble base, which combines only slowly with even strong acids to form ferric salts or persalts, and not at all with weak acids like carbonic acid and those of the tissues of living beings. It is these last, more highly oxidized ferric compounds that provide organic substances with the oxygen that consumes them, when, as a result of the operation, they themselves return to the ferrous state. Facts of this sort are too nearly universal not to have been ob- served very long ago, but they were not fully understood till about the middle of this century. The chemists of the time—Liebig, Dumas, and especially Schénbein, Wéhler, Stenhouse, and many others—established the fact that ferric oxide provokes at ordinary temperatures a rapid action of combustion on a large number of sub- stances: grass, sawdust, peat, charcoal, humus, arable land, and ani- mal matter. A very common example is the destruction of linen by rust spots; the substance of the fiber is slowly burned up by the oxygen yielded by the oxide. About the same time, Claude Ber- nard inquired whether the process took place within the tissues, in contact with living matter in the same way as we have just seen it did with dead matter—the remains of organisms that had long since submitted to the action of physical laws—and received an affirmative answer. Injecting a ferric salt into the jugular vein of an animal, he found it excreted, deprived of a part of its oxygen, as a ferrous salt. This slow combustion of organic matter, living or dead, accom- plished in the cold by iron, represents only one of the aspects of its biological function. A counterpart to it is necessary in order to complete the picture. It is easy to perceive that the phenomenon would have no bearing or consequence if it was limited to this first action. With the small provision of oxygen in the iron salt used up, and, if reduced to the minimum of oxidation, the source of oxygen be- ing exhausted, the combustion of organic matter would stop. The oxidation obtained would be insignificant, while the oxidation should be indefinite and unlimited, and it is really so. There is a counterpart. The iron salt, which has gone back to the minimum of oxidation and become a ferrous salt, can not remain long in that state in contact with the air and with other sources of the gas to which it is exposed. It has always been known that ferrous compounds absorb oxygen from the air and pass into the ferric state; we might say that we have seen it done, for the transformation is

Page 90

810 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. accompanied by a characteristic change of color, by a transition from the pale green tint of ferrous bases to the ochery or red color of ferric compounds. We can understand now what should happen when the ferrugi- nous compound is placed in contact alternately with organic matter and oxygen. In the former phase the iron will yield oxygen to the organic matter; in the second phase it will take again from the atmosphere the combustible which it has lost, and will be again where it started. The same series of operations may be continued a second time and a third time, and indefinitely, as long as the alternations of contact with organic matter and exposure to atmospheric oxygen are kept up, the iron simply performing the part of a broker. The same result will occur if atmospheric air and organic matter are con- _ stantly together; the consumption will continue indefinitely, and the iron will perform the part of an intermediary till one of the elements of the process is exhausted. This explanation was necessary to make clear the solution of the mystery of slow or cool combustion, the existence of which has been known since Lavoisier, without its mechanism being understood. That illustrious student gave out the theory that animal heat and the energy developed by vital action originated in the chemical reac- tions of the organism, and that, on the other hand, the reactions that produce heat consisted of simple combustions, slow combustions, that differed only in intensity from that of the burning torch. The de- velopment of chemistry has shown that this figure was too much sim- plified from the reality, and that most of these phenomena, while they are in the end equivalent to a combustion, differ greatly from it in mechanism and mode of execution. By this we do not mean to say that all the combustions are of this character, and that there do not exist in the organism a large number of such as Lavoisier understood, and of such as the combustions effected by the intervention of iron furnish the type of. Lavoisier’s successors, Liebig among them, tried to find reactions conformed to this type. Their attempts were un- successful, but they had the happy result of revealing, if not the real function of iron in the blood, at least that of the red matter in which it is fixed. The question of the presence of iron in the coloring matter of the blood gave rise to long discussions. WVauquelin denied it. He made the mistake of looking for iron in the form of a known com- pound, in direct combination with the blood, while later researches have shown that it is found almost exclusively in the red matter that tinges the globules, in a complicated combination that escapes the ordinary tests; or, according to a usual method of expression, it is dissimulated. Liebig also failed to find this combination, and it was

Page 91

IRON IN THE LIVING BODY. 811 not till 1864 that Hoppe-Seyler succeded in obtaining it pure and crystallized. But Liebig had already perceived its essential proper- ties, and was able to point out approximately its functions as early as 1845; yet the single fact that there was no assimilation possible be- tween this substance and the salts of iron, cut this question off into a kind of negative suspense. Different from these compounds, it could not behave like them, and accomplish slow combustions of the same type. It is a remarkable fact, and one that illustrates well how iron preserves through all its vicissitudes some trace of its funda- mental property of favoring the action of oxygen on substances, that this composition, so special and so different from the salts of iron, behaves nearly as they do. While it is not of itself an ener- getic combustible, it is, according to Liebig’s expression, “a trans- porter of oxygen ”—a luminous view, which the future was destined to confirm. Although the transportation is not produced by the mechanism supposed by Liebig, but by another, the general result is very much the same from the point of view of the physiology of the blood. The coloring matter of the blood conveyed by the glob- ules fixes oxygen in contact with the pulmonary air, and distributes it as it passes through the capillaries upon the tissues. The globule of blood brings nothing else and distributes nothing else, contrary to the opinion that had been held before. The theory of slow com- bustion effected through iron, while not absolutely contradicted in principle, was not entirely confirmed in detail, so far as concerned iron, or the more prominently ferruginous tissue. No search was made for other tissues or organs presenting more favorable conditions, for no others were known that had iron in themselves. The liver and the spleen were supposed to receive it from the blood under the complicated form in which it exists there, or under some equivalent form. It was not, therefore, supposed till within a very few years that the two conditions were realized in any organ that were required to secure a slow combustion by iron— that is, combinations resembling ferrous and ferric salts with a weak acid and a source of oxygen. The doubt has been resolved by recent studies. The liver fulfils the requirement. It contains iron existing under forms precisely comparable to the ferrous and ferric compounds, and is washed by the blood which carries oxygen in a state of simple solution in its plasma and of loose combination in its globules. Thus all the conditions necessary for the production of slow combustion are gathered here, and we can not doubt that it takes place. . A new function is therefore assigned to the liver, and it be- comes one of the great furnaces of the organism. Compounds of iron are so abundant in the ground and the water that we need not be surprised when we find them in various parts

Page 92

812 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. of plants, and particularly in the green parts. Their habitual pres- ence does not, however, authorize the conclusion that this metal js necessary to the support and development of vegetable life. Some substances, evidently indifferent, foreign, and even injurious, if they exist abundantly in a soil, may be drawn into roots through the movement of the sap, and fix themselves in various organs. This occurs with copper in certain exceptional circumstances when the soil is saturated with its compounds, and if such a condition should be found to be repeated over a large extent of country, we might be led, by analysis alone of its vegetable productions, to the false con- clusion that copper was an essential or even necessary constituent of them. But the value of the part performed by an element can not be determined by analysis alone. Direct proofs are necessary for that, methodical and comparative experiments in cultivation in mediums artificially deprived or furnished with the element the importance of which we wish to estimate. This has been done for combinations of iron, and the utility of that metal, especially to the higher plants, has been made thereby to appear. If iron is absent from the nutritive medium the plant will wither. If we sprout seeds in a solution from which this metal has been care- fully excluded, the development will follow its regular course as long as the plant is in the condition properly called that of germination, or while it does not have to draw anything from the soil. The stem rises and the first leaves are formed as usual. But all these parts will continue pale, and the green matter, the granulation of chloro- phyll, will not appear. Now, if we add a small quantity of salt of iron to the ground in which the roots are planted, or a much-diluted solu- tion is sprinkled on the leaves and the stem, the chlorotic plant will recover its health and take on its normal coloration. Experiments of this sort make well manifest that iron is necessary to green plants, and they show, besides, the bearing of its action, and that what is most special and most characteristic in the phenomena of vegetable life may be traced exactly to the organization of that green matter. It was long thought that if iron was necessary for the formation of chlorophyll, it was because it had a part in its constitution. We know now that this is not so. The metal does nothing but accompany the chlorophyll in the granulation in which it is found. The influence which iron exerts in the development of the lower plants, like the muscidenes, was illustrated with great precision in a study made about thirty years ago by M. Raulin, who experimented with the common mold (Aspergillus niger), to determine the coeffi- cient of importance of all the elements that have a part in its vegeta- tion. When the iron was removed from a medium that had been shown capable of giving a maximum crop of that mold, the plants

Page 93

THE MALAY LANGUAGE. 813 languished, and the return fell off immediately to one third. Esti- mating the quantity of metal that produces this effect, it was found that, the addition of one part of iron was sufficient to determine the production of a weight of plant nearly nine hundred times as great. The suppression of the iron further caused an irreparable loss, for when it was sought to remedy the wilting of the plants by restoring the iron which had been taken from the medium—an experiment which had been successful with higher plants—the attempt was a failure, and the plants could not be prevented from perishing. These facts are full of interest in themselves, and they further show well the necessity or utility of iron in plant life, but they teach us no more. They reveal nothing of the mechanism of the action, and if we wish to penetrate further in the matter we always have to turn to animal physiology.—Translated for the Popular Science Monthly from the Revue des Deux Mondes. THE MALAY LANGUAGE. By R. CLYDE FORD, PROFESSOR OF GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE, ALBION COLLEGE. GENTLEMAN who had lived for several years among the Indians of the Canadian northwest said that he went among them believing they were an untutored race. But when they told him of a dozen kinds of berries growing in a locality where he knew but two, brought him flowers he could not find after careful search, and around their council fires showed as deep an insight into the mysteries of life as the savants of his university, then he concluded they could no longer be called untutored. And why should they be? Is there no culture or civilization outside of the enlightenment of Europe or America? And because a civilization does not exactly fit the grooves in which most of the world has moved, may it not be a real civilization for all that? If such is possible, then we vote the Malays a cultured people. Of course, their culture is not like our own; it knows no railroads, no tele- graphs, boasts of no intricate political machinery, has no complicated social despotisms. Native princes rule for the most part over peaceful states, and politics means no more than the regulation of quiet village life. But what need of railroads, when the rivers are avenues of trade and communication? Why telegraphs, when the world is bounded by the jungle horizon? Or why, in short, severe civil and social enact- ments, when the common Wahlspruch of life is, “ Fear disgrace rather than death”? Suclhi a civilization, we admit, is a humble one; but

Page 94

— eres a eee ess Pa a ee 814 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. it also has the advantage of being a happy one. And where content- ment dwells, where honesty prevails, where the home is a stronghold, there are culture and civilization, even though they may not coincide with our own. The Malays are not barbarians, and their language by its grace and adaptability has shown its right to be. To-day it is the mother tongue of more than forty millions of people, and the lingua franca of Chinamen, Hindus, European, and natives. It is spoken from Madagascar to the distant islands of the Pacific, and from the Philip- pines to Australia. With it one can barter in Celebes and sell in Java; converse with a sultan in Sumatra or a Spaniard in Manila, Moreover, it is soft and melodious, rich in expression, poetical in idiom, and simple in structure—a language almost without grammar and yet of immense vocabulary, with subtle distinctions and fine gradations of thought and meaning; a language that sounds in one’s ears long after Tanah Malayu and the coral islands and the jungle strand have sunk into hazy recollection, just as they once dropped out of sight behind one’s departing ship. , Malay is written in the Arabic character, which was adopted with Mohammedanism, probably in the thirteenth century. Anciently, the Malays used a writing of their own, but it is not yet clearly settled what it was. There are now thirty-four characters employed, each varying in form, according as it is isolated, final, medial, or initial. Naturally, the Arabic influence over the language has been a marked one; the priest who dictates in the religion of a people is a molder and shaper of language. We have only to recall the Catholic Church and the influence of the Latin tongue in the mouths of her priests to know that this is so. Many Arabic words and phrases have been adopted, but more in the language of literature than in that of every- day speech. A large number of expressions of court and royalty, and terms of law and religion, are Arabic; also the names of months, days, and many articles of commerce and trade; nevertheless, the language of common speech is still Malay. Another influence, also, has been felt in the Malay—that of the Sanskrit language. The presence of many Sanskrit words has caused some very ingenious theories to be constructed in proof that the Malays were of Indian origin, and such word fragments the survival of the primitive tongue. Such theories, however, have not stood the test of philology, and the fact still remains that the language is essentially unique, with an origin lost in the darkness of remote antiquity. How- ever, Sanskrit influence has been much greater, and has penetrated much deeper into the elemental structure of the language than the Arabic. In fact, the aboriginal language, before it felt the animating spirit of the Aryan tongue, must have been a barren one, the language

Page 95

THE MALAY LANGUAGE. 815 of a primitive man, a fisherman, a hunter, a careless tiller of the soil. As Maxwell says in his Manual of the Malay Language, the Sanskrit word hala (plow) marks a revolution in Malayan agriculture and, one may say further, Malayan civilization. What changed the methods of cultivating the soil, changed the people themselves. It is probable that this change came through contact with people to whom Sanskrit was a vernacular tongue, but whether through conquest by the sword or by religion is hard to tell. Perhaps it was by both. At any rate, it was deep and strong, and left a lasting impression on the language. Sanskrit names fastened on trees, plants, grain, fruits, household and agricultural implements, parts of the body, articles of commerce, animals, metals and minerals, time and its division and measurement, family relationships, abstract conceptions, warfare, and fundamental ideas of religion and superstition. Such a conquest must have been an early and tremendous one. Strangely enough, Malay is almost a grammarless tongue. It has no proper article, and its substantives may serve equally well as verbs, being singular or plural, and entirely genderless. However, adjectives and a process of reduplication often indicate number, and gender words are added to nouns to make sex allusions plain. What- ever there is of declension is prepositional as in English, and posses- sives are formed by putting the adjectives after the noun as in Italian. Nouns are primitive and derivative, the derivations being formed by suffixes or prefixes, or both, and one’s mastery of the language may be gauged by the idiomatic way in which he handles these Anhdangsel. Adjectives are uninflected. The use of the pronouns involves an extensive knowledge of Ori- ental etiquette—some being used by the natives among one another, some between Europeans and natives, some employed when an in- ferior addresses a superior and vice versa, some used only when the native addresses his prince or sovereign; and, last of all, some being distinctly literary, and never employed colloquially. Into this maze one must go undaunted, and trust to time and patience to smooth out difficulties. Verbs, like nouns, are primitive and derivative, with some few auxiliaries and a good many particles which are suffixed or prefixed to indicate various states and conditions. These things are apt to be confusing, and when the student learns that a verb may be past, present, or future without any change in form, he does not know whether to congratulate himself or not. Prepositions, too, are many and expressive; conjunctions, some colloquial, some pedantic. - We now come to a peculiarity which Malay has in common with other Indo-Chinese languages—the “ numeral co-efficients,” as Max- well calls them, which are always employed with a certain class of

Page 96

816 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY.

objects, just as we say “head ” of horses, “sail” of ships, ete. They are very many as compared with English, and very idiomatic in their use. For instance, the Malay says, “Europeans, three persons,” “cats, four tails,” “ships, five fruits,” “cocoanuts, three seeds,” “spears, two stems,” “planks, five pieces,” “ houses, two ladders,” and so on to fifteen or twenty different classes of articles or objects, By some this has been regarded as a peculiarity of the languages of southeastern Asia; but the same thing may be noticed in the Indian languages of our own continent. As a language Malay is easily learned and has much to repay for so doing. It is full of wonders and surprises—among other things is the natural home of euphemism, where a spade is called anything but a spade. For instance, to die is beautifully expressed in Malay as a return to the mercy of Allah. The language is decidedly rich in poetical expression and imagery. <A neighbor is one whom you per- mit to ascend the ladder of your cottage, and your friend is a sharer of your joys and sorrows. Interest is the flower of money, a spring is an eye of water, the sun the eye of day, and a policeman all eyes, A walk is a stroll to eat the wind, a man drunk is one who rides a green horse, and a coward a duck without spurs. A flatterer is one who has sugar cane on his lips, a sharper is a man of brains, a fool a brain-lacker. In his proverbs also the Malay shows a matchless use of metaphor and imagery, his words having the softness of the jungle breeze, and at the same time the grimness of the jungle shades. Nowhere does the nature of his race or the peculiar genius of his language show out better than in these terse, pithy sayings which the Malay uses to sweeten his speech or lend effectiveness to it. The real Malay is a creature of the forest or the sea, whence he draws his livelihood, and it is but natural that he should envelop his daily and perhaps dan- gerous life with homely philosophy. He loves the freedom which he enjoys; take him away from it and he eats his heart out in home- sickness. “Though you feed a jungle fowl from a golden plate, it will return to the jungle again.” In his humble life he has discovered that blood, be it good or bad, counts for something, and he thinks of the forest lairs; “a kitten and small, but a tiger’s cub.” He is beset with dangers by sea and land; often he is between the devil and the deep. “One may escape the tiger, and fall into the jaws of the crocodile.” He recognizes the inevitable, and draws what consola- tion he can. “ When the prow is wrecked the shark gets his fill "— a very stoical recognition of ill winds. “For fear of the ghost he hugs the corpse,” is often the solution of his dilemma. Sometimes he indulges in drollery, but is never unphilosophical. “To love one’s children, one must weep for them now and then; to love one’s wife,

Page 97

THE MALAY LANGUAGE. 817 one must leave her now and then.” The language is full of such expressions; they are the natural products of the speech of a poetical and Nature-loving folk. Without attempting a classification we give a few of the most characteristic proverbs, drawing largely on a col- lection made in the Malay Peninsula by W. E. Maxwell, at one time British resident there: Will the crocodile respect the carcass? Follow your heart, death; follow your feelings, destruction. You find grasshoppers where you find a field, Earth does not become grain. Don’t grind pepper for a bird on the wing. The flower comes, age comes. When the father is spotted, the son is spotted. The plant sprouts before it climbs. When he can’t wring the ear, he pulls the horn. The creel says the basket is poorly made. Ask from one who has, Make vows at a shrine, Sulk with him who loves you. When the house is done the chisel finds fault. As the crow goes back to his nest (no richer, no poorer). Whoever eats chilies burns his mouth. Because of the mouth the body comes to harm. If you are at the river’s mouth at nightfall, what’s the use of talking of return? A broken thread may be mended, but charcoal never. The pea forgets its pod. As water rolls from a kladi leaf. A shipwrecked vessel may float again, a heart once broken is broken forever. It is a project, and the result with God. He carries a torch in daylight. A slave who does well is never praised; if he does badly, never forgiven. It rains gold afar, but stone at home. What if you sit on a cushion of gold with an uneasy mind! When money leaves, your friend goes. If you dip your hand into the fish tub, go to the bottom. Whoever digs a hole falls into it himself. If your legs are long, have your blanket long. Like a frog under a cocoanut shell, he thinks he sees the sky. If you can’t get rattan, bind with roots. The plantain does not bear twice. He sits like a cat, but leaps like a tiger. VOL. LIv.—61

Page 98

818 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. The tortoise lays a thousand eggs and tells no one; the hen lays a single egg and tells all the world. Those will die of thirst who empty the jar when it thunders in a dry time. Handsome as a princess, poisonous as a snake, Small as an ant, wise as a mouse-deer. LIFE ON A SOUTH SEA WHALER.* By FRANK T. BULLEN. ACHALOTS, or sperm whales, must have been captured on the coasts of Europe in a desultory way from a very early date, by the incidental allusions to the prime products spermaceti and amber- gris which are found in so many ancient writers. Shakespeare’s reference—“ The sovereign’st thing on earth was parmaceti for an in- ward bruise ”—-will be familiar to most people, as well as Milton’s mention of the delicacies at Satan’s feast—“ Grisamber steamed ”— not to carry quotation any further. But in the year 1690 the brave and hardy fishermen of the north- east coasts of North America established that systematic pursuit of the cachalot which has thriven so wonderfully ever since, although it must be confessed that the last few years have witnessed a serious decline in this great branch of trade. For many years the American colonists completely engrossed this branch of the whale fishery, contentedly leaving to Great Britain and the continental nations the monopoly of the northern or arctic fish- eries, while they cruised the stormy, if milder, seas around their own shores. As, however, the number of ships engaged increased, it was in- evitable that the known grounds should become exhausted, and in 1788, Messrs. Enderby’s ship, the Emilia, first ventured round Cape Horn, as the pioneer of a greater trade than ever. The way once pointed out, other ships were not slow to follow, until, in 1819, the British whale ship Syren opened up the till then unexplored tract of ocean in the western part of the North Pacific, afterward familiarly known as the “ Coast of Japan.” From these teeming waters alone, for many years an average annual catch of forty thousand barrels of oil was taken, which, at the average price of £8 per barrel, will give some idea of the value of the trade generally. * From The Cruise of the Cachalot. By Frank T. Bullen. (Illustrated.) New York: D. Appleton and Company. Pp. 379.

Page 99

LIFE ON A SOUTH SEA WHALER. 819 From the crushing blow of the civil war the American sperm- whale fishery has never fully recovered. When the writer was in the trade, some twenty-two years ago, it was credited with a fleet of between three and four hundred sail; now it may be doubted whether the numbers reach an eighth of that amount. A rigid conservatism of method hinders any revival of the industry, which is practically con- ducted to-day as it was fifty or even a hundred years ago; and it is probable that another decade will witness the final extinction of what was once one of the most important maritime industries in the world. In the following pages an attempt has been made—it is believed for the first time—to give an account of the cruise of a South Sea whaler from the seaman’s standpoint. Its aim is to present to the general reader a simple account of the methods employed and the dangers met with in a calling about which the great mass of the public knows absolutely nothing. At the age of eighteen, after a sea experience of six years from the time when I dodged about London streets, a ragged Arab, with wits sharpened by the constant fight for food, I found myself roaming the streets of New Bedford, Massachusetts. My money was all gone, I was hungry for a ship; and so, when.a long, keen-looking man with a goatlike beard, and mouth stained with dry tobacco juice, hailed me one afternoon at the street corner, I answered very promptly, scenting a berth. “ Lookin’ fer a ship, stranger?” said he. “ Yes; do you want a hand?” said I anxiously. He made a funny little sound something like a pony’s whinny, then answered: “ Wall, I should surmise that I want between fifty and sixty hands, ef yew kin lay me onto ’em; but, kem along, every dreep’s a drop, an’ yew seem likely enough.” With that he turned and led the way until we reached a building, around which was gathered one of the most nondescript crowds I had ever seen. There certainly did not appear to be a sailor among them—not so much by their rig, though that is not a great deal to go by, but by their actions and speech. However, I signed and passed on, engaged to go I knew not where, in some ship I did not know even the name of, in which I was to re- ceive I did not know how much or how little for my labor, nor how long I was going to be away. From the time we signed the articles, we were never left to our- sélves. Truculent-looking men accompanied us to our several board- ing houses, paid our debts for us, finally bringing us by boat to a ship lying out in the bay. As we passed under her stern, I read the name Cachalot, of New Bedford; but as soon as we ranged alongside, I realized that I was booked for the sailor’s horror—a cruise in a whaler.

Page 100

820 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. Badly as I wanted to get to sea, I had not bargained for this, and would have run some risks to get ashore again; but they took no chances, so we were all soon aboard. Before going forward, I took a comprehensive glance around, and saw that I was on board of a vessel belonging to a type which has almost disappeared off the face of the waters. A more perfect contrast to the trim-built English clipper ships that I had been accustomed to I could hardly imagine. She was one of a class characterized by sailors as “ built by the mile, and cut off in lengths as you want ’em,” bow and stern almost alike, masts standing straight as broomsticks, and bowsprit soaring upward at an angle of about forty-five degrees. She was as old-fashioned in her rig asin her hull. Right in the center of the deck, occupying a space of about ten feet by eight, was a square erection of brickwork, upon which my wondering gaze rested longest, for I had not the slightest idea what it could be. But I was rudely roused from my meditations by the harsh voice of one of the officers, who shouted, “ Naow then, git below an’ stow yer dunnage, ’n look lively up agin!” Tumbling down the steep ladder, I entered the gloomy den which was to be for so long my home, finding it fairly packed with my shipmates, The whole space was undivided by partition, but I saw at once that black men and white had separated themselves, the blacks taking the port side and the whites the starboard. Finding a vacant bunk by the dim glimmer of the ancient teapot lamp that hung amidships, giving out as much smoke as light, I hurriedly shifted my coat for a “jumper ” or blouse, put on an old cap, and climbed into the fresh air again. Even my seasoned head was feeling bad with the villain- ous reek of the place. I had hardly reached the deck when I was confronted by a negro, the biggest I ever saw in my life. He looked me up and down for a moment, then opening his ebony features in a wide smile, he said: “Great snakes! why, here’s a sailor man for sure! Guess thet’s so, ain’t it, Johnny?” Isaid “ yes” very curtly, for I hardly liked his patronizing air; but he snapped me up short with “yes, sir, when yew speak to me, yew blank limejuicer. I’se de fourf mate of dis yar ship, en my name’s Mistah Jones, ’n yew jest freeze on to dat ar, ef yew want ter lib long ’n die happy. See, sonny?” I saw, and answered promptly, “I beg your pardon, sir, I didn’t know.” “Ob cawse yew didn’t know, dat’s all right, little Britisher; naow jest skip aloft ’n loose dat fore-taupsle.” “ Ay, ay, sir,” I answered cheerily, springing at once into the fore-rigging and up the ratlines like a monkey, but not too fast to hear him chuckle, “ Dat’s a smart kiddy, I bet.” On deck I could see a crowd at the windlass heaving up anchor. I said to myself, “They don’t waste any time getting this packet away.” Evidently they were not anxious to test any of the crew’s swimming powers. They were wise, for had RD

Page 101

LIFE ON A SOUTH SEA WHALER, 821 she remained at anchor that night I verily believe some of the poor wretches would have tried to escape. The anchor came aweigh, the sails were sheeted home, and I re- turned on deck to find the ship gathering way for the heads, fairly started on her long voyage. Before nightfall we were fairly out to sea, and the ceremony of dividing the crew into watches was gone through.- I found myself in the chief mate’s or “ port” watch (they called it “larboard,” a term I had never heard used before, it having long been obsolete in merchant ships), though the huge negro fourth mate seemed none too well pleased that I was not under his command, his being the star- board watch under the second mate. I was pounced upon next morning by “ Mistah ” Jones, the fourth mate, whom I heard addressed familiarly as “ Goliath ” and “ Anak ” by his brother officers, and ordered to assist him in rigging the “ crow’s- nest ” at the main royal-mast head. It was a simple affair. There were a pair of cross-trees fitted to the mast, upon which was secured a tiny platform about a foot wide on each side of the mast, while above this foothold a couple of padded hoops like a pair of giant spectacles were secured at a little higher than a man’s waist. When all was fast one could creep up on the platform, through the hoop, and, rest- ing his arms upon the latter, stand comfortably and gaze around, no matter how vigorously the old barky plunged and kicked beneath him. From that lofty eerie I had a comprehensive view of the vessel. She was about three hundred and fifty tons and full ship-rigged—that is to say, she carried square sails on all three masts. Her deck was flush fore and aft, the only obstructions being the brick-built “ try-works ” in the waist, the galley, and cabin skylight right aft by the taffrail. Her bulwarks were set thickly round with clumsy-looking wooden cranes, from which depended five boats. ‘Two more boats were secured bot- tom up upon a gallows aft, so she seemed to be well supplied in that direction. . The weather being fine, with a steady northeast wind blowing, so that the sails required no attention, work proceeded steadily all the morning. The oars were sorted, examined for flaws, and placed in the boats; the whale line, Manilla rope like yellow silk, an inch and a half round, was brought on deck, stretched, and coiled down with the great- est care into tubs holding, some two hundred fathoms, and others one hundred fathoms each. New harpoons were fitted to poles of rough but heavy wood, without any attempt at neatness but every attention to strength. The shape of these weapons was not, as is generally thought, that of an arrow, but rather like an arrow with one huge barb, the upper part of which curved out from the shaft. The whole of the barb turned on a stout pivot of steel, but was kept in line with

Page 102

822 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. the shaft by a tiny wooden peg which passed through barb and shaft, being then cut off smoothly on both sides. The point of the harpoon ‘ had at one side a wedge-shaped edge, ground to razor keenness; the other side was flat. The shaft, about thirty inches long, was of the best malleable iron, so soft that it would tie into a knot and straighten out again without fracture. Three harpoons, or “irons” as they were always called, were placed in each boat, fitted one above the other in the starboard bow, the first for use being always one unused before, Opposite to them in the boat were fitted three lances for the purpose of killing whales, the harpoons being only the means by which the boat was attached to a fish, and quite useless to inflict a fatal wound. These lances were slender spears of malleable iron about four feet long, with oval or heart-shaped points of fine steel about two inches broad, their edges kept keen as a surgeon’s lancet. By means of a socket at the other end they were attached to neat handles, or “ lance poles,” about as long again, the whole weapon being thus about eight feet in length, and furnished with a light line, or “ lance warp,” for the purpose of drawing it back again when it had been darted at a whale. The other furniture of a boat comprised five oars of varying lengths from sixteen to nine feet, one great steering oar of nineteen feet, a mast and two sails of great area for so small a craft, spritsail shape; two tubs of whale line containing together eigheen hundred feet, a keg of drinking water, and another long, narrow one with a few biscuits, a lan- tern, candles and matches therein; a bucket and “ piggin ”’ for baling, a small spade, a flag or “ wheft,” a shoulder bomb gun and ammuni- tion, two knives, and two small axes. A rudder hung outside by the stern. With all this gear, although snugly stowed, a boat looked so loaded that I could not help wondering how six men would be able to work in her; but, like most “ deep-water ” sailors, I knew very little about boating. I was going to learn. The reports I had always heard of the laziness prevailing on board ' whale ships were now abundantly falsified. From dawn to dark work went on without cessation. Everything was rubbed and scrubbed and scoured until no speck or soil could be found; indeed, no gentle- man’s yacht or man-of-war is kept more spotlessly clean than was the Cachalot. On the fourth day after leaving port we were all busy as usual except the four men in the “ crow’s-nests,” when a sudden ery of “Porps! porps! ” brought everything to a standstill. A large school of porpoises had just joined us, in their usual clownish fashion, rolling and tumbling around the bows as the old barky wallowed along, sur- rounded by a wide ellipse of snowy foam. All work was instantly suspended, and active preparations made for securing a few of these

Page 103

LIFE ON A SOUTH SHA WHALER. 823 frolicsome fellows. A “block,” or pulley, was hung out at the bow- sprit end, a whale line passed through it and “ bent ” (fastened) on to a harpoon. Another line with a running “ bowline,” or slip noose, was also passed out to the bowsprit end, being held there by one man in readiness. Then one of the harpooners ran out along the back ropes, which keep the jib boom down, taking his stand beneath the bowsprit with the harpoon ready. Presently he raised his iron and followed the track of a rising porpoise with its point until the creature broke water. At the same instant the weapon left his grasp, appar- ently without any force behind it; but we on deck, holding the line, soon found that our excited hauling lifted a big vibrating body clean out of the smother beneath. “’Vast hauling! ” shouted the mate, while, as the porpoise hung dangling, the harpooner slipped the ready bowline over his body, gently closing its grip round the “small” by the broad tail. Then we hauled on the noose line, slacking away the harpoon, and in a minute had our prize on deck. He was dragged away at once and the operation repeated. Again and again we hauled them in, until the fore part of the deck was alive with the kicking, writhing sea pigs, at least twenty of them. All hands were soon busy skinning the blubber from the bodies. Porpoises have no skin—that is, hide—the blubber or coating of lard which incases them being cov- ered by a black substance as thin as tissue paper. The porpoise hide of the bootmaker is really leather, made from the skin of the Beluga, or “ white whale,” which is found only in the far north. The cover was removed from the “ try-works ” amidships, revealing two gigantic pots set in a frame of brickwork side by side, capable of holding two hun- dred gallons each—such a cooking apparatus as might have graced a Brobdingnagian kitchen. Beneath the pots was the very simplest of furnaces, hardly as elaborate as the familiar copper hole sacred to washing day. Square funnels of sheet iron were loosely fitted to the flues, more as a protection against the oil boiling over into the fire than to carry away the smoke, of which from the peculiar nature of the fuel there was very little. At one side of the try-works was a large wooden vessel, or “ hopper,” to contain the raw blubber; at the other, a copper cistern or cooler of about three hundred gallons capacity, into ‘ which the prepared oil was baled to cool off, preliminary to its being poured into the casks. Beneath the furnaces was a space as large as the whole area of the try-works, about a foot deep, which, when the fires were lighted, was filled with water to prevent the deck from burning. It may be imagined that the blubber from our twenty porpoises made but a poor show in one of the pots; nevertheless, we got a barrel of very excellent oil from them. ‘The fires were fed with “scrap,” or pieces of blubber from which the oil had been boiled, some of which

Page 104

824 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. had been reserved from the previous voyage. They burned with a fierce and steady blaze, leaving but a trace of ash. I was then in- formed by one of the harpooners that no other fuel was ever used for boiling blubber at any time, there being always amply sufficient for the purpose. We were now in the haunts of the sperm whale, or “ cachalot,” a brilliant lookout being continually kept for any signs of their ap- pearing. One officer and a foremast hand were continually on watch during the day in the main crow’s-nest, one harpooner and a seaman in the fore one. A bounty of ten pounds of tobacco was offered to who- ever should first report a whale, should it be secured; consequently there were no sleepy eyes up there. At last, one beautiful day, the boats were lowered and manned, and away went the greenies on their first practical lesson in the busi- ness of the voyage. There were two greenies in each boat, they being so arranged that whenever one of them “caught a crab,” which of course was about every other stroke, his failure made little difference to the boat’s progress. They learned very fast under the terrible im- precations and storm of blows from the iron-fisted and iron-hearted officers, so that before the day was out the skipper was satisfied of our ability to deal with a “ fish ” should he be lucky enough to “ raise” one. I was, in virtue of my experience, placed at the after oar in the mate’s boat, where it was my duty to attend to the “ main sheet ” when the sail was set, where also I had the benefit of the lightest oar except the small one used by the harpooner in the bow. The very next day after our first exhaustive boat drill, a school of “blackfish ” was reported from aloft, and with great glee the officers prepared for what they considered a rattling day’s fun. The blackfish (Phocena sp.) is a small toothed whale, not at all unlike a miniature cachalot, except that its head is rounded at the front, while its jaw is not long and straight, but bowed. It is as frolicsome as the porpoise, gamboling about in schools of from twenty to fifty or more, as if really delighted to be alive. Its average size is from ten to twenty feet long and seven or eight feet in girth; weight, from one to three tons. Blubber about three inches thick, while the head is almost all oil, so that a good rich specimen will make between © one and two barrels of oil of medium quality. We lowered and left the ship, pulling right toward the school, the noise they were making in their fun effectually preventing them from hearing our approach. It is etiquette to allow the mate’s boat first plaee, unless his crew is so weak as to be unable to hold their own; but as the mate always has first pick of the men this seldom happens. So, as usual, we were first, and soon I heard the order given, “ Stand up, Louey, and let ’em have it!” Sure enough, here we were right

Page 105

LIFE ON A SOUTH SEA WHALER. 825 among them. Louis let drive, “ fastening ” a whopper about twenty feet long. The injured animal plunged madly forward, accompanied by his fellows, while Louis calmly bent another iron to a “ short warp,” or piece of whale line, the loose end of which he made a bowline with round the main line which was fast to the “ fish.”” Then he fastened another “ fish,’ and the queer sight was seen of these two monsters each trying to flee in opposite directions, while the second one ranged about alarmingly as his “ bridle ” ran along the main line. Another one was secured in the same way, then the game was indeed great. The school had by this time taken the alarm and cleared out, but the other boats were all fast to fish, so that didn’t matter. Now, at the rate our “ game ” were going, it would evidently be a long while be- fore they died, although, being so much smaller than a whale proper, a harpoon will often kill them at a stroke. Yet they were now so tangled or “ snarled erp,” as the mate said, that it was no easy matter to lance them without great danger of cutting the line. However, we hauled up as close to them as we dared, and the harpooner got a good blow in, which gave the biggest of the three “Jesse,” as he said, though why “ Jesse” was a stumper. Anyhow, it killed him promptly, while almost directly after another one saved further trouble by passing in his own checks. But he sank at the same time, drawing the first one down with him, so that we were in considerable danger of having to cut them adrift or be swamped. The “ wheft ” was waved thrice as an urgent signal to the ship to come to our assistance with all speed, but in the meantime our interest lay in the surviving black- fish keeping alive. Should he die and, as was most probable, sink, we should certainly have to cut and loose the lot, tools included. We waited in grim silence while the ship came up, so slowly, apparently, that she hardly seemed to move, but really at a good pace of about four knots an hour, which for her was not at all bad. She got alongside of us at last, and we passed up the bight of our line, our fish all safe, very much pleased with ourselves, especially when we found that the other boats had only five between the three of them. Chain slings were passed around the carcasses, the end of the “fall,” or tackle rope, was taken to the windlass, and we hove away cheerily, lifting the monsters right on deck. A mountainous pile they made. After dinner all hands turned to again to “ flench ” the blubber and prepare for trying out. This was a heavy job, keeping us busy until it was quite dark, the latter part of the work being carried on by the light of a “ cresset,” the flames of which were fed with “ scrap,” which blazed brilliantly, throwing a big glare over all the ship. The last of the carcasses was launched overboard by about eight o’clock that even- ing, but not before some vast junks of beef had been cut off and hung up in the rigging for our food supply.

Page 106

826 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. “ Trying out ” went on busily all night, and by nightfall of the next day the ship had resumed her normal appearance, and we were a tun and a quarter of oil to the good. Blackfish oil is of medium quality, but I learned that, according to the rule of “ roguery in all trades,” it was the custom to mix quantities such as we had just ob- tained with better class whale oil, and thus get a much higher price than it was really worth. We had now been eight days out, having had nothing, so far, but steady breezes and fine weather. As it was late autumn—the first week in October—I rather wondered at this, for even in my brief ex- perience I had learned to dread a “ fall ” voyage across the “ Western Ocean.” Gradually the face of the sky changed, and the feel of the air, from balmy and genial, became raw and cheerless. The little wave tops broke short off and blew backward, apparently against the wind, while the old vessel had an uneasy, unnatural motion, caused by a long, new swell rolling athwart the existing set of the sea. We were evidently in for a fair specimen of Western Ocean weather, but the clumsy-looking, old-fashioned Cachalot made no more fuss over it than one of the long-winged sea birds that floated around, intent only upon snapping up any stray scraps that might escape from us. Higher rose the wind, heavier rolled the sea, yet never a drop of water did we ship, nor did anything about the deck betoken what a heavy gale was blowing. During the worst of the weather, and just after the wind had shifted back into the northeast, making an uglier cross sea than ever get up, along comes an immense four-masted iron ship homeward bound. She was staggering under a veritable mountain of canvas, fairly burying her bows in the foam at every forward drive, and actually wetting the clews of the upper top- sails in the smothering masses of spray, that every few minutes almost hid her hull from sight. It was a splendid picture; but—for the time—TI felt glad I was not on board of her. In a very few minutes she was out of our ken, fol- lowed by the admiration of all. Then came, from the other direction, a huge steamship, taking no more notice of the gale than as if it were calm. Straight through the sea she rushed, dividing the mighty rol- lers to the heart, and often bestriding three seas at once, the center one spreading its many tons of foaming water fore and aft, so that from every orifice spouted the seething brine. Compared with these grey- hounds of the wave, we resembled nothing so much as some old light- ship bobbing serenely around, as if part and parcel of the mid-Atlantic. The gale gradually blew itself out, leaving behind anly a long and very heavy swell to denote the deep-reaching disturbance that the ocean had endured. And now we were within the range of the sargasso

Page 107

LIFE ON A SOUTH SEA WHALER. 827 weed, that mysterious fucus that makes the ocean look like some vast hayfield, and keeps the sea from rising, no matter how high the wind. It fell a dead calm, and the harpooners amused themselves by dredging up great masses of the weed, and turning out the many strange crea- tures abiding therein. We were all gathered about the fo’lk’sle scuttle one evening, a few days after the gale referred to above, and the question of whale-fishing came up for discussion. Until that time, strange as it may seem, no word of this, the central idea of all our minds, had been mooted. Every man seemed to shun the subject, although we were in daily expectation of being called upon to take an active part in whale-fighting. Once the ice was broken, nearly all had something to say about it, and very nearly as many addle-headed opinions were ventilated as at a Colney Hatch debating society. For we none of us knew anything about it. It was Saturday evening, and while at home people were looking forward to a day’s respite from work and care, I felt that the coming day, though never taken much notice of on board, was big with the probabilities of strife such as I at least had at present no idea of—so firmly was I possessed by the prevailing feeling. The night was very quiet. A gentle breeze was blowing, and the sky was of the usual “ trade ” character—that is, a dome of dark blue fringed at the horizon with peaceful cumulus clouds, almost motion- less. I turned in at 4 a.m. from the middle watch and, as usual, slept like a babe. Suddenly I started wide awake, a long, mournful sound sending a thrill to my very heart. As I listened breathlessly, other sounds of the same character but in different tones joined in, human voices monotonously intoning in long-drawn-out expirations the single word “ bl-o-o-o-ow.” Then came a hurricane of noise over- head, and adjurations in no gentle language to the sleepers to “ tumble up lively there, no skulking, sperm whales.” At last, then, fulfill- ing all the presentiments of yesterday, the long-dreaded moment had arrived. Happily, there was no time for hesitation; in less than two minutes we were all on deck, and hurrying to our respective boats. The skipper was in the main crow’s-nest with his binoculars. Pres- ently he shouted: “ Naow then, Mr. Count, lower away soon’s y’like. Small pod o’ cows, an’ one ’r two bulls layin’ off to west’ard of ’em.” Down went the boats into the water quietly enough; we all scrambled in and shoved off. A stroke or two of the oars were given to get clear of the ship and one another, then oars were shipped and up went thesails. As I took my allotted place at the main-sheet, and the beau- tiful craft started off like some big bird, Mr. Count leaned forward, saying impressively to me: “ Y’r a smart youngster, an’ I’ve kinder took t’yer; but don’t ye look ahead an’ get gallied, ’r I’ll knock ye

Page 108

828 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTAHLY. stiff wi’ th’ tiller; y"hear me? WN’ don’t ye dare to make thet sheet fast, ’r ye’ll die so sudden y’ won’t know whar y’r hurted.” I gaid as cheerfully as I could, “All right, sir,” trying to look unconcerned, telling myself not to be a coward, and all sorts of things; but the cold truth is that I was scared almost to death, because I didn’t know what was coming. However, I did the best thing under the circumstances, obeyed orders and looked steadily astern, or up into the bronzed im- passive face of my chief, who towered above me, scanning with eagle eyes the sea ahead. The other boats were coming flying along be- hind us, spreading wider apart as they came, while in the bows of each stood the harpooner with his right hand on his first iron, which lay ready, pointing over the bow in a raised fork of wood called the “ crutch.” All of a sudden, at a motion of the chief’s hand, the peak of our mainsail was dropped, and the boat swung up into the wind, laying “hove to,” almost stationary. The centerboard was lowered to stop her drifting to leeward, although I can not say it made much differ- ence that ever I saw. Now, what’s the matter? I thought, when to my amazement the chief addressing me said, “ Wonder why we've hauled up, don’t ye?” “Yes, sir, I do,” said I. “ Wall,” said he, “the fish hev sounded, an’ ’ef we run over ’em, we’ve seen the last ov ’em. So we wait awhile till they rise agin, ’n then we’ll prob’ly git thar’ ’r thareabouts before they sound agin.” With this explanation I had to be content, although if it be no clearer to my readers than it then was to me, I shall have to explain myself more fully later on. Silently we lay, rocking lazily upon the gentle swell, no other word being spoken by any one. At last Louis, the harpooner, gently breathed “ Blo-o-o-w ”; and there, sure enough, not half a mile away on the lee beam, was a little bushy cloud of steam apparently rising from the sea. At almost the same time as we kept away all the other boats did likewise, and just then, catching sight of the ship, the reason for this apparently concerted action was explained. At the mainmast head of the ship was a square blue flag, and the ensign at the peak was being dipped. These were signals well understood and promptly acted upon by those in charge of the boats, who were thus guided from a point of view at least one hundred feet above the sea. “Stand up, Louey,” the mate murmured softly. I only just stopped myself in time from turning my head to see why the order was given. Suddenly there was a bump, at the same moment the mate yelled, “ Give’t to him, Louey, give’t to him! ” and to me, “ Haul that main sheet, naow haul, why don’t ye?” I hauled it flat aft, and the boat shot up into the wind, rubbing sides as she did so with what to my troubled sight seemed an enormous mass of black India rubber floating. As we crawled up into the wind, the whale went into con- —

Page 109

eee LIFE ON A SOUTH SEA WHALER. 829 vulsions befitting his size and energy. He raised a gigantic tail on high, thrashing the water with deafening blows, rolling at the same time from side to side until the surrounding sea was white with froth. I felt in an agony lest we should be crushed under one of those fearful strokes, for Mr. Count appeared to be oblivious of possible danger, although we seemed to be now drifting back on to the writhing levia- than. In the agitated condition of the sea it was a task of no ordinary difficulty to unship the tall mast, which was of course the first thing to be done. After a desperate struggle, and a narrow escape from falling overboard of one of the men, we got the long “ stick,” with the sail bundled around it, down and “ fleeted ” aft, where it was secured by the simple means of sticking the “ heel ” under the after thwart, two thirds of the mast extending out over the stern. Meanwhile, we had certainly been in a position of the greatest danger, our immunity from damage being unquestionably due to anything but precaution taken to avoid it. By the time the oars were handled, and the mate had exchanged places with the harpooner, our friend the enemy had “ sounded ”— that is, he had gone below for a change of scene, marveling, no doubt, what strange thing had befallen him. Agreeably to the accounts which I, like most boys, had read of the whale-fishery, I looked for the rushing of the line round the loggerhead (a stout wooden post built into the boat aft), to raise a cloud of smoke with occasional bursts of flame; so, as it began to slowly surge round the post, I timidly asked the harpooner whether I should throw any water on it. “ Wot for?” growled he, as he took a couple more turns with it. Not knowing “what for,” and hardly liking to quote my authorities here, I said no more, but waited events. “ Hold him up, Louey, hold him up, cain’t ye?” shouted the mate, and to my horror, down went the nose of the boat almost under water, while at the mate’s order everybody scrambled aft into the elevated stern sheets. The line sang quite a tune as it was grudgingly allowed to surge round the loggerhead, filling one with admiration at the strength shown by such a small rope. This sort of thing went on for about twenty minutes, in which time we quite emptied the large tub and began on the small one. Suddenly our boat fell backward from her “ slantindicular ” posi- tion with a jerk, and the mate immediately shouted, “ Haul line, there! look lively, now! you—so on, etcetera, etcetera ” (he seemed to invent new epithets on every occasion). The line came in hand over hand, and was coiled in a wide heap in the stern sheets, for, silky as it was, it could not be expected in its wet state to lie very close. As it came flying in, the mate kept a close gaze upon the water immediately be- neath us, apparently for the first glimpse of our antagonist. When

Page 110

POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 830 the whale broke water, however, he was some distance off, and appar- ently as quiet asalamb. Now, had Mr. Count been a prudent or less ambitious man, our task would doubtless have been an easy one, or comparatively so; but, being a little over-grasping, he got us all into serious trouble. We were hauling up to our whale in order to lance it, and the mate was standing, lance in hand, only waiting to get near enough, when up comes a large whale right alongside of our boat, so close, indeed, that I might have poked my finger in his little eye, ifI had chosen. The sight of that whale at liberty, and calmly taking stock of us like that, was too much for the mate. He lifted his lance and hurled it at the visitor, in whose broad flank it sank, like a knife into butter, right up to the pole-hitches. The recipient disap- peared like a flash, but before one had time to think, there was an awful crash beneath us, and the mate shot up into the air like a bomb from a mortar. He came down in a sitting posture on the mast thwart; but as he fell, the whole framework of the boat collapsed like a derelict umbrella. Louis quietly chopped the line and severed our connection with the other whale, while in accordance with our in- structions we drew each man his oar across the boat and lashed it firmly down with a piece of line spliced to each thwart for the purpose. This simple operation took but a minute, but before it was completed we were all up to our necks in the sea—-still in the boat, it is true, and therefore not in such danger of drowning as if we were quite adrift; but, considering that the boat was reduced to a mere bundle of loose planks, I, at any rate, was none too comfortable. Now, had he known it, was the whale’s golden opportunity; but he, poor wretch, had had quite enough of our company, and cleared off without any delay, won- dering, no doubt, what fortunate accident had rid him of our very unpleasant attentions. I was assured that we were all as safe as if we were on board the ship, to which I answered nothing; but, like Jack’s parrot, I did some powerful thinking. Every little wave that came along swept clean over our heads, sometimes coming so suddenly as to cut a breath in half. If the wind should increase—but no—I wouldn’t face the possibility of such a disagreeable thing. I was cool enough now in a double sense, for, although we were in the tropics, we soon got thor- oughly chilled. Help came at last, and we were hauled alongside. Long exposure had weakened us to such an extent that it was necessary to hoist us on board, especially the mate, whose “ sudden stop,” when he returned to us after his little aérial excursion, had shaken his sturdy frame con- siderably, a state of body which the subsequent soaking had by no means improved. In my innocence I imagined that we should be commiserated for our misfortunes by Captain Slocum, and certainly Se

Page 111

LIFE ON A SOUTH SEA WHALER. 831 be relieved from further duties until we were a little recovered from the rough treatment we had just undergone. But I never made a greater mistake. The skipper cursed us all (except the mate, whose sole fault the accident undoybtedly was) with a fluency and vigor that was, to put it mildly, discouraging. A couple of slings were passed around the boat, by means of which she was carefully hoisted on board, a mere dilapidated bundle of sticks and raffleof gear. She was at once removed aft out of the way, the busi- ness of cutting in the whale claiming precedence over everything else just then. The preliminary proceedings consisted of rigging the “ cut- ting stage.” This was composed of two stout planks a foot wide and ten feet long, the inner ends of which were suspended by strong ropes over the ship’s side about four feet from the water, while the outer ex- tremities were upheld by tackles from the main rigging, and a small crane abreast the try-works. These planks were about thirty feet apart, their two outer ends being connected by a massive plank which was securely bolted to them. A handrail about as high as a man’s waist, supported by light iron stanchions, ran the full length of this plank on the side nearest the ship, the whole fabric forming an admirable standing place whence the officers might, standing in comparative comfort, cut and carve at the great mass below to their hearts’ content. So far the prize had been simply held alongside by the whale line, which at death had been “ rove ” through a hole cut in the solid gristle of the tail; but now it became necessary to secure the carcass to the ship in some more permanent fashion. Therefore, a massive chain like a small ship’s cable was brought forward, and in a very ingenious way, by means of a tiny buoy and a hand lead, passed round the body, one end brought through a ring in the other, and hauled upon until it fitted tight round the “small ” or part of the whale next the broad spread of the tail. The free end of the fluke chain was then passed in through a mooring pipe forward, firmly secured to a massive bitt at the heel of the bowsprit (the fluke-chain bitt), and all was ready. The first thing to be done was to cut the whale’s head off. This operation, involving the greatest amount of labor in the whole of the cutting in, was taken in hand by the first and second mates, who, armed with twelve-foot spades, took their station upon the stage, leaned over the handrail to steady themselves, and plunged their weapons vigorously down through the massive neck of the animal—if neck it could be said to have—following a well-defined crease in the blubber. At the same time the other offieers passed a heavy chain sling around the long, narrow lower jaw, hooking one of the big cut- ting tackles into it, the “ fall ” of which was then taken to the wind- lass and hove tight, turning the whale on her back. A deep cut was

Page 112

832 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTALY.

then made on both sides of the rising jaw, the windlass was kept going, and gradually the whole of the throat was raised high enough for g hole to be cut through its mass, into which the strap of the second cut- ting tackle was inserted and secured by passing a huge toggle of oak through its eye. The second tackle was then hove taut, and the jaw, with a large piece of blubber attached, was cut off from the body with a boarding knife, a tool not unlike a cutlass blade set into a three-foot- long wooden handle. Upon being severed the whole piece swung easily inboard and was lowered on deck. The fast tackle was now hove upon while the third mate on the stage cut down diagonally into the blubber on the body, which the purchase ripped off in a broad strip or “ blanket” about five feet wide and a foot thick. Meanwhile the other two officers carved away vigorously at the head, varying their labors by cutting a hole right through the snout. This, when completed, received a heavy chain for the purpose of securing the head. When the blubber had been about half stripped off the body, a halt was called in order that the work of cutting off the head might be finished, for it was a task of incredible difficulty. It was accomplished at last, and the mass floated astern by a stout rope, after which the windlass pawls clattered merrily, the “ blankets ” rose in quick*succession, and were cut off and lowered into the square of the main hatch or “ blubber room.” <A short time sufficed to strip off the whole of the body blubber, and when at last the tail was reached, the backbone was cut through, the huge mass of flesh floating away to feed the innumerable scavengers of the sea. No sooner was the last of the blubber lowered into the hold than the hatches were put on and the head hauled up alongside. Both tackles were secured to it and all hands took to the windlass levers. This was a small cow whale of about thirty barrels— that is, yielding that amount of oil—so it was just possible to lift the entire head on board; but as it weighed as much as three full-grown elephants, it was indeed a heavy lift for even our united forces, trying our tackle to the utmost. The weather was very fine, and the ship rolled but little; even then, the strain upon the mast was terrific, and right glad was I when at last the immense cube of fat, flesh, and bone was eased inboard and gently lowered on deck. As soon as it was secured the work of dividing it began. From the snout a triangular mass was cut, which was more than half pure spermaceti. This substance was contained in spongy cells held to- gether by layers of dense white fiber, exceedingly tough and elastic, and called by the whalers “white horse.” The whole mass, or “junk,” as it is called, was hauled away to the ship’s side and firmly lashed to the bulwarks for the time being, so that it might not “ take charge ” of the deck during the rest of the operations.

Page 113

LIFE ON A SOUTH SEA WHALER. 833 The upper part of the head was now slit open lengthwise, disclosing an oblong cistern or “ case ” full of liquid spermaceti, clear as water. This was baled out with buckets into a tank, concreting as it cooled into a waxlike substance, bland and tasteless. There being now noth- ing more remaining about the skull of any value, the lashings were loosed, and the first leeward roll sent the great mass plunging over- board with a mighty splash. It sank like a stone, eagerly followed by a few small sharks that were hovering near. As may be imagined, much oil was running about the deck, for so saturated was every part of the creature with it that it really gushed like water during the cutting-up process. None of it was allowed to run to waste, though, for the seupper holes which drain the deck were all carefully plugged, and as soon as the “ junk ” had been dissected all the oil was carefully “ squeegeed ” up and poured into the try-pots. Two men were now told off as “ blubber-room men,” whose duty it became to go below and, squeezing themselves in as best they could between the greasy mass of fat, cut it up into “ horse-pieces ” about eighteen inches long and six inches square. Doing this, they became perfectly saturated with oil, as if they had taken a bath in a tank of it; for as the vessel rolled it was impossible to maintain a footing, and every fall was upon blubber running with oil. A machine of wonder- ful construction had been erected on deck in a kind of shallow trough about six feet long by four feet wide and a foot deep. At some re- mote period of time it had no doubt been looked upon as a triumph of ingenuity, a patent mincing machine. Its action was somewhat like that of a chaff-cutter, except that the knife was not attached to the wheel, and only rose and fell, since it was not required to cut right through the “ horse-pieces ” with which it was fed. It will be readily understood that, in order to get the oil quickly out of the blubber, it needs to be sliced as thin as possible, but for convenience in handling the refuse (which is the only fuel used) it is not chopped up in small pieces, but every “ horse-piece ” is very deeply scored as it were, leav- ing a thin strip to hold the slices together. This, then, was the order of work: Two harpooners attended the try-pots, replenishing them with minced blubber from the hopper at the port side, and baling out the sufficiently boiled oil into the great cooling tank on the star- board. One officer superintended the mincing, another exercised a general supervision over all. So we toiled watch and watch, six hours on and six off, the work never ceasing for an instant night or day. Though the work was hard and dirty, and the discomfort of being so continually wet through with oil great, there was only one thing dan- gerous about the whole business. That was the job of filling and shifting the huge casks of oil. Some of these were of enormous size, containing three hundred and fifty gallons when full, and the work VOL, LIv.—62

Page 114

834 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. of moving them about the greasy deck of a rolling ship was attended with a terrible amount of risk. For only four men at most could get fair hold of a cask, and when she took it into her silly old hull to start rolling, just as we had got one halfway across the deck, with nothing to grip your feet, and the knowledge that one stumbling man would mean a sudden slide of the ton and a half weight, and a little heap of mangled corpses somewhere in the lee scuppers—well, one always wanted to be very thankful when the lashings were safely passed. The whale being a small one, as before noted, the whole business was over within three days, and the decks scrubbed and rescrubbed until they had quite regained their normal whiteness. The oil was poured by means of a funnel and long canvas hose into the casks stowed in the ground tier at the bottom of the ship, and the gear, all carefully cleaned and neatly “ stopped up,” stowed snugly away below again. SKETCH OF MANLY MILES. O Dr. Manly Miles belongs the distinction of having been the first professor of practical agriculture in the United States, as he was appointed to that then newly instituted position in the Michi- gan Agricultural College in 1865. Professor Miles was born in Homer, Cortland County, New York, Juiy 20, 1826, the son of Manly Miles, a soldier of the Revolu- tion; while his mother, Mary Cushman, was a lineal descendant of Miles Standish and Thomas Cushman, whose father, Joshua Cush- man, joining the Mayflower colony at Plymouth, Massachusetts, in 1621, left him there with Governor Bradford when he returned to England. When Manly, the son, was eleven years old, the family re- moved to Flint, Michigan, where he employed his time in farm work and the acquisition of knowledge, and later in teaching. He had a common-school education, and improved all the time he could spare from his regular occupations in reading and study. It is recorded of him in those days that he was always successful in whatever he un- dertook. In illustration of the skill and thoroughness with which he performed his tasks, his sister relates an incident of his sowing plaster for the first time, when his father expressed pleasure at his having distributed the lime so evenly and so well. It appears that he did not spare himself in doing the work, for so completely was he covered that he is said to have looked like a plaster cast, “ with only his bright eyes shining through.” A thrashing machine was brought

Page 115

SKETCH OF MANLY MILES. 835 on to the farm, and Manly and his brother went round thrashing for the neighbors. Industrious in study as well as in work, the boy never neglected his more prosaic duties to gratify his thirst for knowl- edge. He studied geometry while following the plow, drawing the problems on a shingle, which he tacked to the plow-beam. When- ever he was missed and inquiry was made about him, the answer in- variably was, “Somewhere with a book.” He was most interested in the natural sciences, particularly in chemistry in its applications to agriculture, and in comparative physiology and anatomy, and was a diligent student and collector of mollusks. Choosing the profession of medicine, Mr. Miles was graduated M. D. from Rush Medical College, Chicago, in 1850, and practiced till 1859. In the meantime he became greatly interested in the sub- ject of a geographical survey of the State, for which an act was passed and approved in 1858. In the organization of the survey, in 1859, he was appointed Assistant State Geologist in the depart- ment of zodlogy; and in the next year was appointed professor of zodlogy and animal physiology in the State Agricultural College at Lansing. In his work as zodlogist to the State Geological Survey, in 1859, 1860, and 1861, he displayed rare qualities as a naturalist, so that Mr. Walter R. Barrows, in recording his death in the bulletin of the Michigan Ornithological Club, expresses regret that many of the years he afterward devoted to the development of experimental agriculture “were not spent in unraveling some of the important biological problems which the State afforded, which his skill and perseverance would surely have solved.” He was a “born col- lector,” Mr. Barrows adds, “as the phrase is, and his keen eyes, tireless industry, and mathematical precision led to the accumu- lation of thousands of valuable specimens and more valuable ob- servations.” Mr. Bryant Walker, of Detroit, who knew Professor Miles ‘well in later years, and had opportunity to review his zodlogical work, regards the part he took during this service in developing the knowl- edge of the fauna of the State as having been very promi- nent. “The catalogues he published in the report for 1860 have been the basis for all work since that time.” He kept in correspond- ence with the most eminent American naturalists of the period, in- cluding Cope, Prime, Lea, W. G. Binney, Baird, and Agassiz, and supplied them with large quantities of valuable material. From the many letters written by these naturalists which are in the possession of his friends, we take, as illustrating the character of the service he rendered and of the trust they reposed in him, even previous to his going on the survey, one from Agassiz, of February 4, 1856:

Page 116

\ 836 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. “Dear Sm: As you have already furnished me with invaluable materials for the natural history of the fishes of your State, I am emboldened to ask another favor of you. I am preparing a map of the Geographical Distribution of the Turtles of North America, and would be greatly indebted to you for any information respecting the range of those found in your State, as far as you have noticed them, even if you should know them only by their common names, my object being simply to ascertain how far they extend over different parts of the country. If you could add specimens of them, to iden- tify them with precision, it would be, of course, so much the better; but as I am almost ready for the press, I could not for this paper await the return of spring, but would thank you for what you could furnish me now. I am particularly interested in ascertaining how far north the different species inhabiting this continent extend.” On the back of this letter was Dr. Miles’s indorsement that a box had been sent. A number of letters from Professor Baird, of 1860 and 1861, relate to the identification of specimens collected by Dr. Miles, and to the fishes of Michigan, and contain inquiries about gulls and eggs. Dr. Miles likewise supplied Cope with a considerable amount of ma- terial concerning Michigan reptiles and fishes. While mollusks were the favorite object of Dr. Miles’s investiga- tions, he also made studies and valuable collections of birds, mam- mals, reptiles, and fishes; and he seems, Mr. Barrows asys, “to have possessed, in a high degree, that strong characteristic of a true naturalist, a full appreciation of the value of good specimens. Many of his specimens are now preserved at the Agricultural College, and among his shells are many which are of more than ordinary value from having served as types of new species, or as specimens from type localities, or as part or all of the material which has helped to clear up mistakes and misconceptions about species and their distribution.” Mr. Walker speaks of his having done a great work in conchology. His catalogue, which contained a list of one hundred and sixty-one species, was by far the most complete published up to that time. “He described two new species—Planorbis truncatus and Unio leprosus. The former is one of the few species which are,so far as known, peculiar to Michigan, and is a very beautiful and distinct form; while the latter, although now considered as synonymous with another species, has peculiarities which in the then slight knowledge of the variability of the species was a justification of his position. He was also the discoverer of two other forms which were named after him by one of our most eminent conchologists—viz., Campeloma Milesii (Lea) and Guiobasis Milesit (Lea).” Mr. Walker believes that “in general, it can be truth

Page 117

SKETCH OF MANLY MILES. 837 fully stated that Dr. Miles did more to develop the general natural history of that State (Michigan) than any other man either before or since he completed his work as State Geologist.” As professor of zodlogy and animal physiology, Dr. Miles is de- scribed by one of his students, who afterward became a professor in the college and then its president, as having been thoroughly inter- ested in the subjects he taught, and shown that interest in his work and in his treatment of his students. He labored as faithfully and industriously with the class of five to which President Clute belonged as if it “had numbered as many score.” He supplemented the meager equipment of his department from his more extensive private apparatus and collections, which were freely used for class work; and, when there was need, he had the skill to prepare new pieces of apparatus. “ He was on the alert for every chance for illustration which occasion offered: an animal slaughtered for the tables gave him an opportunity to lecture on its viscera; a walk over the drift- covered fields found many specimens of rock which he taught us to distinguish; the mud and the sand banks along the river showed how in the periods of the dim past were formed fossil footprints and ripples; the woods and swamps and lakes gave many useful living specimens, some of which became the material for the improvised dis- secting room; the crayon in his hand produced on board or paper the chart of geologic ages, the table of classification, or the drawing of the part of an animal under discussion.” Prof. R. C. Kedzie came to the college a little later, in 1863, when Dr. Miles had been for two years a professor, and found him then the authority “ for professors and students alike on beasts, birds, and reptiles, on the stones of the field, and insects of the air,” thorough, scholarly, and enthusiastic, and therefore very popular with his classes. The projection of agricultural colleges under the Agricultural College Land Grant Act of 1862 stimulated a demand for teachers of scientific agriculture, and it was found that they were rare. Of old school students of science there was no lack—able men, as Presi- dent Clute well says, who were familiar-with their little laboratories and with the old theories and methods, but who did not possess the new vision of evolution and the conservation of energy, men of the study rather than the field, and least of all men of the orchard and stock farm; and they knew nothing of the practical application of chemistry to fertilization and the raising of crops and the composi- tion of feed stuffs, of physiology to stock-breeding, and of geology and physics to the study of the soils. With a thorough knowledge of science and familiarity with prac- tical agriculture Professor Miles had an inclination to enter this field,

Page 118

POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 838 and this inclination was encouraged by President Abbott and some of the members of the Board of Agriculture. He had filled the profes- sorship of zodlogy and animal physiology with complete success, and had he consulted his most cherished tastes alone he would have remained there, but he gradually suffered himself to be called to another field. The duties of “acting superintendent of the farm” were attached to his chair in 1864. In 1865 he became professor of animal physiology and practical agriculture and superintendent of the farm; in 1869 he ceased to teach physiology, and gave his whole time to the agricultural branch of his work; and in 1875 the work of the superintendent of the farm was consigned to other hands, and he confined himself to the professorship proper of practical agri- culture. The farm and its appurtenances, with fields cumbered with stumps and undrained, with inadequate and poorly constructed build- ings, with inferior live stock, and everything primitive, were in poor condition for the teaching or the successful practice of agriculture. Professor Miles’s first business was to set these things in order. Year by year something was done to remove evils or improve existing fea- tures in some of the departments of the life and management of the premises, till the concern in a certain measure approached the super- intendent’s ideal—as being a laboratory for teaching agriculture, con- ducting experiments, and training men, rather than a money-making establishment. In this new field, Professor Kedzie says, Professor Miles was even more popular than before with students, and created an enthusiasm for operations and labors of the farm which had been regarded before as a disagreeable drudgery. The students “ were never hap- pier than when detailed for a day’s work with Dr. Miles in laying out some difficult ditch or surveying some field. One reason why he was so popular was that he was not afraid of soiling his hands. His favorite uniform for field work was a pair of brown overalls. The late Judge Tenney came to a gang of students at work on a trouble- some ditch and inquired where he could find Dr. Miles. ‘That man in overalls down in the quicksands of the ditch is Dr. Miles’; the professor of practical agriculture was in touch with the soil.” Prof. Byron D. Halsted, of the New Jersey Agricultural College Experiment Station, who was an agricultural pupil of Dr. Miles in Lansing, characterizes him as having been a full man who knew his subjects deeply and fondly. “In those days I am safe in writing that he represented the forefront of advanced agriculture in America. He was in close touch with such men as Lawes and Gilbert, Rotham- stead, England, the famous field-crop experimenters of the world, and as for his knowledge of breeds of live stock and their origin, Miles’s

Page 119

SKETCH OF MANLY MILES. 839 Stock-Breeding is a classic work. Dr. Miles, in short, was a close student, a born investigator, hating an error, but using it as a stepping- stone toward truth. He did American farming a lasting service, and his deeds live after him.” While loved by his students, most of whom have been successful and many have gained eminence as agricultural professors or work- ers in experiment stations, and while receiving sympathy and sup- port from President Abbott, Dr. Miles was not appreciated by the politicians, or by all of the Board of Agriculture, or even by the public at large. Unkind and captious criticisms were made of his work, and it was found fault with on economical grounds, as if its prime purpose had been to make money. He therefore resigned his position in 1875, and accepted the professorship of agriculture in the Illinois State University. Thence he removed to the Horghton Farm of Lawson Valentine, near Mountainville, N. Y., where he oceupied himself with scientific experimental investigation. He was afterward professor of agriculture in the Massachusetts Agricultural College, at Amherst. In announcing this appojntment to the students, Dr. Chadbourne, then president of the institution, and him- self a most successful teacher, stated that he considered Dr. Miles as the ablest man in the United States for that position. In 1886, shortly after Dr. Chadbourne’s death, Dr. Miles returned to his old home in Lansing, Michigan, where he spent the rest of his life in study, research, and the writing of books and articles for scientific publications. During these later years of his life he took up again with what had been his favorite pursuit in earlier days, but with which he had not occupied himself for thirty years—the study of mollusks—with the enthusiasm of a young man, Mr. Walker says, who being inter- ested in the same study, was in constant correspondence with him at this time; “ and as far as his strength permitted labored with all the acumen and attention to details which were so characteristic of him. I was particularly struck with his familiarity with the present drift of scientific investigation and thought, and his thorough appreciation of modern methods of work. He was greatly interested in the work I was carrying on with reference to the geographical distribution of the mollusca, and, as would naturally be supposed from his own work in heredity in connection with our domestic animals, took great pleas- ure in discussing the relations of the species as they are now found and their possible lines of descent. He was a careful and accurate observer of Nature, and if he had not drifted into other lines of work would undoubtedly have made his mark as a great naturalist. As it is, his name will always have an honored place in the scientific history of Michigan.”

Page 120

840 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. When Professor Miles began to teach in the Michigan Agricul- tural College, the “ new education ” was new indeed, and the text- book method still held sway. But the improved methods were gradu- . ally taking the place of the old ones, and Professor Miles was one of the first to co-operate in them, and he did it with effect. He used text-books, “but his living word,” President Clute says, “supple- mented the book; and the animal from the farm under his knife and ours, the shells which he led us to find under the rotten logs and along the rivers and lakes, the insects he taught us to collect and classify, the minerals and fossils he had collected on the geological survey of Michigan, all were used to instruct and inspire his stu- dents, to cultivate in them the scientific spirit and method.” Among the more important books by Professor Miles are Stock- Breeding, which had a wide circulation and has been much used as a class-book; Experiments with Indian Corn, giving the results of some important work which he did at Houghton Farm; Silos and Ensilage, which helped much in diffusing knowledge of the silo in the times when. it had to fight for recognition; and Land Drainage. Of his papers, he published in the Popular Science Monthly articles on Scientific Farming at Rothamstead; Ensilage and Fermentation; Lines of Progress in Agriculture; Progress in Agricultural Science; and How Plants and Animals Grow. To the American Association for the Advancement of Science he contributed papers on Energy as a Factor in Rural Economy; Heredity of Acquired Characters (also to the American Naturalist); Surface Tension of Water and Evaporation; Energy as a Factor in Nutrition; and Limits of Bio- logical Experiments (also to the American Naturalist). Other arti- cles in the American Naturalist were on Animal Mechanics and the Relative Efficiency of Animals as Machines. In the Proceedings of the American Educational Association is an address by him on In- struction in Manual Arts in Connection with Scientific Studies. The records of the U and I Club, of Lansing, of which he was a valued member for ten years, contain papers on a variety of scientific sub- jects which were read before it, and were highly appreciated. This list does not contain all of Professor Miles’s contributions to the litera- ture of science, for throughout his life he was a frequent contributor to the agricultural and scientific press, and a frequent speaker before associations and institutes, “where his lectures were able and prac- tical.” No special record is made of the work of Professor Miles in the American Agriculturist, but the correspondence of Professor Thur- ber with him furnishes ample proof that he was one of the most trusted advisers in the editorial conduct of that journal. The fa- milisr tone of Professor Thurber’s letters, and the undoubting assur-

Page 121

SKETCH OF MANLY MILES. 841 ance with which he asked for information and aid on various sub- jects, well demonstrate how well the editor knew whom he could rely upon in an emergency. In all his work the great desire of Professor Miles was to find and present the truth. His merits were recognized by many scientific societies. He was made a corresponding member of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences in 1862; a corresponding member of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia in January, 1863; a corre- spondent of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia in 1864; a member of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in 1880, and a Fellow of the same body in 1890; and held memberships or other relations with other societies; and he received the degree of D. V. 8. from Columbia Veterinary College, New York, in March, 1880. His students and friends speak in terms of high admiration of the genial qualities of Professor Miles as a companion. The resolu- tions of the U and I Club of Lansing describe him as an easy and graceful talker, a cheerful dispenser of his learning to others. “To spend an hour in his ‘ den,’ and watch his delicate experiments with ‘ films,’ ” says President Clute, “and see the light in his eyes as he talked of them, was a delight.” “ He was particularly fond of boys,” says another, “ and never seemed happier than when in the company of boys or young men who were trying to study and to inform them- selves, and if he could in any way assist them he was only too glad to do so”; and he liked pets and children. Incidents are related showing that he had a wonderful accuracy in noting and recollect- ing the minutest details that came under his observation—a power that he was able to bring to bear instantly when its exercise was called for. Dr. Miles kept up his habits of reading and study to the last days of his life; but all public work was made difficult to him in later years by an increasing deafness. He was tireless in investigation, patient, and always cheerful and looking for the bright side; and when one in- quired of him concerning his health, his usual answer was that he was “all right,” or, if he could not say that, that he would be “ all right to-morrow.” No sketch of Dr. Miles is complete without a word of tribute to his high personal character, his life pure and noble in every relation- ship, his unswerving devotion to truth, and the unfaltering loyalty to his friends, which make his memory a benediction and an inspiration to all who knew him well. He was married in 1851 to Miss Mary E. Dodge, who remained his devoted companion until his death, which occurred February 15, 1898.

Page 122

SCIENCE AND CULTURE. 7 E do not know from whom the philosopher Locke quotes the saying, “Non vite sed schole dis- cimus,” but he translates it well, “We learn not to live, but to dis- POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. Editor’s Zable. useful work, we are so far falling into the old error of “learning for school.” The address by Sir Archi- bald Geikie, which we published last month, gives a useful caution against undervaluing “the older learning.” pute.” The adage has reference to | The older learning can certainly be the old systems of education which | made an effective instrument for the had for their aim neither the dis- cultivation of taste, of sympathy, and covery of truth nor the perfecting of | of intellectual accuracy along certain the human faculties in any broad | lines. It tends further, we believe, sense, but the fitting of the individ- to promote a certain intellectual self- ual to take his place in a world of | respect, which is a valuable quality, conventional ideas and discuss con- | In the study of language and litera- ventional topics upon conventional | ture the human mind surveys, as it lines. In other words, the prepara-| were, its own peculiar possessions, tion was for school, not for life, the | and thus acquires a sense of propri- whole subsequent career of the indi- | etorship which a study of the exter- vidual being regarded simply as a | nal world can hardly give. Still, it prolongation of the intellectual in- | is well to cultivate a consciousness of fluences and discipline of the school. | the essentially limited and arbitrary _ That system, which was ecclesiasti- | nature of such a It is im- cal in its origin, has now, save for | portant, we may admit, to have a strictly ecclesiastical purposes, passed | good text of such an author as away. We consider life as the end | Chaucer ; but the minutiz into which of school and not school as the end | critics of his text enter can not be of life. said to possess any broad human in- It may be questioned, however, | terest. Whether he wrote this word whether we have as yet thoroughly | or that word, adopted this spelling adapted our educational methods to | or that, can not be a question on this change of standpoint. Do we as | which much depends ; and could one yet take a sufficiently broad view of | know the exact truth on a thousand life? If we conceive life narrowly as | such points, he would not really be essentially a business struggle, and | much the wiser. Among Chaucer adapt our procedure to that concep- | scholars he could speak with a good tion, the results will show very lit- | deal of confidence ; but the knowl- tle relation to the larger and truer | edge of these details would not really conception according to which life | help to round out any useful system means development of faculty, ac- | of knowledge, nor could any single tivity of function, and a harmonious | fact possess the illuminating power adjustment of relations between man | which sometimes belongs to some and man. If, again, we make too | single and, at first sight, unimpor- much of knowledge that has only a | tant fact in the realm of natural conventional value, having little or | knowledge. no bearing on the understanding of This is not said with any inten- things or the accomplishment of | tion of disparaging the culture that gs P paraging

Page 123

comes of literary study. It is a cul- ture that tends to brighten human intercourse and to sweeten a man’s own thoughts. It is a culture emi- nently favorable to flexibility of mind and quick insight into human character. So far it is a culture “ for life”; but too often it tends to be- come a culture “ for school ”—that is to say, when things are learned sim- ply to meet conventional demands and conform to the fashion of the time. A true and sufficient culture can never, as we conceive, be founded on literature and language alone. No mind can be truly liberalized with- out imbibing and assimilating the fundamental principles of science. There is darkness in the mind that believes that anything can come out of nothing and which has never ob- tained a glimpse of the exactness with which Nature solves her equa- tions. In the region of mechanics alone there are a thousand beautiful and varied illustrations of the un- failing constancy of natural laws. It is a liberal education to trace the operation of one law under number- less disguises, and thus arrive at an ineradicable conviction that the same law must be reckoned with always and everywhere. The persistence of force, the laws of the composition and resolution of forces, the laws of falling bodies and projectiles, the conservation of energy, the laws of heat, to mention only a few heads of elementary scientific study, are capa- ble, if properly unfolded and illus- trated, of producing in any mind open to large thoughts a sense of harmony and a trust in the underly- ing reason of things, which are con- stitutive elements of the very highest culture. Only, care must be taken to approach these studies in a right spirit. There is a way of regarding the laws of Nature which tends to vulgarize rather than refine the EDITOR’S TABLE. 843 mind. If we approach Nature mere- ly as something to be exploited, we get no culture from the study of it ; but if we approach it as the great men of old did, and feel that in learning its laws we are grasping the thoughts which went to the building of the universe, and, by so doing, are affirming our own high calling as intelligent beings, then every moment given to the study of Nature means intellectual, moral, and spiritual gain. When we look into literature there is much to charm, much to delight and satisfy; and doubtless, in relation to what any one man can accomplish, the field is infinite ; but still we know we are looking into the limited. On the other hand, when we are face to face with Nature, we know we are looking into the infinite, and that, however many veils we may take away, there is still “veil after veil behind.” It is needless to say that there are thousands of minds in the world possessed of good native power, but laboring under serious disability for the want of that culture which sci- ence alone can bestow. Some of these are sick with morbid longings for unattainable knowledge, and openly or secretly rebellious at the limitations of a Nature whose pow- ers they have never even begun to explore. To such persons anything like an adequate insight into the harmony amid diversity of Nature’s laws would come with all the force of a revelation, and would, we may well believe, clear their minds of the feverish fancies which have made them so restless and dissatisfied ; but, alas! it is rarely that such enlighten- ment comes to those who have not in youth imbibed a portion of the scientific spirit. In this class are to be found the victims of spiritualism, of the Keeley motor, and even of that grotesque satire, the success of |

Page 124

844 which we remember almost with fear and trembling, the “ sympsycho- graph.” Still, to all such we would say : "4 Come forth into the light of things ; Let Nature be your teacher.’’ The “Nature” which we require to teach us for the peace and tranquillity of our souls is the Nature of every- day phenomena, the Nature that forms the clouds and rounds the raindrops, that springs in the grass and pulses in the tides, that glances in the sunbeam and breathes in the flower, that works witchery in the crystal and breaks into glory in the sunset. The mind that knows what can be known of these things has feasted full of wonder and beauty, and makes no greedy de- mand for higher grace or mightier miracle. Then again there are those who for want of a little elementary sci- entific knowledge, and particularly for want of an assured conviction that Nature gives nothing for nothing, are continually attempting the impos- sible in the way of projected inven- tions. think it must represent a fact ; they fall victims to a verbal mythology of their own manufacture. If there was much hope of their learning anything of value through disap- pointment, they might be left to the teaching of experience, costly as the lessons of that master are. But they do not learn: their hopes are blasted, their fortunes, if they had any, are wrecked, but their infatua- tions survive. Where is the invent- or of a perpetual motion who ever ceased to have confidence in his pe- culiar contrivance? The thing may be as motionless as a tombstone, save when urged by external force into a momentary lumbering activity ; but all the same, it only needs, its mis- guided author thinks, a little doctor- ing, a trifling change here or there, POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. They catch at a phrase and to make it tear round like mad. And so with other inventors of the impossible: they take counsel not with Nature, but with their own wholly incorrect notions of what the operations of Nature are. The least power of truly analyzing a natural phenomenon, and separating the fac- tors that produce it, would show them the falsity of their ideas; but that power they do not possess. Wecan not, then, plead too strong- ly for the teaching of science, not with a view to results in money, but with a view to the improvement of the mind and heart of the learner, or, in other words, as a source of culture. Literature introduces us to the world of human thought and action, to the kingdom of man ; and science shows us how the thought and powers of man can be indefinitely enlarged by an ever increasing acquaintance with the laws of the universe. Literature alone leaves the mind without any firm grasp of the reality of things, and science alone tends to produce a hard, prosaic, and sometimes anti- social temper. Each helps to bring out the best possible results of the other ; and it is only by their joint action that human faculties and hu- man character can ever be brought to their perfection. SURVIVAL OF THE FITTEST. It is singular what a propensity some writers have to misunderstand and misrepresent the views of Mr. Herbert Spencer, even upon points in regard to which he has made every possible effort to avoid occasion for . misapprehension. The term “sur- vival of the fittest ” is one which Mr. Spencer himself introduced as being, perhaps, a little less open to misun- derstanding than the Darwinian ex- pression “natural selection.” The latter seemed to imply purposive ac- tion, and Mr. Spencer thought that

Page 125

this implication would be less promi- nent if the phrase were changed to “survival of the fittest.” From the very first, however, he recognized that the difference between the two terms in this respect was, if we may so express it, purely quantitative ; and he took care to make it clear that by “the fittest” he did not in the least intend to signify any form of ideal or subjective fitness, but sim- ply a superior degree of adaptation, as a matter of actual fact, to environ- ing conditions. The conditions at any given moment are as they are, and the “fitness” of any particular organism is such a correspondence with those conditions as permits and favors its perpetuation. The condi- tions do not create fitness; they merely eliminate unfitness; nor does Mr. Spencer conceive any agency as producing ab extra the fitness which enables an organism or a number of organisms to survive. He differs, however, from what is perhaps the dominant school of biol- ogy to-day, in holding that the higher forms of organic life are, as he ex- presses it, “directly equilibrated ” with their surroundings through the inheritance of physical features re- sulting from effort and habit. To whatever cause it may be at- tributed, few writers whose intellec- tual activity has extended over so long a term of years as Mr. Spencer’s have been so consistent in their ut- terances at different stages as he. The “Synthetic Philosophy” is the SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE. 845 realization of a scheme of thought no less wonderful in its coherence and solidity than in its compass, the author having planted himself from the first at a point of view which gave him a clear command of his entire field. To say that no other system of thought equally compre- hensive and equally coherent exists in the world to-day would be to make a statement which few compe- tent and dispassionate authorities would deny. Notwithstanding this, there are writers not a few, particu- larly of the class “who write with ease,” who, as we said at the outset, have a propensity for misunderstand- ing Mr. Spencer, and who conse- quently accuse him of inconsisten- cies and self-contradictions for which nothing that he has ever said affords any warrant. One of these gentle- men is the Duke of Argyll, who has lately offered the world another superfluous book under the title of Organic Evolution Cross examined. The duke particularly concerns him- self with Mr. Spencer’s teaching in regard to the “survival of the fit- test,” and Mr. Spencer, in the col- umns of Nature, replies to him ina brief but sufficient manner. It is safe to say that Mr. Spencer’s philos- ophy will show Cyclopean remains generations after the name of his ducal critic shall have passed forever into the mists of oblivion; and the “survival of the fittest” will thus be illustrated in a sense in which Mr. Spencer himself never used the words, Scientific Literature. SPECIAL BOOKS. Tue study of the methods through which the topographical features and rock forms of particular districts have been worked out, as presented in numerous popular monographs, is a fascinating one; and we can hardly doubt that many persons who would never otherwise have thought of it

Page 126

846 POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. have been made interested in geology by some of these masterly picturesque descriptions of regions with which they were superficially familiar. Other treatises on the origin of surface features, dealing with the subject more fundamentally, but likewise of limited scope, are not wanting. Yet, as Prof. James Geikie well says, there is no English work to which readers not skilled in geology can turn for a general account of the whole subject, Professor Geikie has therefore prepared his elaborate book on Earth Sculp- ture * to supply this want, to furnish an introductory treatise for those persons who may be desirous of acquiring some broad knowledge of the re- sults arrived at by geologists as to the development of land forms gener- ally. A vast number of geological questions are involved in the exhaustive treatment of the subject. All the forces with which geologists become acquainted in the study of the earth, and their operation, come into consid- eration. The effects of these forces assume aspects that vary according to the nature of the material on which they operate, and they are again modified according to the peculiar combinations of forces at work. The subject is therefore not the easy one it may be supposed at first sight to be, and the reader who peruses Professor Geikie’s work with the inten- tion of mastering it will find he has some studying to do. Yet Professor Geikie is clear, and it is only because he has gone deeper than the others that he may be harder. The first point he insists upon is that in the fash- ioning of the earth’s surface no hard-and-fast line separates past and pres- ent. The work has been going on for a long time, and is still in progress, under a law of evolution as true for the crust of the globe as for the plants and animals. In setting out upon our inquiry we must in the first place know something about rocks and the mode of their arrangement, of the structure or architecture of the earth’s crust. This leads to the distinction between the igneous and the subaqueous, the volcanic, plutonic, and meta- morphic, and the derivative rocks on which epigene agencies have per- formed their shaping work. These rocks have been modified in various ways, and the surface appearance of the earth has been affected by forces operating from the interior, and by external factors, the work of which is called denudation. The agents of denudation are described—air, water, heat, frost, chemical action, plants, and animals—often so closely associated in their operations that their individual shares in the final result can hardly be determined. The various influences of these factors as exerted upon different forms of geological structure and different sorts of rocks are then taken up and described as applied to land forms in regions of horizontal, or gently inclined, and of highly folded and disturbed strata, and in re- gions affected by normal faults or vertical displacements. Land forms due directly or indirectly to igneous action and the influence of rock char- acter on the determination of land forms are subjects of special chapters. Glacial action is one of the most important factors in modifying the forms of northern lands, and is treated with considerable fullness. Xolian action —of the air and wind—has peculiar and important effects in arid regions, and underground water in limestone districts, and these receive attention. Then come basins—those due to crustal deformation, crater lakes, river lakes, glacial basins, and others, and coast lines. Finally, a classification is given of these land forms as plains or plateaus of accumulation and of erosion, original or tectonic and subsequent or relict hills and mountains, original or tectonic and subsequent or erosion valleys, basins, and coast * Earth Sculpture, or the Origin of Land Forms. By James Geikie. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons. Pp. 397. Price, $2.

Page 127

SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE. 847 lines, and the conclusions are reached that we do not know, except as a matter of probability, whether we have still visible any original wrinkles of the earth’s crust; and that some of the estimates of the time it has taken to produce the changes of which we witness the results have been very much exaggerated. THe curious conclusions obtained by Dr. Le Bon in his psychological investigations,* delivered to us in startling language, are said to be the fruit of extensive travel and of the personal measurement of thousands of skulls. His memoir on cervical researches, published in 1879, upholds the theory that the volume of the skull varies with the intelligence. This theory has perhaps suffered a permanent adumbration. Facts seem to prove that the bony structure of the skull, or even its cranial capacity, gives no positive indication of intellect. In the present volume the theme of discussion is the soul of races. Anthropological classification is set aside and mankind is divided into four groups according to mental characteristics: the primitive, inferior, average, and superior races—the standard of judgment being the degree of their aptitude for dominating reflex impulses. It is perhaps worthy of note that while the Frenchman belongs to a superior race, the Semitic peoples are placed in the class below, or the average sort. For the primi- tive varieties it is not necessary to observe a South Sea islander, the lower strata of Europeans furnishing numerous examples. When greater differentiation is reached, the word “ race ” is used in a historical sense. It requires, however, more complete fusion than some nations exhibit to earn this title; for, although there are Germans and Americans, “it is not clear as yet that there are Italians.” The race having been once evolved, acquires wondrou’ potentialities with Dr. Le Bon. He compares it to the totality of cells constituting a living organism, asserts that its mental constitution is as unvarying as its anatomical structure, that it is a per- manent being independent of timé and founded alone by its dead. It is a short step to endow this entity with a soul consisting of common senti- ments, interests, and beliefs—what in brief, robbed of hyperbole, we should call national character. He states that the notion of a country is not possible until a national soul is formed. This, in time, like germ-plasm, becomes so stable that assimilation with foreign elements is impossible. Like natural species, it has secondary characteristics that may be modified, but its fundamental character is like the fin of the fish or the beak of the bird. The acquisition of this soul marks the apogee of the greatness of a people. Psychological species, however, are not eternal, but may decay if the functioning of their organs is troubled profoundly. The soul of the race is best expressed in its art, not in its history or institutions, and, as it can not bequeath its soul, so it can not impress its civilization or art upon an alien race. It was on account of this incom- patibility of soul that Grecian art failed to be implanted in India. The unaltering constituent of the soul corresponds to character, while intel- lectual qualities are variable. By character is meant perseverance, energy, power of self-control, also morality. The latter is hereditary respect for the rules on which a society is based. This definition would make polyg- amy a moral notion for Mormons. The knowledge of character “can be acquired neither in laboratories nor in books, but only in the course of * The Psychology of Peoples. By Gustave Le Bon. New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp. 236. Price, $1.50.

Page 128

POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. 848 long travel.” Whence it is learned that different races can not have mutual comprehension. Luckily for the student who is unable to travel, the same phenomenon may be observed in the gulf that separates the civilized man and woman. Although highly educated, “they might converse with each other for centuries without understanding one another.” These differ- ences between races and individuals demonstrate the falsity of the notion of equality. Indeed, through science “man has learned that to be slaves is the natural condition of all human beings.” Naturally he becomes dis- pirited, anarchy seizes upon the uneducated and sullen indifference the more cultivated. “Like a ship that has lost its compass, the modern man wanders haphazard through the spaces formerly peopled by the gods and rendered a desert by science.” In France morality is gradually dying out, while the United States is threatened by a gigantic civil war. What to do is problematical, since we are informed “that people have never de- rived much advantage from too great a desire to reason and think,” and what is most harmful to a people is to attain too high a degree of intelli- gence and culture, the groundwork of the soul beginning to decline when this level is reached. The remedy suggested to us is “the organization of a very severe military service and the permanent menace of disastrous wars.” But if we fail to see the improving tendency of this advice, it is probably because we are like historians, “simple-minded,” while Dr. Le Bon is much too complex for our understanding. According to his own theory, there is no hope that we may comprehend him, since the outpour- ings of a soul of the Latin race can not be transferred by a simple bridge of translation to the apprehension of an Anglo-Saxon mind, separated, as he would term it, by “ the dead weight of thousands of generations.” GENERAL In preparing the new edition of his Tezt- Book of Mineralogy,* first published in 1877, Prof. Z. S. Dana has found it necessary to rewrite the whole as well as to add much new matter and many new illustrations. The work being designed chiefly for use in class or private instruction, the choice of topics discussed, the order and fullness of treat- ment, and the method of presentation have been determined by that object. The differ- ent types of crystal forms are described under the thirty-two groups now accepted, classed according to their symmetry. In the chapters on physical and chemical mineral- ogy, the plan of the former edition 1s retained of presenting somewhat fully the elementary principles of the science on which the min- eral characters depend, and the author has tried to give the student the means of be- coming practically familiar with the modern *A Text-Book of Mineralogy, with an Ex- tended Treatise on Crystallography and Physical Mineralogy. By Edmund Salisbury Dana. New edition, entirely rewritten and enlarged. New York : John Wiley & Sons. Pp. 593. $4. NOTICES. means of investigation. Especial attention ig given to the optical qualities of crystals as revealed by the microscope; and frequent references are introduced to important pa- pers on the different subjects discussed. The descriptive part of the volume is essentially an abridgment of the sixth edition of Dana’s System of Mineralogy, published in 1892, to which the student is referred for fuller and supplementary information. A full topical index is furnished in addition to the usual index of species. The title, The Story of the Railroad,* carries with it the suggestion of an eventful history. The West, in the author’s view, be- gins with the Missouri River. The story of its railroad is the story of the line, now very multiple, that leads to the Pacific Ocean. The beginning of white men’s travels in these routes is traced by the editor to the Spanish adventurers of the sixteenth century, * The Story of the Railroad. By Cy Warman. New York: D. Appleton and Company (Story of the West Series). Pp. 280. Price, $1.50.

Page 129

SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE. 849 who made miserable journeys in search of | in the light of ten years’ experience in teach- gold or visionary objects, through regions now traversed by some of the more southern lines. Then came trappers; next costly and painfully undertaken Government expeditions into the then regions of the unknown, the stories of which were the boyhood delight of men now living. The period of practical traversing of the continent began with the raging of the California gold fever, when the journey of many weeks was tiresomely made with ox teams, in the face of actual perils of the desert, starvation, thirst, and the Indians. After California became im- portant, stage and express lines were put on; but still, at the time Mr. Warman takes up the story, less than sixty years ago, the idea of building a railroad to the Pacific was re- garded as too visionary to be entertained, and Asa Whitney sacrificed a fortune trying to induce somebody to take it up. The first dreams were for a short route to the Orient. Eventually the idea was developed that the American West might be worth going after, and then the idea of a railroad to it began to assume practical form. Young Engineer Dodge, afterward Major General, began sur- veys before the civil war; after it General Sherman gave the scheme a great impulse, and the Union Pacific Railroad was built—when and how are graphically and dramatically told in Mr. Warman’s book. Next came the Atchi- son, Topeka, and Santa Fé, and other transcon- tinental lines, the histories of all of which are related in similar styie, with stories of ad- ventures, perils encountered, and lively inci- dents, including the war between two of the lines for the possession of the Arkansas Cafion ; financial mishaps, and political scan- dal. Then came the settlement of the plains, road-making in Mexico, and the open- ing of Oklahoma, all of which were made possible by the railroads, and have in turn contributed to support them. The beginnings and growth of the express business are de- scribed, and the later lines that have pene- trated the plains are mentioned. Prof. William Benjamin Smith's treatise on the Jnjfinitesimal Analysis* has been written, the author says, on what appeared, * Infinitesimal Analysis. By William Benja- min Smith. Vol.I. Elementary; Real Variables. New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp. 352. $3.25. VOL, Liv.—63 ing the calculus, to be lines of least resist- ance, The aim has been, within a prescribed expense of time and energy, to penetrate as far as possible into the subject, and in as many directions, so that the student shall at- tain as wide knowledge of the matter, as full comprehension of the methods, and as clear consciousness of the spirit and power of this analysis as the nature of the case would ad- mit. The author has accordingly often fol- lowed what seemed to be natural suggestions and impulses toward near-lying extensions or generalizations, and has even allowed them to direct the course of the discussion. In accordance with the plan and purpose of the book as given, “ Weierstressian rigor” has been excluded from many investigations, and the postponement has been compelled of some important discussions, which were con- sidered too subtle for an early age of study. Real difficulties, however, have not been knowingly disguised, and pains have been taken on occasion to warn the reader that the treatment given is only provisional, and must await further precision or delimitation. Where the subject has been found too large for the compass of the intended work, or too abstruse or difficult for the contemplated students, the treatment has been compressed or curtailed. The book is, in fact, written for such as feel a genuine interest in the subject; and the illustrations and exercises have been chosen with frequent reference to practical or theoretic importance or to his- toric interest. Mr. George Jacob Holyoake has written with much enthusiasm the Jubilee History of the Leeds Industrial Co-operative Society.* Many schemes have been started on lines similar to those of this one, but very few besides it have grown from the very begin- ning, and, having become to all appearance a permanent institution, can look back upon a career of fifty years with complete satisfac- tion. The society began in times of public distress. The ground was prepared for it by the “ Redemption” Society, which was founded at Leeds in 1845, by admirers of Robert Owen, after the experiment at Queens- * The Jubilee History of the Leeds Industrial Co-operative Society from 1847 to 1897. Traced Year by Year. By George Jacob Holyoake. Leeds (Eng.) Central Co-operative Office. Pp. 260.

Page 130

850 wood had failed. It practiced a kind of co-operation and had some distinguished friends to wish it -well. Among the speakers at its meetings was Dr. Frederic Hollick, still living, now a resident of New York city. The co-operative society was started as a means of getting cheaper flour for its mem- bers. On February 25, 1847, an appeal headed “Holbeck Anti-Corn Mill Associ- ation” was issued to the working classes of Leeds and vicinity by the “ working people of Messrs. Benyon & Co.’s mill,” Holbeck, inviting combination and subscriptions for establishing a mill to be the property of the subscribers and their successors, “in order to supply them with flour and flour only.” Meetings were held, an organization was effected, and the mill was started. The his- tory of the society and how it grew, how “flour only” was stricken from its scheme and other things were added and it branched out, how co-operative stores were established, how it gained the confidence of the public and the respect of rivals in business, its suc- cesses and its mistakes, its triumphs and failures, are told by Mr. Holvoake, year by year, in a detail in which everything is set down and nothing covered up. In 1897 the cooperative society had productive depart- ments of flour, bakery, bespoke clothing, boot and shoe factory, brush factory, cabinet making, building, millinery, and dressmaking, employing 541 hands and turning over £26,- 949; 80 large stores for the sale of these and various other kinds of goods in Leeds and vicinity ; drapery branches and boot and shoe stores; 43 butchering branches; and $7,000 subscribing purchasers. Its capital stood at £447,000; and its sales for the year amounted to £1,042,616. D. Appleton and Company have added to their Home Reading Series The Earth and Sky, a primer of Astronomy for Young Read- ers, by Prof. Hdward S. Holden, It is intended to be the first of a series of three or more volumes, all treating of astronomy in one form or another, and suited for reading in the school. The treatment is based on the principle that “it is not so simple as it ap- pears to fix in the child’s mind the funda- mental fact that it is Nature which is true, and the book or the engraving which is a true copy of it. ‘It says’ is the snare of POPULAK SCIENCE MONTHLY. children as well as of their more sophisticated elders. The vital point to be insisted on is a constant reference from words to things.” The volume is written as a conversation with a young lad. He is first shown how he may know for himself that the earth is not flat, though it certainly appears to be so. The next step is to show him that he may know that the earth is in fact round, and that it ig a globe of immense size, Its situation in space is next considered, and the child's mind is led to some formal conclusions re. specting space itself. It is then directed to the sun, to the moon and its changes, to the stars and their motions, to the revolution of the earth, etc. In 1887 E. S. Holden published through the Regents of the University of California a list of recorded earthquakes on the Pacific coast, it being the first systematic publica- tion of the sort. The purpose of it was to bring to light all the general facts about the various shocks, and enable studies to be made of particular earthquake phenomena. It was necessary at the Lick Observatory to keep a register of the times of occurrence of all shocks on account of their possible effects on the instruments. With this was associ- ated in 1888, when the observatory began its active work, the collection of reports of shocks felt elsewhere on the Pacific coast. Mr. Holden now reprints this pamphlet through the Smithsonian Institution in A Catalogue of Earthquakes felt on the Facifie Coast, 1769 to 1897, with many corrections and additions, including a complete account of the earthquake observations at Mount Hamilton from 1887 to 1897, and an abstract of the great amount of information that has been collected regarding other Pacific coast earthquakes during the same interval. The Psychologie als Erfahrungs-Wissen- schaft of Hans Cornelius is not intended for a complete account and review of the facts of psychical life, but rather to present the fundamentals of a purely empirical theory, excluding all metaphysical views. Such an account should not start from any arbitrary abstractions or hypotheses, but simply from actually ascertained, directly perceived psy- chical experiences. On the other hand, an empirical definition should be required for all the terms that are used in a comprehea-

Page 131

— aS ae a aS OL eo ew", FT ST ew & sive description of the experience; and on term should be used without the psychical manifestation described by it being pointed out. After an introduction in which the method and place of psychology, subjective and objective, physiological and genetic, are referred to, the elementary facts of con- sciousness are discussed. The coherency of knowledge is treated of in the next chap- ter, and in the third, Psychical Analysis and the conception of unobserved consciousness ; and the succeeding chapters are devoted to Sensation, Memory, and Fancy; The Objec- tive World, Truth and Error, and Feeling and Will. (Published at Leipsic, Germany: B. G. Teubner.) An extremely interesting book is given us in the publications of the Wisconsin Geo- logical and Natural History Society of studies by George W. and Elizabeth Peckham, of the Instincts and Habits of the Solitary Wasps. These insects are familiar enough to us all, as we meet them or see their nests of one or a few cells every day, and then think no more of them. But Mr. and Mrs. Peckham, following them to their haunts and keeping company with them, have found them mani- festing remarkable instincts and exercising curious customs, which they describe in the style of persons who are in love with their work. The opportunity for the studies was given in two gardens, one on the top of a hill and the other lower down, with an island in a lake close by and acres of woodland all about, offering a rich variety of nesting places. There are more than a thousand species of these solitary wasps in the United States, to only about fifty of the social ones, and they live without knowledge of their progenitors and without relations with others of their kind. The eighth volume of the report of the Towa Geological Survey comprises the ac- counts of surveys completed during 1897 in six counties, making up the whole number of twenty-six counties in which the areal work has been completed. This does not, however, represent the whole extent of the operations of the survey, for some work has been done in nearly every county in the State, and in many counties it will require but little additional work to make a complete report. In addition to the areal work, too, SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE. 851 special studies of coal, clay, artesian waters, gypsum, lead, zinc, etc., have engaged atten- tion. A growing public appreciation of the work of the survey as illustrated in the de- mand for the volumes of the reports and for special papers, is recognized by the State Geologist, Mr. Samuel Calvin ; and an in- creasing use of the reports as works for ref- erence and for general study in high schools and other educational institutions is observed. The survey is now collecting statistics of pro- duction of various minerals mined in the State. One of the features most likely to attract attention in the Annual Report of the State Geologist of New Jersey for 1897 is the paper of Mr. C. C. Vermeule on the Drain- age of the Hackensack and Newark Tide Marshes. In it a scheme is unfolded for the reclamation and diking of the flats, un- der which an ample navigable waterway shall be developed, and the cities which now stop at their edges may be extended and built up to the very banks of the new har- bor, made a highway for ocean sailing ves- sels, An interesting paper is published by Lewis Woolman on Artesian and Bored and other Wells, in which many important wells are described with reference to the geologi- cal strata they penetrate. Other papers re- late to iron mining and brick and clay indus- tries, mineral statistics, and statistics of clays, bricks, and terra cotta. The field re- ports describe progress in the surveys of the surface geology, the Newark system, and the upper Cretaceous formations. On the basis of a reconnoissance made by him for Alexander Agassiz, Mr. Robert 7. Hill has published through the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoélogy at Har- vard University, a paper on Zhe Geological History of the Isthmus of Panama and Por- tions of Costa Rica. He finds that there is considerable evidence that a land barrier in the tropical region separated the two oceans as far back as Jurassic time, and continued through the Cretaceous period. The geo- logical structure of the Isthmus and Central American regions, so far as investigated, when considered aside from the paleontology, presents no evidence by which the former ex- istence of a free communication of oceanic waters across the present tropical barriers

Page 132

852 can be established. The paleontological evi- dence indicates the ephemeral existence of a@ passage at the close of the Eocene pe- riod. All lines of inquiry give evidence that no communication has existed between the two oceans since the close of the Oligocene. The Twenty second Annual Report of the Department of Geology and Natural Re- sources of Indiana, W. S. Blatchley, State Geologist, embraces, in part, the results of the work of the several departments of the survey during 1897. These appear in the form of papers of economic importance on the petroleum, stone, and clay resources of the State, natural gases and illuminating oils, a description of the curious geological and topographical region of Lake and Porter Counties, and an extended paper on the Birds of Indiana, with specific descriptions. A large proportion of the energies of the de- partment were employed during the year in gathering data for a detailed report on the coal area of the State, which is now in course of preparation. The Report of the United States Commis- sioner of Education for 1896-’97 records an increase in the enrollment of schools and colleges of 257,586, the whole number of pupils being 14,712,077 in public institu- tions and schools, and 1,513,016 in private. The increase is confined to the public institu- tions, the private ones having suffered from “hard times.” Among the numerous papers published in the volume containing the re- port are those on Education in Great Britain and Ireland, France, Denmark, Norway, Cen- tral Europe, and Greece; Commercial Edu- cation in Europe; the Teaching of Civics in France, Switzerland, and England ; Sunday Schools, including accounts of the several de- nominational systems; the Legal Rights of Children; and sketches of Horace Mann and Henry Barnard and their work in furthering education. Mr. David T. Day’s report on the Jfin- eral Resources of the United States for 1898 appears as Part V of the Eighteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Sur- vey, in two volumes of fourteen hundred pages in all; the first of which is devoted to Metallic Products and Coal, and the second to Nonmetallic Products except Coal. The report covers the calendar year 1896, and POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. shows only a slight increase in total values over 1895. Of some substances, however— gold, copper, aluminum, and petroleum be. ing the most important ones—the value wag the greatest ever attained. Of other sub. stances, including lead, bituminous coal, building stones, mineral waters, salt, and pyrites, the product was increased in amount, but the value was less. A paper, by Mr, George F. Becker, on the Witwatersnand Banket, records observations made by him in the Transvaal gold fields. A Geological Reconnoissance of the Coal Fields of the Indian Territory, published in the Contributions to Biology of the Hop. kins Seaside Laboratory of Leland Stan- ford Junior University, by Noah Fields Drake, is based upon a six months’ examina. tion made by the author during the spring, summer, and fall of 1896, of the larger part of the coal measures and adjacent formations of Indian and Oklahoma Territories, The best maps that could then be had being ex- ceedingly inaccurate, sketch maps were made of areas that were especially important. On account of features of particular geological interest, nearly all the area south and east of the Canadian River and the bordering areas of the Boone chert and limestones were sketched and studied rather closely. The American Catholic Historical Society at Philadelphia publishes in its Quarterly Records much that, while it must be of deep interest to historical students holding the Roman Catholic faith, possesses, per- haps, a strong though more general interest to all students of American history; for the men of that faith have had no small part in the colonization and development of this country. The number for June, 1898, con- tains a portrait and a bibliographical sketch of the Rev. Peter Henry Lemke, 0. S. B., of Pennsylvania, Kansas, and Elizabeth, N. J.; a poem on the Launch of the American Frigate United States, whose commander was a Catholic; articles on the Sir John James Fund, and Catholic Chronicles of Lancaster, Pa., and Extracts from the Diary of the Rev. Patrick Kenny. A memoir on A Determination of the Ratio (x) of the Specific Heats at Constant Pressure and at Constant Volume for Air, Oxygen, Carbon Dioxide, and Hydrogen gives ee

Page 133

Ee the result of a series of investigations by Drs. O. Lummer and EF. Pringshein, of Charlot- tenburg, Germany, made with the aid ofa grant from the Hodgkins Fund of the Smith- sonian Institution. Besides being of excep- tional importance in thermodynamics, the specific heat ratio is of interest as affording a clew to the character of the molecule. In the present investigation coincident results on the gases examined appear to have been reached for the first time. (Published by the Smithsonian Institution.) From the greater lightness of the air and the higher velocity of its currents, it is evi- dent that the materials it may carry and de- posit will be somewhat different in composi- tion and structure from those which are laid down in water. They are as arule finer, they exhibit a different bedding, and are more capriciously placed, Mr. Johan August Ud- den has made a careful study of the subject, the results of which he publishes under the title of The Mechanical Composition of Wind SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE. 853 Deposits, as the first number of the Augus- tana Library Series, at the Lutheran Augus- tana Book Concern, Rock Island, Il. The History Reader for Elementary Schools (The Macmillan Company, 60 cents), prepared by Z. ZL. W. Wilson and arranged with special reference to holidays, contains readings for each month of the school year, classified according to different periods and phases of American history generally, so chosen that some important topic of the group shall bear a relation to the month in which it is to be read. The groups concern the Indians, the Discovery of America, Thanksgiving, Other Settlements (than those of Virginia and the Pilgrims), Dr. Franklin, Lincoln and Washington, the Revolution, Arbor Day, and Brave Sea Captains, etc., closing with articles in reference to Flag Day. The insertion of an article on the War with Spain seems premature. Public sentiment is not yet at rest on the sub- ject. PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED. Agricultural Experiment Stations. Bul- | 1890. London. Pp. 316. 1 shilling.—New letins and Reports. Cornell University: No. 160. Hints on Rural School Grounds. | for 1898. Pp. 132. By L. H. Bailey. Pp. 20; No. 161. Annual | University: By G. N. Lanman and L. H. | ments for 1898-99. Pp. 358.—Perkins In- Flowers. York State gy gee ee — 25 cents.—New Yor Catalogue and Announce- Bailey. Pp. 32; No. 162. The Period of | stitution and Massachusetts School for the Gestation in Cows. By H. H. Wing. Pp 120.—Delaware College: No. 43 (abridged edition). The European and Japanese Chestnuts in the United States. 7 G. H. Powell. Pp. 16.—Michigan: Nos. 164 and 165. Methods and Results of Tillage, and Draft of Farm Implements. By ». We Fulton. Pp. 24; Elementary Science Bul- letin, No. 5. Branches of Sugar Maple and Beech as seen in Winter. By W. J. Beal. Pp. 4; do., No. 6. Potatoes, Rutabagas, and Onions. By W. J. Beal. Pp. 6.—New Jersey: No. 133. Peach Growing in New Jersey. By A. T. Jordan. ye 16; No. 134. Fermentation and Germ Life. By Julius Nelson. Pp. 24.—North Dakota: No. b Some Chemical Problems Investigated. Pp. 28.—Ohio: sowapaner Bulletin 188. Sugar Beets and Sorghum in Ohio. Pp. 2. Aston, W. G. A History of Japanese Literature. New York: D. Appleton and Company. Pp. 408. $1.50. Berry, Arthur. A Short History of As- tronomy. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons. Pp. 440. $1.50. Brush and Pencil. An _ Illustrated Magazine of the Arts and Crafts. Month- Bp Chicago: Arts and Crafts Company. . 64. 25 cents. $2.50 a year. Bulletins, Reports, etc. Colgate Uni- versity, Department of Geology and Nat- ural History: Announcement. Pp. 16.— Field Columbian Museum, Chicago: An- nual Report of the Board of Directors for 1897-98. Pp. 90, with plates.—Financial Reform Association: 1848 to 1898. Fifty Years’ Retrospect. London. Pp. 54, with plates; Financial Reform Almanac for Blind: Sixty-seventh Annual Report of the Trustees, to August 31, 1898. p. 305. —United Sta.es Department of Labor: Bul- letin No. 20, January, 1899. Edited by Carroll D. Wright and Oren W. Weaver. Pp. 170. Byrd, Mary E. Laboratory Manual in Astronomy. Boston: Ginn & Co. Pp. 273. Cajori, Florian. A History of Physics in its Elementary Branches, including the Evolution of Physical Laboratories. New 3060: The Macmillan Company. Pp. 323. Callie, J. W. 8. John Smith’s Reply to **Merrie England, Defense of the Liberal Programme.’ London: John Heywood. Pp. 88. Sixpence. Chapman, Frank H., Editor. Bird Lore. February, 1898, Vol. I, No. 1. Bimonthly. New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp. 32. 20 cents. $1 a year. Davenport, Charles B. Experimental Morphology. Part II. New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp. 509. Evans, A. H. Birds (The Cambridge Natural History, edited by 8S. F. Harmer and A. E. Shipley, Vol. IX). New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp. 635. $3.50. Egbert, Seneca. A Manual of y-™ and Sanitation. Philadelphia: Lea Broth- ers & Co. Pp. 368. Foulke, William Dudley. Slav or Saxon: a Study of the Growth and Tendencies of Russian Civilization. New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons. Pp. 141. $1. Huntington, Elon. The Earth’s Rota- tion and its Interior Heat. Pp. 33.

Page 134

854 Lewis G. Our Nation’s Peril. Janes, Pp. 31. Social Ideas and Social Progress. 25 cents. McLellan, J. A., and Ames, A. F. The Public School Mental Arithmetic. New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp. 138 25 cents. Boston: James H. West g Co. Maltbie, Milo Ray. Municipal Func- tions. A Study of the Development, Scope, and Tendency of Municipal Socialism. (Municipal Affairs, December, 1898.) New York: Reform Club, Committee of Muni- cipal Administration. Pp.230. 75 cents. Mason, Hon. William E. Speech in the United States Senate on the Government of Foreign Peoples. Pp. 26. Patten, Simon N. The Development of English Thought. New York: The Mac- millan Company. Pp. 415. $3. Pittsburg Press Almanac, The, for 1899. Quarterly. St. Louis: The Press Publish- ing Company. FYp. 536. Récéjac, E. Essay on the Basis of the Mystic Knowledge. Translated by Sera Carr Upton. New York: Charles Scrib- ner’s Sons. Pp. 287. $2.50. Reprints. Caldwell, Otis W. The Life History of Lemna Minor. Pp. 32.—Cal- kins, G. N. Some Hydroids from Puget Sound. Pp. 24, with six plates.—Cope, Edward D. Vertebrate Remains from the Port Kennedy Bone Deposit. Pp. 75, with lates.—Fitz, G. W. Play as a Factor in evelopment. Pp. 7; The Hygiene of In- struction in Elementary Schools. Pp. 7.— Howard, William Lee. Double Personal- ity; Lenten Hysteria. Pp. 8.—Howe, R. H.., Jr. North American Wood Frogs.—Hunt, Charles Wallace. The Engineer: His Work, his Ethics, his Pleasures. (Presi- dent’s Address, American Societ ty of Me- chanical Engineers.) Pp. 15. —Hunter, S. J. The Coccide of Kansas. Pp. 15, with lates.—Krauss, W. C. The Stigmata of egeneration. Pp. 360.—Lichty, D. Tha- lassic Submersion a Means of Disposal of | the Dead. Pp. 12.—McDonald, Arthur. Emile Zola. Pp. 16.—Phillips, W. B. _ Making in Alabama. Montgomery. 380.—Saunders, De Alten. Phycological | Memoirs. st 20, with plates.—Schlicht, Paul J. New Process of Combustion. Pp. 32. w *...4 F. The Effect of Anueous Solutions upon the Germination POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. ly ' of Fungus Spores. Pp. 30.—Stock, H. HR. The International Correspondence Schools, Scranton, Pennsylvania. Pp. 12.—Urp The. Modern Thought on Modern Crema- tion. United States Cremation Company. Pp. 40.—Veeder, M. A. The Relative Im- poe of Flies and Water Supply in preading Disease. Pp. 8. Robinson, Albert Gardner. Rico of To- day. New York: Charles Scrib- ner’s Sons. Pp. 240, with maps. $1.50. Salazar, A. E. Kalkules de Kafierius de Agua (Caleuls itions of Water Conduits), Santiago de Chile. Pp. 246. The Porto Schnabel, Dr. Carl. Handbook of Met- aleeey, Translated by Henry Louis, 2 vols. New York: The Macmillan * pany. Pp. 876 and 732. $10 Com Seligman, E. R. A. The ‘Shifting and Incidence of Taxation. Second edition. New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp, 337. $3. Semon, Richard. In the Australian Bush and on the Coast of the Coral Sea, New 3050; The Macmillan Company. Pp, 552. 6.50 Spencer, Baldwin, and Gillen, F. J, The "Retive Tribes of Central Australia, New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp, 671, with plates. $6.50. Technology Review, The. A Quarterly Massachusetts January, 1899, Magazine relating to the Institute of Technology. Pp. 148. 35 cents. United States National Museum. An- nual ar ty for the Year ending June 30, 1896. mithsonian Institution.) Wash- ington. Pp. 1107, with plates. Weir, James. The Dawn of Reason. Mental Traits in the Lower Animals. New York: The Macmillan Company. Pp. 234, 25. Westcott, Edward N. David Harum. ew York: D. Appleton and Company. Pp. 392. $1.50. Whipple, G. C. The Microscopy of Drinking Water. New York: John Wiley oo Pp. 300, with nineteen plates, _ a F. The Story of the Cotton Plant. (Library of Useful Stories.) New _ PD. Appleton and Company. Pp. 191. cents. Fragments The Nernst Electrie Lamp.—Prof. Wal- ter Nernst, of the University of Gottingen, has recently devised an electric lamp which promises to be an important addition to our present methods of lighting. The part of the lamp which emits the light consists of a small rod of highly refractory material, said to be chiefly thoria, which is supported be- tween two platinum electrodes. The rod is practically a nonconductor when cold, but by heating it (in the smaller sizes a match is sufficient) its conductivity is so raised that a of Science. current will pass through it; after the cur- rent is once started the heat produced by the resistance of the rod is sufficient to keep up its conductivity, and the latter is raised toa state of intense incandescence, and gives out a brilliant white light. As the preliminary heating by means of a match or other flame would in some cases be an inconvenience, Professor Nernst has devised a lamp which, by means of a platinum resistance attachment, can be started by simply turning a switch. The life of the rods is about five hundred

Page 135

FRAGMENTS hours. The lamps are said to work equally well with either alternating or direct cur- rents, and there is no vacuum necessary. If this lamp proves a success as a commercial apparatus, it will be but another example of how slight a matter may make all the differ- ence between success and failure. There have been numerous experimenters trying for the last ten years, and in fact ever since the appearance of the arc lamp, to utilize in an electric lamp the great light-giving power of the refractory earths in a state of incan- descence ; but, owing to their high resistance at ordinary temperatures, no results were ob- tained until Professor Nernst thought of heat- ing his thoria rod, and this simple procedure seems to have solved the whole difficulty. It is claimed that the Nernst lamp is a much more economical transformer of electricity into light than the present incandescent electric lamps. An apparatus called a kaolin candle, which has been suggested as an an- ticipation of Professor Nernst’s lamp, was constructed by Paul Jablochkoff in 1877 or 1878. It consisted of a strip of kaolin, along which ran a “match” of some con- ducting material, The current was passed through this “ match” until the kaolin strip became heated sufficiently to become a con- ductor itself. The lamp did not, however, prove a commercial success. Laws of Climatic Evolution.—The prob- lem of the laws of climatic evolution was characterized by Dr. Marsden Manson, in a paper read at the British Association, as one of the grandest and most far-reaching prob- lems in geological physics, since it embraces principles and laws applicable to other plan- ets than ours. After presenting a formula- tion of those laws, the author pointed out that in consequence of their working, a hot spheroid rotating in space and revolving about a central sun, and holding fluids of similar properties to water and air within the sphere of its control, must pass through a series of uniform climates at sea level, grad- ually decreasing in temperature and terminat- ing in an ice age, and that this age must be succeeded by a series of zonal climates grad- ually increasing in temperature and extent. The conclusions thus reached were that in the case of the earth zonal distribution of climates was inaugurated at the culmination OF SCIENCE, 855 of the ice age, and is gradually increasing in temperature and extent by the trapping of the solar energy in the lower atmosphere, and that the rise has a moderate limit; that the ice age was unique and due to the phys- ical properties of water and air, and to the difference in specific heat of land and water ; and that prior to the ice age local formation of glaciers could occur at any latitude and period. Dr. Manson then observed that Ju- piter was apparently in a condition through which the earth has already passed, and Mars was in one toward which the climatic evolution of the earth was tending. Poisonous Plants,—Statistics in regard to poisonous plants are lacking on account of a general ignorance of the subject, and it is therefore impossible to form even an ap- proximate estimate of the damage done by them. Besides the criminal uses that may be made of them, there are some other prob- lems connected with them that are of general public interest. The common law of Eng- land holds those who possess and cultivate such plants responsible for damages accru- ing from them; and a New York court has awarded damages in a case of injury from poison ivy growing in a cemetery. In order to obtain information on the subject, the bo- tanical division of the Department of Agri- culture arranged to receive notices through the clipping bureaus of the cases of poison- ing recorded in the newspapers. Thus through the persons named in the articles or through the local postmaster it was put in correspondence with the physician in the case, who furnished the authentic facts. A large number of correct and valuable data were thus secured. It is proved by these facts that all poisonous plants are not equally injurious to all persons nor to all forms of life. Thus poison ivy has no ap- parent external effect upon animals, and a few of them eat its leaves with impunity ; and it acts upon the skin of the majority of persons with varying intensity—on some hardly at all, while others are extremely sen- sitive to it. A similar variability is found in the effects of poisonous plants taken inter- nally. In some cases often regarded as of that kind, death is attributable not to any poison which the plant contains, but to im- moderate or incautious eating, or to mechan-

Page 136

856 ical injury such as is produced in horses by the hairs of crimson clover, or to the effect of parasitic growths, such as ergot on rye. Excluding all which operate in these ways, there are, however, a large number of really poisonous plants, the properties of which are comparatively unknown. It is concerning these that information has been sought by the botanical division. Its report contains descriptions of about forty plants, with fig- ures, belonging to seventeen families. The United States Biological Survey.— The Biological Survey of the United States Department of Agriculture aims to define and map the agricultural belts of the coun- try in order to ascertain what products of the soil can and what can not be grown suc- cessfully in each, to guide the farmer in the intelligent introduction of foreign crops, and to point out his friends and his enemies among the native birds and animals. For information on these subjects so important to him the farmer has had to rely on his own experiments or those of his neighbors, often carried on at enormous cost to persons little able to bear it. The Survey and its prede- cessor, the division of ornithology and mam- mology, have had small parties in the field traversing the public domain for the purpose of studying the geographic distribution of our native land animals and plants and map- ping the boundaries of the areas they in- habit. It was early learned that North America is divisible into seven transconti- nental belts or life zones and a much larger number of minor areas or faunas, each char- acterized by particular associations of ani- mals and plants. The inference was natural and has been verified that these same zones and areas, up to the northern limit of profit- able agriculture, are adapted to the needs of particular kinds or varieties of cultivated crops. The Survey is engaged in tracing as precisely as possible the actual boundaries of these belts and areas, and in finding out and designating the varieties of crops best adapted to each. In this undertaking it aims to point out such exotic products as, from their importance in other lands, are likely to prove of value if introduced on fit soils and under proper climatic conditions. The importance of this work will be realized when it is recollected that all the climatic POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. life zones of the world, except the hottest tropical, are represented in our country. The colored maps prepared by the Survey furnish the best guide the farmer can have for judging what crops will be best adapted for his particular region; and in connection with the work of the entomologist, show the belts along which noxious insects are likely to spread. The report of the Survey, pre. pared under the direction of its chief, ©, Hart Merriam, though full of valuable infor. mation not before presented consecutively, is preliminary and only touches the edge of a subject which is susceptible of copious elab. oration, and is destined to be worked up with immenseprofit. A Neolithie Lake Dwelling.—A crannog, or lake dwelling, discovered in the summer of 1898 on the banks of the Clyde, has re. ceived much attention from English archeol- ogists because of its unique situation ona tidal stream, and of its being apparently neolithic or far more ancient than any other crannog yet examined, in all others the relics being of the bronze age. Careful excavations have been made in it and are still in progress, and the refuse mound of the former settle- ment has been sifted, with results that have made it plain that there were design and execution in the building, and that it was occupied and inhabited for a long period. Positive evidence of fire is afforded in the shape of numerous firestones and calcined embers, and indications of the condition of life at the period are given by the implements, ornaments, and tools recovered. The cran- nog is about sixteen hundred yards east of the Castle Rock of Dumbarton, and about fifty yards from the river at low tide, but is submerged when the tide is in to a depth of from three to twelve feet, and is one hun- dred and eighty-four feet in circuit. The piles in the outer circle are of oak, which below the mud surface is still quite fresh. The transverse beams and pavement inside are of wood of the consistence of cheese— willow, alder, and oak—while the smaller branches are of fir, birch, and hazel, with bracken, moss, and chips. The stones in the outer circle and along the causeway leading to the dwelling place seem to have been set in a methodical order, most of the bowlders being about a lift for a man. The refuse

Page 137

FRAGMENTS mound extends for about twelve feet outside for the greater part of the circuit, and here most of the bone and flint implements have been discovered. The largest article found in the site was a very fine canoe, thirty-seven feet long and forty inches beam, dug out of a single oak tree, which lay in what has proved to have been a dock. A curious ladder was also found here, the rungs of which were cut out of the solid wood, and which has some- what the general appearance of a post of a post-and-rail fence. The exploration of the site is much interfered with by the rising of the tide, which covers the crannog for a con- siderable time every day. All the relics found—consisting chiefly of objects of bone, staghorn, jet, chert, and cannel coal, with some querns, the canoe, ladder, etc.—have been placed in the museum at Glasgow. Portland Cement.—The following facts are taken from an address delivered before the Franklin Institute by Mr. Robert W. Lesley: “It was not until the end of the last century that the true principles of hydraulic cement were discovered by Smeaton, who, in the construction of the Eddystone Light- house, made a number of experiments with the English limestones, and laid down, as a result, the principle that a limestone yielding from fifteen to twenty-five per cent of resi- due when dissolved in hydrochloric acid will set under water. These limestones he de- nominated hydraulic limestones, and from the principle so laid down by him come the two great definitions of what we now know as cement, namely, the natural and artificial cements of commerce. The natural variety, such as the Rosendale, Lehigh, and Cumber- land cements, was first made by Joseph Par- ker in 1796, who discovered what he called ‘Roman cement,’ based upon the calcination at low temperatures of the nodules found in the septaria geological formation in England. This was practically the first cement of com- merce, and gave excellent results. Joseph Aspdin, a bricklayer or plasterer, took out a patent in England in 1824 on a high-grade arti- ficial cement, and, at great personal depriva- tion, succeeded in manufacturing it on a com- mercial scale by combining English chalks with clay from the river beds, drying the mixed paste, and after calcining at high heat the material thus produced, grinding it to pow- OF SCIENCE. 857 der. This cement, which was the first Port- land cement in the market, obtained its name from its resemblance when it became stone to the celebrated Portland stone, one of the leading building materials in England. The rocks used in the manufacture of Portland cement are very similar to those from which natural cement is made. The various layers in the natural rock may vary in size or strati- fication, so that the lime, alumina, and silica may not be in position to combine under heat, or there may be too much of one in- gredient, or not enough of the others in close proximity to each other. In making Port- land cement, these rocks, properly propor- tioned, are accordingly ground to an impal- pable powder, the natural rock being broken down and the lamine distributed in many small grains. This powder is then mixed with water, and is made into a new stone in the shape of the brick, or block, in which all the small grains formerly com- posing the lamine of the original rock are distributed and brought into a close mechanical juxtaposition to each other. The new rock thus made is put into kilns with layers of coke, and is then calcined at temperatures from 1,800° to 1,800°. The clinker, as it comes from the kiln, is then crushed and ground to an impalpable pow- der, which is the Portland cement of com- merce. Portland cement may be made from other materials, such as chalk and clay, lime- stone and clay, cement rock and limestone, and marls and clays. In every case the prin- ciple is the same, the breaking down and the redistributing of the materials so that the fine particles may be in close mechanical union when subjected to the heat of the kiln.” The French Nontoxie Matehes.—It is believed, by Frenchmen at least, that the problem long sought, of finding a composition for a match head in which all the advantages of white phosphorus shall be preserved while its deleterious qualities are eliminated or greatly reduced, has been solved in the new matches which the French Government has placed upon the market. These matches are marked §. C., by the initials of the inventors, MM. Sévéne and Cahen, are made in the fac- tories at Trélazé, Begles, and Samtines, and have been well received by the public. In pre- paring the composition, the chlorate of pot-

Page 138

858 ash of the old flashing and safety matches has been retained, and the sesquisulphide of phosphorus is used instead of the white or red phosphorus of the old matches. The latter substance, besides the indispensable qualities of fixity and resistance to atmos- pheric influences, has the two important prop- erties of inflaming at 95° C., much nearer the igniting point of white phosphorus (60° C.) than of red (260° C.), and being therefore easier to light; and of having a low latent or specific heat. With these properties em- bodied in the inflammable composition of the head, the new match is expected to be com- paratively free from accidental explosions during manufacture and export, to take fire by friction, and to burn steadily and regu- larly. The expectation has so far been ful- filled. The phosphorus compound has a special odor, in which the sulphur character- istic predominates, but, not boiling under 380° C., does not become offensive in the shops ; and the match heads made with it do not emit the phosphorescence which is often exhibited by matches made with white phosphorus. It is only feebly toxic by di- rect absorption, experiments on guinea pigs indicating that it is only about one tenth as much so as white phosphorus. Trees as Land Formers.—John Gifford, in a paper presented to the Franklin Institute on Forestry in Relation to Physical Geogra- phy and Engineering, mentions as illustrating the way forests counteract certain destruc- tive forces, the mangrove tree as “ the great land former which, supplementing the work of the coral polyp, has added to the warm seashore regions of the globe immense areas of land.’”’ The trees grow in salt water sev- eral feet deep, where their labyrinth of roots and branches collect and hold sediment and flotage. Thus the shore line advances. The seeds, germinating on the plant, the plantlets fall into the water, float away till their roots touch the bottom, and there form the nucleus of new islands and life. The forest con- stantly improves the soil, provided the lat- ter is not removed or allowed to burn, The roots of trees penetrate to its deeper layers and absorb great quantities of mineral mat- ters, a large percentage of which goes to the leaves, and is ultimately deposited on the surface, “ The surface soil is both enriched POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. by these mineral substances and protected by a mulch of humus in varying stages of decomposition. As the lower layers rot, new layers of leaves and twigs are being con- stantly deposited, so that the forest soil, in the course of time, fairly reeks with nourish. ing plant food, which seeps out more or less to enrich neighboring soils.” The forest is also a soil former. “Even the most tender rootlet, because of its acidity, is able to dis- solve its way through certain kinds of rock, This, together with the acids formed in the decomposition of humus, is a potent and speedy agent in the production of soil. The roots of many species of trees have no diffi- culty whatever in penetrating limestone and in disintegrating rocks of the granitic series, As the rock crumbles, solid inorganic mate. rials are released, which enrich neighboring soils, especially those of the valleys in regions where the forest is relegated to the mountain sides and top, as should be the case in all mountainous regions. In view of the destruc- tion caused by mankind, it is a consoling fact that Nature, although slowly, is gradu- ally improving her waste lands. If not in- terrupted, the barest rock and the fallowest field, under conditions which may be called unfavorable, will become, in course of time, forest-clad and fertile. The most important function of the forest in relation to the soil, however, is in holding it in place and pro- tecting it from the erosive action of wind and rain.” The Atlantie Slope.—The Atlantic slope of the United States is described in the New Jersey State Geological Survey’s report on the Physical Geography of the State as “a fairly distinct geographical province. Its eastern boundary is the sea; its western boundary on the north is the divide between the drainage flowing southeast to the sea and that flowing northeast to the St. Lawrence. Farther south its western limit is the divide between the streams flowing east to the At- lantic and those flowing west to the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers.” The line between it and the geographical province next west follows the watershed of the Appalachian system of mountains. It is divided, according to ele- vations, into several subprovinces, all of which elongate in a direction roughly paral- lel tothe shore. Next to the coast there is

Page 139

FRAGMENTS usually a belt of lowland, few or many miles wide, called the Coas‘al Plain, Inland from the Coastal Plain is an intermediate height, between the Coastal Plain to the east and the mountains to the west, known in the South as the Piedmont Plateau. The moun- tainous part of the slope constitutes the third province, known as the Appalachian Zone. The Atlantic slope may be divided into two sections—a northern and a southern —in which the Coastal Plain is narrow and wide respectively. These two sections meet in New Jersey, where the division runs from the Raritan River, just below New Bruns- wick, to Trenton. South of this line the Coastal Plain expands, and all considerable elevations recede correspondingly from the shore. These three subprovinces are espe- cially well shown in the southern section of the Atlantic slope. They are less well de- veloped in the northern section, and even where the topography is comparable the un- derlying rock structure is different. In New Jersey a fourth belt, the Triassic formation, is interposed between the Coastal Plain and the Highlands corresponding to the Pied- mont Plateau. North of New Jersey the Coastal Plain has little development, though Long Island and some small areas farther east and northeast are to be looked upon as parts of it. American Fresh-water Pearls.—The facts cited by Mr. George F. Kunz in his paper, published in the Report of the United States Fish Commission, on the Fresh-water Pearls and Pearl Fisheries of the United States, give considerable importance to this feature of our natural history. The mound explora- tions attest that fresh-water pearls were gathered and used by the prehistoric peoples of the country “to an extent that is aston- ishing On the hearths of some of these mounds in Uhio the pearls have been found, not by hundreds, but by thousands and even by bushels—now, of course, damaged and half decomposed by centuries of burial and by the heat of superficial fires.” The narra- tives of the early Spanish explorers make several mentions of pearls in the possession of the Indians. For a considerable period after the first explorations, however, Ameri- can pearls attracted but little attention, and “ for some two centuries the Unios [or ‘ fresh- OF SCIENCE. 859 water mussels’] lived and multiplied in the rivers and streams, unmolested by either the native tribes that had used them for food, or by the pioneers of the new race that had not yet learned of their hidden treasures.” Within recent years the gathering of Unio pearls has attained such importance as to start economical problems warranting and even demanding careful and detailed inquiry. The first really important discovery of Unio pearls was made near Paterson, N. J., in 1857, in the form of the “queen pearl” of fine luster, weighing ninety-three grains, which was sold to Eugénie, wife of Napoleon III, for twenty-five hundred dollars, and is now worth four times that amount. As a result the Unios at Notch Brook, where it was found, were gathered by the million and de- stroyed. Within a year fully fifteen thou- sand dollars’ worth of pearls were sent to the New York market. Then the shipments gradually fell off. Some of the best Amer- ican pearls that were next found were at Waynesville, Ohio, where Mr. Israel H. Har- ris formed an exceedingly fine collection, It contained more than two thousand speci- mens, weighing more than as many grains. Among them were one button-shaped on the back and weighing thirty-eight grains, sev- eral almost transparent pink ones, and one showing where the pearl had grown almost entirely through the Unio. In 1889 a num- ber of magnificently colored pearls were found at different places in the creeks and rivers of Wisconsin, of which more than ten thousand dollars’ worth were sent to New York within three months. These discover- ies led to immense activity in pearl hunting through all the streams of the region, and in three or four seasons the shells were nearly exhausted. The pear! fisheries of this State have produced at least two hundred and fifty thousand dollars’ worth of pearls since 1889. Another outbreak of the “pearl mania” occurred in Arkansas in 1897, and extended into the Indian Territory, Missouri, Georgia, and other States. Distribution of Cereals in the United States.—To inquiries made preparatory to drawing up a report on the Distribution of Cereals in North America (Department of Agriculture, Biological Survey), Mr. C. 8. Plumb receiv ed one thousand and thirty-three

Page 140

860 answers, eight hundred and ninety-seven of which came from the United States and the rest from the Canadian provinces. These reports showed that in many localities, par- ticularly in the East and South, but little at- tention is paid to keeping varieties pure, and many farmers use mixed, unknown, or local varieties of ordinary merit for seed. In New England but little grain is grown from sowing, owing to the cheapness of Western grain, and wheat is rarely reported. Oats are now mostly sown from Western seed, and the resulting crop is mown for hay, while most of the corn is cut for green fodder or silage. On certain fine lowlands—as, for ex- ample, in the Connecticut Valley—oats, and more especially corn, are often grown for grain. While reports on most of the cereals were rendered from the lower austral zone, or the region south of the App2lachians and the old Missouri Compromise line, this region, except where it merges with the upper aus- tral or the one north of it, is apparently out- side the area of profitable cultivation of wheat and oats. In Louisiana and most of the other parts of the lower austral, except in northern Texas and Oklahoma, wheat is almost an unknown crop. The warm, moist climatic conditions here favor the develop- ment of fungous diseases to such a degree that the plants are usually ruined or greatly injured at an early stage of growth. In Florida, as a ruie, cereals are rarely culti- vated except on the uplands at the northern end of the State. In a general way, corn and wheat are most successfully grown in the upper austral zone, or central States, while oats are best and most productive in the transition zone (or northern and Lake States and the Dakotas), or along the border of the upper austral and transition. The gradual acclimation of varieties of cereals, through years of selection and cultivation, has gone so far, however, that some varieties are now much better adapted to one zone than to another. Spanish Silkworm Gat.—The business of manufacturing silkworm gut in Spain is a considerable industry. The method of preparation is thus described in the Journal of the Society of Arts: After the silkworm grub has eaten enough mulberry leaves, and before it begins to spin, which is during the POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. months of May and June, it is thrown into vinegar for several hours, The insect is killed and the substance which the grub, if alive, would have spun into a cocoon is drawn out from the dead worm into a much thicker and shorter silken thread, in which operation considerable dexterity and experi- ence are required. Two thick threads from each grub are placed for about four hours in clear cold water, after which they are put for ten or fifteen minutes in a solution of some caustic. This loosens a fine outer skin on the threads, which is removed by the hands, the workman holding the threads in his teeth. The silk is then hung up to dry in a shady place, the sun rendering it brittle. In some parts of the country these silk guts are bleached with sulphur vapor, which makes them beautifully glossy and snow-white, while those naturally dried have a yellowish tint. The quality of the gut is decided according to the healthy condition of the worm, round indicating a good quality and flat an inferior one. The Nests of Burrowing Bees.—Prof. John B. Smith, having explained to his sec- tion of the American Association a method which has been successfully applied, of tak- ing casts in plaster of Paris of the homes of burrowing insects, with their branchings, to the depth of six feet, described some of the results of its application. Bees, of the genus Calletes, dig vertically to the depth of eight- een inches or more, then burrow horizon- tally from two to five inches farther, and construct a thin, parchmentlike cell of sa- liva, in which the egg is deposited, with pol- len and honey for the food of the larva. They then start a new horizontal burrow a little distance from the first, and perhaps a third, but no more. The vertical tubes are then filled up, so that when the bees come to life they must burrow from six to twenty- four inches before they can reach the sur- face. Another genus makes a twisted bur- row; another makes a vertical burrow that may be six feet deep. About a foot below the surface it sends off a lateral branch, and in this it excavates a chamber from one to two and a half inches in diameter. Tubes are sent down from this chamber, as many perhaps as from six to twenty togeth- er, and these are lined with clay to make

Page 141

FRAGMENTS This bee, when it begins its burrow, makes an oblique gallery from four to six inches long before it starts in the vertical direction, and all the dirt is carried through this oblique gallery. Then the in- them water-tight. OF SCIENCE. 861 sect continues the tube vertically upward to just below the surface, and makes a small concealed opening to it here, taking care to pile no sand near it. This is the regular en- trance to the burrow. MINOR PARAGRAPHS. Ix a report of an inspection of three French match factories, published as a Brit- ish Parliamentary paper, Dr. T. Oliver re- cords as his impressions and deductions that while until recently the match makers suf- fered severely from phosphorus poisoning, there is now apparently a reduction in the severe forms of the illness; that this reduc- tion is attributable to greater care in the se- lection of the work people, to raising the age of admission into the factory, to medical examination on entrance, subsequent close supervision, and repeated dental examina- tion; to personal cleanliness on the part of the workers; to early suspension on the ap- pearance of symptoms of ill health; and to improved methods of manufacture. The French Government is furthering by all pos- sible means new methods of manufacture in the hope of finding a safer one; and a match free from white phosphorus and still capa- ble of striking anywhere is already manu- factured. A MECHANICAL and engineering section is to be organized in the Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, to be devoted to the considera- tion of subjects bearing upon the mechanic arts and the engineering problems connected therewith. The growth of the various de- partments of this institution—which has been fitly termed a “ democratic learned so- ciety,” from the close affiliation in it of the men of the professions and the men of the workshops—by natural accretion, and the steadily growing demands for the extension of its educational work during the past dec- ade, have increased the costs for mainte- nance and administration and have been the cause of a deficit in nearly every year. A movement is now on foot, approved by the board of managers, and directed by a special committee, to secure for it an endowment, toward which a number of subscriptions ranging from two hundred and fifty to twenty-five hundred dollars have already been received. THE earthquake which took place in Assam, June 12, 1897, was described by Mr. R. D. Oldham in the British Association as having been the most violent of which there is any record, The shock was sensible over an area of 1,750,000 square miles, and if it had occurred in England, not a house would have been left standing between Manchester and London. Landslips on an unprecedented scale were produced, a number of lakes were formed, and mountain peaks were moved vertically and horizontally. Monuments of solid stone and forest trees were broken across. Bridges were overthrown, displaced, and in some places thrust bodily up to a height of about twenty feet, and the rails on the railroads were twisted and bent. Earth fissures were formed over an area larger than the United Kingdom, and sand rents, from which sand and water were forced in solid streams to a height of three or four feet above the ground, were opened “in incalcu- lable numbers.” The loss of life was com- paratively small, as the earthquake occurred about five o’clock in the afternoon, ard the damage done was reduced by the fact that there were no large cities within the area of greatest violence ; but in extent and capacity of destruction, as distinguished from destruc- tion actually accomplished, this earthquake surpassed any of which there was historical mention, not even excepting the great earth- quake of aaben in 1755. Tue first section of the electric railway up the Jungfrau, which is intended to reach the top of the mountain, was opened about the first of October, 1898. The line starts from the Little Scheidegg station of the existing Wengern Alp Railway, 6,770 feet above the sea, and ascends the mountain masses from the north side, passing the Eiger Glacier, Eiger Wand, Eismeer, and Jungfraujoch sta- tions, to Lift, 13,430 feet, whence the ascent is completed by elevator to the summit, 13,- 670 feet. The road starts on a gradient of ten per cent, which is increased to twenty per

Page 142

862 cent about halfway to the Eiger Glacier sta- tion, and to twenty-five per cent, the steepest, after passing that station. There are about 85 yards in tunnel on the section now opened, but beyond the Eiger Glacier the road will not touch the surface except at the stations. About 250 yards of the long tunnel have been excavated so far. The stations be- yond Eiger Wand will be built within the rock, and will be furnished with restaurants and beds. At the Eiger Wand and Eismeer stations passengers will contemplate the view through windows or balconies from the in- side; but at the Jungfraujoch station tour- ists will be able to go out and take sledges for the great Aletsch Glacier. The cars will accommodate forty passengers each, and the company expects to complete the railroad by 1904, AvexanperR A, Lawes, civil engineer, of Sydney, Australia, suggests a plan of me- chanical flight on beating wings as present- ing advantages that transcend all other schemes, He believes that the amount of power required to operate wings and the difficulty in applying it are exaggerated be- yond all measure. The wings or sustainers of the bird in flight, he urges, are held in the outstretched position without any exertion on its part; and many birds, like the albatross, sustain themselves for days at a stretch. “This constitutes its aérial support, and is analogous to the support derived by other animals from land and water.” The sole work done by the bird is propulsion and ele- vation by the beating action of the wings. Mr. Adams’s machine, which he does not say he has tried, is built in conformity to this principle, and its sails are modeled as nearly as possible in form and as to action with those of the bird. The aid of 4n air cylin- der is further called in, through which a pressure is exerted balancing the wings. The wings are moved by treadles, and the author’s picture of the aéronaut looks like a man rid- ing an aérial bicycle. CaRBORUNDUM, a substance highly extolled by its manufacturers as an abrasive, is com- posed of carbon and silicon in atomic pro- portions—thirty parts by weight of carbon and seventy of silicon. It is represented as being next to the diamond in hardness and as cutting emery and corundum with POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. ease, but as not as tough as the diamond. It is a little more than one and a fifth times the weight of sand, is infusible at the highest attainable heat, but is decomposed in the electric arc, and is insoluble in any of the ordinary solvents, water, oils, and acids, even hydrofluoric acid having no effect upon it. Pure carborundum is white. In the commercial manufacture the crystals are pro- duced in many colors and shades, partly as the result of impurities and partly by surface oxidation. The prevailing colors are green, black, and blue. The color has no effect upon the hardness, Crude carborundum, as taken from the furnace, usually consists of large masses or aggregations of crystals, which are frequently very beautifully colored and of adamantine luster. A pecuLiarity of Old English literary usage is pointed out by Prof. Dr. L. Kell- ner, of Vienna, as illustrated in a sentence like “ the mob is ignorant, and they are often cruel,” This is considered a bad solecism in modern English, but in Old and Middle Eng. lish constructions of exactly the same kind are so often met with that it is impossible to account for them as slips and mistakes. They may be brought under several heads, as, Number (the same collective noun used as a singular and a plural); Case (the same verb or adjective governing the genitive and accusative, the genitive and dative, or the dative and accusative); Pronoun (“ thou” and “ye” used in addressing the same per- son); Tense (past and perfect, or past and historical present used in the same breath); Mood (indicative and subjunctive used in the same clause). Finite verb and infinitive de- pendent on the same verb; simple and prep- ositional infinitives dependent on the same verb; infinitive and verbal noun used side by side; different prepositions dependent on the same verb, like Caxton’s “‘ He was eaten by bears and of lions”; direct and indirect speech alternating in the same clause. These facts, which are met with as late as 1611 (Bible, authorized version), point to the conclusion that what to us appears as a grammatical inconsistency was once con- sidered a welcome break in the monotony of construction. Mr. Fiscuer Sicwart is quoted in the Revue Scientifique as having studied the life —

Page 143

FRAGMENTS of frogs for thirty years, and found that they are night wanderers, keeping comparatively quiet during the day and seeking their prey after dark. In the fall they leave their hunt- ing grounds in the fields and woods and take refuge near swamps and ponds, passing the winter in the banks of rivers or the mud in the bottoms of ponds, whence they come out in the spring, when the process of reproduc- tion begins. The frog is not sexually mature till it is four or five years old. The coupling process lasts from three to thirty days. Be- tween its spring wakening and spawning the frog eats nothing except, perhaps, its own skin, which it moults periodically. After spawning, frogs leave the water and go to the fields and woods. They can be fed, when kept captive, upon insects and earthworms. NOTES, A RELATION has been discovered by Pro- fessor Dolbear and Carl A. and Edward A. Bessey between the chirping of crickets and the temperature, the chirps increasing as fre- quently as the temperature rises. The Bes- seys relate, in The American Naturalist, that when, one cool evening, a cricket was caught and brought into a warm room, it began in a few minutes to chirp nearly twice as rap- idly as the out-of-door crickets, and that its rate very nearly conformed to the observed rate maintained other evenings out of doors under the same temperature conditions. C. DrieBerG, of Colombo, Ceylon, records, in Nature, a rainfall at Nedunkeni, in the northern province of Ceylon, December 15 and 16, 1897, of 31.76 inches in twenty-four hours. The highest previous records, as cited by him, are at Joyeuse, France, 31.17 inches in twenty-two hours; Genoa, 30 inches in twenty-six hours; on the hills above Bombay, 24 inches in one night; and on the Khasia Hills, India, 30 inches in each of five successive days. The average annual rainfall at Nedunkeni has been 64.70 inches, but in 1897 the total amount was 121.85 inches. The greatest annual rainfall is on the Khasia Hills, India, with 600 inches. The wettest station in Ceylon is Padupola, in the central province, with 230.85 inches as the mean of twenty-six years, but in 1897 the amount was 243.07 inches. Tue Korean postage stamps are printed in the United States. As explained in the United States consular reports, they are of four denominations, and all alike except in color and denomination. Of the inscrip- tions, the characters on the top are ancient Chinese, and those at the bottom, having the same meaning, are Korean; the characters on the right are Korean and those on the OF SCIENCE. 863 left are Chinese, both giving the denomina- tions, with the English translation just below the center of the stamp. The plum blossom in each corner is the royal flower of the pres- ent Ye dynasty, which has been in existence more than five hundred years, and the fig- ures at the corners of the center piece repre- sent the four spirits that stand at the corners of the earth and support it on their shoulders. The national emblem in the center is an an- cient Chinese phallic device. A paraGrapH in Za Nature calls to mind that the year 1898 was the “jubilee” of the sea serpent, the first mention of a sight of the monster—whether fabulous or not is still undecided—having been made by the captain and officers of the British ship De- dalus in 1848. They said they saw it be- tween the Cape of Good Hope and St. Hele- na, and that it was about six hundred feet long. Since then views of sea serpents have been reported nearly every yeur, but none has ever been caught or seen so near or for so long a time as to be positively identified. There are several creatures of the deep which, seen for an instant, might be mistaken with the aid of an excited imagination for a ma- rine serpent; and it is not wholly impossible that some descendants of the gigantic sau- rians of old may still be living in the ocean undetected by science. THE results of a study of the winter food of the chickadee by Clarence M. Weed, of the New Hampshire College Agricultural Ex- periment Station, shows that more than half of it consists of insects, a very large propor- tion of which are taken in the form of eggs. Vegetation of various sorts made up a little less than a quarter of the food; but two thirds of this consisted of buds and “bud scales that were accidentally introduced along with plant-lice eggs. These eggs made up more than one fifth of the entire food, and formed the most remarkable ele- ment of the bill of fare. The destruction of these eggs of plant lice is probably the most important service which the chickadee renders during its winter residence. Insect eggs of many other kinds were found in the food, among them those of the tent caterpil- lar and the fall cankerworm, and the larve of several kinds of moths, including those of the common apple worm. Tue Merchants’ Association of San Fran- cisco has been trying the experiment of sprinkling a street with sea water, and finds that such water binds the dirt together be- tween the paving stones, so that when it is dry no loose dust is formed to be raised by the wind; that sea water does not dry so quickly as fresh water, so that it has been claimed when salt water has been used that one load of it is equal to three loads of fresh water. Thesalt water which is deposited on the street absorbs moisture from the air dur- ing the night, whereby the street is thor-

Page 144

864 oughly moist during the early morning, and has the appearance of having been freshly sprinkled. Tue Tarahumare people, who live in the most inaccessible part of northern Mexico, were described by Dr. Krauss in the British Association as ignorant and primitive, and many still living in caves. What villages they have are at altitudes of about eight thousand feet above thesea level. They are a small and wiry people, with great powers of endurance. Their only food is pinoli, or maize, parched and ground. They have a peculiar drink, called teshuin, also produced from maize and manufactured with consid- erable ceremony, which tastes like a mixture of sour milk and turpentine. Their language is limited to about three hundred words. Their imperfect knowledge of numbers ren- ders them unable to count beyond ten. Their religion seems to be a distorted and imper- fect conception of Christian traditions, mixed with some of their own ideas and supersti- tions. Tue directory of the School of Anthro- pology of Paris, which consists chiefly of the professors in the institution, has chosen Dr. Capitan, professor of pathological anthropol- ogy, to succeed M. Gabriel de Mortillet, de- ceased, as professor of prehistoric anthropol- ogy. Dr. Capitan’s former chair is suppressed. Tue highest cog-wheel railroad in Europe and probably in the world is the one from Zer- matt, Switzerland, to the summit of the Gér- ner Grat, upward of eleven thousand five hun- dred feet above the sea. It is between five and six miles long, and rises nearly fifty-two hun- dred feet, with a maximum grade of twenty per cent. There are two intermediate sta- tiotis, at the Riffel Alp and the Riffelberg, and the ascent is made in ninety minutes. The height of this road will be surpassed by that of the one now being erected up the Jungfrau. EXTRAORDINARY advantages are claimed by Mrs. Theodore R. MacClure, of the State Board of Health, for Michigan as a summer and health-resort State. The State has more than sixteen hundred miles of lake line, the greater part of which is or can be utilized for summer-resort purposes ; there are in its limits 5,173 inland lakes varying in size and having a total area of 712,864 square acres of water. The many rivers running through the State furnish on their banks delightful places for camping and for recreation. An action of bacteria on photographic plates was described by Prof. P. P. Frank- land at the last meeting of the British Asso- ciation. Ordinary bacterial cultures in gela- tin and agar-agar are found to be capable of affecting the photographic film even at a distance of half an inch, while, when they are placed in contact with the film, definite pictures of the bacterial growths can be ob- POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY. tained. The action does not take place through glass, and therefore, as in the case of Dr. W. J. Russell’s observations with some other substances, it is considered prob- ably due to the evolution of volatile chemical materials which react with the sensitive film, Many varieties of bacteria exert the action but to a different degree. Bacterial growths which are luminous in the dark are much more active than the non-luminous bacteria hitherto tried. TELEPHONIC communication, it is said, has been established between a number of farms in Australia by means of wire fences, A correspondent of the Australian Agricul- turist from a station near Colmar represents that it is easy to converse with a station eight miles distant by means of instruments connected on the wire fences, and that the same kind of communication has been estab- lished over a distance of eight miles. Sey- eral stations are connected in this way, WE have to record the deaths of F. A, Obach, electrical engineer, at Griitz, Austria, December 27th, aged forty-six years. He was author of numerous papers on subjects of electrical science in English and German publications, and of lectures on the chem- istry of India rubber and gutta percha; Dr. Reinhold Ehret, seismologist and author of books on earthquakes and seismometers, who died from an Alpine accident in the Susten Pass; Dr. Joseph Coats, professor of pa- thology at the University of Glasgow, and author of a manual of pathology, a work on tuberculosis, etc.; Thomas Hincks, F.R.S., author of books on marine zoélogy, February 2d; Major J. Hotchkiss, president in 1895 of the Geological Section of the American Asso- ciation and author of papers on economic geology and engineering; Wilbur Wilson Tho- burn, professor of biomechanics at Leland Stanford Junior University; Dr. Giuseppe Gibelli, professor of botany in the University of Turin; Dr. G. Wolffhiizel, professor of hygiene in the University of Gottingen; Dr. Dareste de Chavannes, author of researches in animal teratology, and formerly president of the French Society of Anthropology; Dr. Rupert Béck, professor of mechanics in the Technical Institute of Vienna; William Colenso, F. R.S., of New Zealand, naturalist and author of investigations of Maori an- tiquities and myths; Dr. Lench, assistant in the observatory at Ziirich, Switzerland; Dr. Franz Lang, rector and teacher of natural history in the cantonal schools of Soleure, Switzerland, and one of the presidents of the Swiss Natural History Society, aged seventy- eight years; Dr. William Rutherford, pro- fessor of physiology in the University of Edinburgh, and author of several books in that science, February 21st, in his sixtieth year; and Sir Douglas Galton, president of the British Association in 1895 and an au- thority and author on sanitation, March 10th, in his seventy seventh year. a ——

Page 145

INDEX. ARTICLES MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK ARE ILLUSTRATED. PAGE Academy della Crusca, The. (Frag.).........ccceecesceccecceess 572 Adulteration of Butter with Glucose. (Frag.)............e.e0005 570 Allen, Grant. The Season of the Year........ccccccsccccccceses 230 America, Middle. Was it Peopled from Asia? E.§. Morse........ 1 PE EE, Pa, scnced ine gnssnesdeeeebenensienentses ee 430 Anthropology. Decorated Skulls and the Power ascribed to them. . (Frag.) . nied dtdhbbbobeneeseeeeseceese 570 « Estrays from, Civilisation. " Gives. Di iéheedaeneontn 573 « Huichol Indians of Jalisco. (Frag.)............. 574 “ OE Ee 411 “ Pre-Columbian Musical Instruments. E. 8. Morse*. 712 “ Superstitions, Aboriginal, about Bones. alte »- woe 572 “ Superstition and Crime. E. P. Evans.. a Archeology. Earliest Writing in France. G. de Mortillet. seusedans 546 - Lake Dwelling, i Pi ceneedsseeuccesesessend Gan * Stone Age in Egypt. J. de Morgan. gaekconeseenses 202 Architectural Forms in Nature. §S. Dellenbaugh*................ 63 Astronomical Photographs, A Library of. (Frag.).............+.. 717 Astronomy. Bombardment, The Great. ©. F. Holder*............ 506 Atkinson, E. Wheat-growing Capacity of the United States........ 145 = “ The Wheat Problem again. séussnbeetneeeenee: Te a a ee 858 _ Bactrian Camel for the Klondike. (Frag.)........-eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 136 Barr, M. W. Mental Defectives and the Social Welfare*.......... 746 Bede, Chair of the Venerable. (Frag.).....ccccccccccccscescesees 283 Bees, Burrowing, The Nests of. (Frag.)....cccccccccccceccccces 860 Bering Sea Controversy and the Scientific Expert. G. A. Clark..... 654 Biological Survey, The United States. (Frag.)........sseeeeeeees 856 Blackford, Charles Minor, Jr. Soils and Fertilisers. a ila tae anni 392 Blake, I. W. Our Florida Alligator *............ hedeesednencecce 330 Bombardment, The Great. CO. F. Holder *...........eeeceeecceces 506 Books Noticed... ...ccccccccccccccccccmcccce 126, 274, 415, 559, 704, 845 Agriculture. Michigan Board, Thirty-fifth Archeology, Introduction to the Study of Annual Report of, 423. North American. C, Thomas, 420. Alexander, A. Theories of the Willinthe Arthur and Trembly. Living Plants and History of Philosophy, 566. their Properties, 564. Andrews, C. M. The Historical Develop- Astronomy, A Text-Book of Geodetic. ment of Modern Europe, 126. Jd. F. Hayford, 129. Anthropology. Indians of Northern British — Corona and Coronet. M. L. Todd, 418. Columbia, Facial Paintings of. F. Boas, — Earth and Sky, The. E. 8. Holden, 850. 710. — Tides, The. G. H. Darwin, 705. VOL. LIv.—64

Page 146

INDEX, Books Noticed: Bailey, L. H. Evolution of our Native Fruits, 7 Baldwin, J. M. The Story of the Mind, 565. ~ Barnes; C. R. Form and Function of Plant Life, 277. Barra, Eduardo de la. Literatura arcaica, 280. Beauchamp, W. M. Polished-Stone Articles used by New York Aborigines before and during European Occupation, 279. Beddard, F. E. Elementary Zodlogy, 706. Béker, G. A. Rrimas, 280. Binet, Alfred. L’Année Psychologique, 129. Bjérling, P. R. Mechanical Engineer's Pocketbook, 132. Boas, Franz. Facial Paintings of the In- dians of Northern British Columbia, 770. Bolton, H. C. Catalogue of Scientific and Technical Periodicals (1665-1895), 566. Botany. Familiar Life in Field and Forest. F. S. Mathews, 418. — Fossil Plants. A.C. Seward, 127. — Fruits, The Evolution of our Native. L. H. Bailey, 704. — Function and Forms of Plant Life. C.R. Barns, 277. — Les Végétaux et les Milieux Cosmiques, 132. — Living Plants and their Properties. Arthur and Trembly, 564. — Practical Plant Physiology, 128. Brain Weight, Indexes of. McCurdy and Mohyliansky, 709. Brush, George J. Manual of Determinative Mineralogy, 707. Butler, Amos W. The Birds of Indiana, 422. Carus-Wilson, C. A. Electro-Dynamics, 277. Catalogue of Scientific and Technical Pe- riodicals (1665-1895). H.C. Bolton, 566. Chemical Analysis, Manual of. G. 8. Newth. 708. Chemistry. Inorganic according to the Pe- riodic Law. ‘enable and Howe, 567. — Qualitative Analysis. E. A. Congdon, 567. — Short Manual of Analytical. John Muter, 419. Clark, William J. Commercial Cuba, 564. Conant, F. 8. Biographical Pamphlet, 132. Congdon, E. A. Brief Course in Qualita- tive Analysis, 567. Cornelius, Hans. Psychologie als Erfahr- ungs-wissenschaft, 850. Costantin, M. J. Les Végétaux et les Mi- lieux Cosmiques, 132. Creighton, J. E. An Introductory Logic, 706. Crook, J. W. History of German Wage Theories, 708. Cuba, Commercial. William J. Clark, 564. Dana, E.8. Text-Book of Mineralogy, 848. Dana, James D. Revised Text-Book of Geology, 418. Darwin, George Howard. The Tides, 705. Davis, H.S. Star Catalogues, 280. Day, D. T. Mineral Resources of the United States, 852. Detmer, W. Practical Plant Physiology, - 128. Drey, Sylvan. A Theory of Life, 280. Earthquakes of the Pacific Coast. E. g. Holden, 850. Economics. Commercial Cuba. William J. Clark, 564, — German Wage Theories, History of. J. W. Crook, 708. — Public Administration in Massachusetts, R. H. Whitten, 422. Education. Greek Prose. H. C. Pearson, 308. — Handbook of Nature Study for Elemen- tary Schools, 130. — Harold’s Rambles. J. W. Troeger, 567. — Ona Farm. N. L. Helm, 423. — United States Commissioner’s Report for 1896-"97, 852. Electricity. Electro-Dynamics. C. A. Carus-Wilson, 277. — Industrial. A. G. Elliott, 132. — The Discharge of, through Gases. J. J. Thomson, 565. — The Storage Battery. A. Treadwell, 4 Eliott, A.G. Industrial Electricity, 132. Engineering. Mechanical Engineer's Pock- etbook, 132. Ethnology. Explorations in Honduras. G. B. Gordon, 133. Forestry. American Woods. R. B. Hough. 276. — Conditions in Wisconsin. F. Noth, 709. Geikie, James. Earth Sculpture, 845. Geography. Natural Advanced. Redway and Hinman, 421. — Philippine Islands and their People. D. C. Worcester, 415. — Physical, of New Jersey. R. D. Salis- bury, 422. Geological Bulletin, Part II, Vol. III, of the University of Upsala, 230. Geological Survey of Kansas. Vol. IV. 8. W. Williston, 709. Gevlogy. Earth Sculpture. James Geikie, 845. — Indiana, Twenty-second Annus! Report of Department of, 852. — Indian-Territory, Reconnaissance of Coal Fields of. N. F. Drake, 852. — Iowa Survey. Eighth volume, 851. — Mineralogy, Manual of Determinative, 707. — Mineralogy, Text-Book of. E. S. Dana, 848. — Mineral Resources of the United States. D. T. Day, 852. — New Jersey State Report for 1897, 851. — Panama, Geological History of the Isth- mus of. R. T. Hill, 851. — Text-Book of. J.D. Dana, 418.

Page 147

Books Noticed : Giddings, Franklin H. Elements of Sociol- ogy, 559. Goldman, Henry. The Arithmetician, 279. Goode, G. B. Report of United States National Museum for 1895, 710. Gordon, G. B. Ethnological Explorations in Honduras, 133. Groos, Karl. The Play of Animals, 274. Harris, Edith D. Story of Rob Roy, 709. Hayford, J. F. Text-Book of Geodetie Astronomy, 129. Heim, Nellie Lathrop. On a Farm, 423. Hill, R. T. Geological History of the Isth- mus of Panama, 851. History. Commune, The. Lissagaray. Translated by E. M. Aveling, 423. — Europe, The Historical Development of Modern. C. M. Andrews, 126. — Napoleon III and his Court. Imbert de Saint-Amand, 422. — Reader for Elementary Schools. L. L. W. Wilson, 853. — Spanish Literature. J. Fitzmaurice-Kelly, 275. Hoffman, F. 8. The Sphere of Science, 128. Holden, E. 8. Earthquakes of the Pacific Coast, 1769-1897, 850. — The Earth and Sky. 850. Holyoake, G. J. Jubilee History of the Leeds Co-operative Society, 849. Hough, R. B. American Woods, 276. Iowa State University Bulletin, Vol. IV, No. 8, 279. James, William. Human Immortality, 708. Jayne, Horace. The Mammalian Anatomy of the Cat, 278. Jordan, D.S. Lest we Forget, 568. Keyser, L. 8. News from the Birds, 567. Lambert, R. A. Differential and Integral Calculus, 421. Lange, D. Handbook of Nature Study for Elementary Schools, 130. Lantern Land, In. (Monthly.) Allen and Carleton, 708. Le Bon, Gustave. The Psychology of Peoples, 847. Leeds Industrial Co-operative Society, Jubi- lee History of. G. J. Holyoake, 849. Library Bulletin, No. 9, New York State, 133. Lissagaray. History of the Commune. Translated by E. M. Aveling, 423. Logic, An Introductory. J. E. Creighton, 706. Lyte, E.0. Elementary English, 279. McConachie, L. G. Congressional Com- mittees, 131. Mathematics. Differential and Integral Calculus. R.A. Lambert, 421. — Infinitesimal Analysis. William B. Smith, 849. — Lectures on the Geometry of Position. T. R. Reye. Translated. Mathews, F. Schuyler. Familiar Life in Field and Forest, 418. INDEX. Maurice-Kelly, James Fitz. History of Spanish Literature, 275. Meteorology. Wind Deposits, Mechanical Composition of. J. A. Udden, 853. Mills, Wesley. Nature and Development of Animal Intelligence, 562. Mivart, St. George. The Groundwork of Science, 563. Music, A Short Course in. Ripley and Tupper, 133. Muter, John. Manual of Analytical Chem- istry, 419. Natural History. Animal Intelligence, Na- ture and Development of. Wesley Mills, 562. — Birds, News from the. L. 8S. Keyser, 567. — Birds of Indiana, 422. — Four-footed Americans and their Kin. M. O. Wright, 568. — Solitary Wasps, Habits of. G. W. and E. P. Peckham, 851. — Taxidermy, The Art of. John Rowley, 420. — Wild Animals I have Known. E. 8. Thompson, 417. Newth,G.S. Manual of Chemical Analysis. 708. Ornithology. How to Name the Birds. H. E. Parkhurst, 131. Overton, Frank. Physiology, Applied, 277. — Physiology for Advanced Grades, 566. Paleontology. Fossil Plants. A. C. Sew- ard, 127. Parkhurst, H. E. How to Name the Birds, 131. Pearson, H.C. Greek Prose, 708. Peckham, G. W. and E. P. Habits of the Solitary Wasps, 851. Philosophy. Immortality, Human. Wil- liam James, 708. Physiology, Applied. Frank Overton, 277. — Applied, for Advanced Grades. F. Over- ton, 566. Psychology. Child, The Study of the. A. R. Taylor, 564. — L’ Année Prsychologique, 129. — Mind, The Story of the. J. M. Baldwin, 565. — of Peoples. G. Le Bon, 847. — Play of Animals, The. Karl Groos, 274. — Psychologie als Erfahrungs - wissen- schaft. Hans Cornelius, 850. — Will, Theories of the, in the History of Philosophy. A. Alexander, 566. Quinn, D. A. Stenotypy. Second edition, 279. Redway, J. W.,and Hinman K. Natural Advanced Geography, 421. Reye, Theodor R. Lectures on the Geom- etry of Position. Translated, 419. Rice, W., and Eastman Barrett. Under the Stars, and Other Verses, 134. Richter, J. P. F. Selections from the Works of, 279.

Page 148

Books Noticed: Ripley, F. H., and Tupper, T. A Short Course in Music, 133. Rollin, H. J. Yetta Ségal, 278. Rowley, John. The Art of Taxidermy, 420. Saint-Amand, Imbert de. Napoleon IIT and his Court, 422. Salisbury, Rollin D. Physical Geography of New Jersey, 422. Science, Groundwork of, The. St. George Mivart, 563. — Sphere of. F.S. Hoffman, 128. Seward, A.C. Fossil Plants, 127. Smith, William B. Infinitesimal Analysis, 849. Sociology. Congressional Committees. L. G. McConachie, 131. — Currency Problems of the United States in 1897-"98. A. B. Stickney, 133. — Elements of. F. H. Giddings, 559. — The State. W. Wilson, 130. — Workers, The. W. A. Wyckoff, 707. Stickney, A. B. Currency Problem of the United States in 1897-"98, 133. Still, A. Alternating Currents and the The- ory of Transformers, 133. Story of the Railroad, The. Cy Warman, 848.

Thompson, Ernest Seton. Wild Animals I have Known, 417. Thomson, J. J. The Discharge of Elec- tricity through Gases, 565. Todd, Masel L. Corona and Coronet, 418, Treadwell, Augustus. The Storage Battery, 421. Troeger, John W. Harold’s Rambles, 567. Udden, J. A. Mechanical Composition of Wind Deposits, 853. United States National Museum, Report of, for 1895, 710. Venable and Howe. Inorganic Chemistry according to the Periodic Law, 567. Waring, George E., Jr. Street-Cleaning Methods in European Cities, 131. Warman, Cy. Story of the Railroad, 848. Whitten, Robert H. Public Administration in Massachusetts, 422. Wilson, L. L. W. History Reader for Ele- mentary Schools, 853. Wilson, Woodrow. The State, 130. Winter, H. L. Notes on Criminal Anthro- pology, 280. Worcester, Dean C. The Philippine Islands and their People, 415. Wright, Mabel Osgood. Four-footed Amer- Taylor, A. R. The Study of the Child, 564. icans and their Kin, 563. Thomas, C. Introduction to North Amer- Wyckoff, W. A. The Workers, 707. ican Archeology, 129. Zodlogy, Elementary. E. E. Beddard, 706. Botany. English Names for Plants. (Frag.)........ sae amen a Forest Planting on the Plains. (Frag.)................. 718 “ ‘Light and Vegetation. D.T. MacDougall....... i‘enoouste 193 - Plant Characters, Changes in. (Frag.)........... oe. ad Poisonous Plants. (Frag.)...........++. inane eases . 855 aes Seeds, Dispersal of. (Frag.)........ jitmek eek ewednedons 715 Boyer, M. J. Sketch of Clémence Royer. (With Portrait)..... <0. ae Brain Weights and Intellectual Capacity. J. Simms.............. . 243 Brooks, William Keith. Mivart’s Groundwork of Science........ -. 450 Bullen, Frank T. Life on a South Sea Whaler.................. .- 818 Canada, The Interior of. (Frag.)......... sis acoal isk ghoats Mecooadainied ied . 141 Catbird, The Coming of the. S. Trotter..............0e.ceeeees . 72 Causses of Southern France, The. (Frag.).............eeeeeeees 138 Cereals in the United States. Distribution of. (Frag.)............ 859 Clarke, F. W. Sketch. With Portrait)...............2.cee cues 110 Clark, George A. The Scientific Expert and the Bering Sea Contso- SET nc due nee c0vnue con ceseeoeses pdbag eb eke Kee Ken bet Sd Climatic Evolution, Laws of. eee . 855 Collier, J. The Evolution of Colonies.............. ~ee-s 52, 289, 577 Colonies, The Evolution of. J. Collier...............+45- 52, 289, 577 is oa ce eens pen eeedensseenneseeeen am—ne Cooking Schools in Philadelphia. (Frag.)..........sseeeeeeeees 428 Cordillera Region of Canada. (Frag.)............ uid epaaee sel Cram, W. E. Concerning Weasels*...........-2sceecececcceceee 186 Criminology. California Penal System. C. H. Shinn *........... G4

Page 149

INDEX. 869 PAGE Cuba, The Climate of. (Frag.)......sscccsccccscccccccsesecsces 426 Curious Habit, Origin of a. CB rag.).cccccccccccccccccccccccccce 286 Dastre, M. Iron in the Living Body...........seeeeeceeceeceees 807 Dawson, E.R. The Torrents of Switzerland..............eeeeeees 46 Death Gulch, a Natural Bear-Trap. T. A. Jaggar*............... 475 Decorated Skulls and the Power ascribed to them. (Frag.)......... 570 Dellenbaugh, F.S. Architectural Forms in Nature*.............. 63 Dodge, C. R. Possible Fiber Industries of the United States*...... 15 Dorsey, George A. Up the Skeena River*..............eeeeeees 181 D Q The Now Plamet. (i Eng.)..ccccccccccccccsccccccccccceses 426 Dream ee ee en 96 4 « DD iii ith cbeceegese bie eee eeeseneeee 103 Dreams, The Stuff of. Havelock Ellis........... 2... ccc ceeceeeees 721 Dresslar, F. B. Guessing as Influenced by Number Preferences.... 781 Dutch Charity, A Practical. J. H. Gore........cccccccccccccccces 103 Earliest Writing in France, The. G. de Mortillet.................. 542 Earthquakes, Modern Studies of. George Geraland.....cccccccces 862 Economics. Cereals, Distribution of, in the United States........... 859 “ Conquest, The Spirit of. J. Novicow.. 518 « Gold, Marvelous Increase in Production a “A. E. ‘Out- erbridge, Jr.. : tence GD « Wheat-growing Capacity of the “United States. E. At- DL sigcnmsthebheentnsedhetebdbbees eeeeesonaneens 145 « Wheat Problem, The. E. Atkinson................... 759 Education and Evolution. (Smith.) (Corr.).................. 554 “ cnc ncs wccesecsteceoceseenne 269 “ German School Journeys. (Frag.)...........2.-eee0: 573 “ History of Scientific Instruction. J. N. Lockyer. .... 372, 529 “ Nature Study in the Philadelphia Normal School. L. L. Ey en er 313 “ Playgrounds of Rural and Suburban Schools. L. G. SN n0606.606-06640060660006006800 060000 00006008 176 « Science and Culture. (Table)..............0eeceeeees 842 “ I, Sn ec kei een wbeekeneen’ 672 « Series Method, The. A Comparison. Charlotte Taylor.. 537 ad Should Children under Ten learn to Read and Write? i is WG ticndn bee dbeeneeseecencoseees eens 882 “ Wn e5n00 400040000000 000 40000008 118 Electricity. The Nernst Electric Lamp. (Frag.)................ 854 Ellis, Havelock. The Stuff that Dreams are made of.............. 721 Emerson and Evolution. (Alexander.) (Corr.)...........eeee005 555 . . = DY Se diciin bev ékideennaeeet asain 558 Estrays from Civilization. (Frag.)........ccccccccccccccccccees 573 Ethnology. Was Middle America Peopled from Asia? E.§. Morse. . 1 Evans, E. P. Superstition and Crime............cccccecccccccece 206 Evolution and Education. (Smith.) (Corr.)............eseeeees 554 . I, ns oo. kas cenccaeenesecuveseane 269 Extra Organic Factors of. (Frag.).........0.seeeeees 427 = of Pleasure Gardens. (Frag.).......ccccccsccccccscces 717 ” Social. What is it? Herbert Spencer.................- 35 - Survival of the Fittest. (Table)...............ceeeeee 844

Page 150

870 INDEX. I i a See ehonnie 701 Fiber Industries of the United States. OC. R. Dodge*............... 15 FPilorida Alligator, Our. I. W. Blake ®... ... .cccccccscccccccccccces 330 Ford, R. Clyde. The Malay Language............ccceeccccsccece 813 Forest Planting on the Plains. (Frag.)............eeeeeeeecceees 718 Fossils as Criterions of Geological Ages. (Frag.)................. 497 CR cence caensedsecoucessvcsccces 273 French Science, Two Gifts to. M. H. de Parville*................ 81 IEEE ee 571 Geikie, Sir A. Science in Education............0. ccc ceccecccees 672 Geography. Atlantic Slope, The. (Frag.)............2.eeeeeeees 858 “ West Indies, Physical, of. F.L. Oswald.............. 802 Geological Romance, A. J. A. Uddem®......cccccccccccccccccccs 222 Geology. Death Gulch, a Natural Bear-Trap. T. A. Jaggar*...... 475 Glacial, in America. D. 8. Martin..................2. 356 = Siamese Geological Theory, A. (Frag.)............... 718 Geraland, George. Modern Studies of Earthquakes............... 362 German School Journeys. (Frag.).....ssccccscccesccccccccceces 573 Glacial Geology in America. D. 8S. Martin.................. 0000: « 3856 Glaciation and Carbonic Acid. (Frag.).........ccceeceeceecccees 135 Gold, Marvelous Increase in Production of. A. E. Outerbridge, Jr... 635 Gore, J. H. A Practical Dutch Charity. ............ 002 ceeeeccees 103 Guessing as Influenced by Number Preferences. F. B. Dresslar.... 781 er i re, Ci Dis cccccecce eeequceseceeeseceesese 286 EO ES eee er eee ree 574 i, Cs 2. CO Gl, .c5 ces ceccsectecss cccccooess 260 Holder, C. F. The Great Bombardment *...............eeeeeeees 506 Huichol Indians of Jalisco. (Frag.)........cccccccccccccccccvecs 574 CR ss acc ccs wahoo dees eedeeeereenen 425 Hygiene. Rebreathed Air asa Poison. (Frag.)............0.s008: 714 = Throat and Ear, Care of the. W.Scheppegrell.......... 791 Ide, Mrs. G. E. Shall we Teach our Daughters the Value of isin Aidit bet bende ened ted bee CONN bed ewes Ons 686 Indian Idea of the “ Midmost Self.” (Frag.)...........seeeeeeees 136 Ireland, W. Alleyn. The Labor Problem in the Tropics............ 481 Roem te the Tivime Body. Wi. DoatttOec ccc ccccccscccccccccccccece 807 Iztaccihuatl (the White Lady Mountain). (Frag.)................ 569 Jaggar, T. A. Death Gulch, a Natural Bear-Trap*................ 475 Jastrow, Joseph. The Mind’s Eye*.. .........cccccccccccccccecs 289 Jordan, D. 8. True Tales of Birds and Beasts. ...............005- 852 Kekulé, Friedrich August. Sketch. (With Portrait).............. 401 Labor Problem in the Tropics. W. A. Ireland..............+.0+++ 481 Lake Dwelling, A Neolithic. (Frag.)...........ccccccccccccccces 856 Light and Vegetation. D. T. MacDougall... .............eeeeeeees 193 Lockyer, J. N. A Short History of Scientific Instruction..... 372, 529

Page 151

INDEX. MacDougall. Light and Vegetation... ...........:.sseeeeeeeeeees Malay Language. R. C. Ford...........ceeeeee cee ceccceeceeeees Martel, M. E. A. Speleology, or Cave Exploration................ Martin, D. S. Glacial Geology in America.............02eeeeeeees Melinand, M. C. Dream and Reality............ccsecceesecceees Mental Defectives and the Social Welfare. M. W. Barr*.......... Meteorology, Climatic Evolution, Laws of............eseseeeeees i SD ons cee eaneeeceeseseeus Miles, Manly, Sketch of. (With Portrait). . Pa ee ae Dies Te, TOR. SOU COI a occ ccccccccvvvccesccccsescss Missouri Botanical Garden, Additions to. (Frag.). —cueaes Molecular Asymmetry and Life. (Frag.)...............ee eee eeees Mongoose in Jamaica, The. C. W. Willis*...............0eeeeeee Moon and the Weather, The. G.J. Varney. (Corr.).............. Morgan, J. de. Stome Age in Egypt... ...ccccccscsccccccccccccccs Morse, E.S. Pre-Columbian Musical Instruments.* (Frag.)...... “ “ Was Middle America Peopled from Asia?............ Mortillet, Gabriel de, Sketch of. (With Portrait)................ “ The Earliest Writing in France............. Names, Technical and Popular. (Frag.)..............ceceee cece’ Naples Aquarium, The. (School for the Study of Life under the ED Me Os i oe a a a ee he ees deme we Natural History. Catbird, The Coming of the. S. Trotter.. RES Herrings at Dinner. (Frag.)...............0+- Origin of a Curious Habit. (Frag.)............ “ “ School for the Study of Life under the Sea. E. is is dtdcnkancenedianinnneds eneea * “ Scorpion, My Pet. Norman Robinson*........ ws - le Oe a ninnc0e 406 cewasccesces Natural Selection and Fortuitous Variation. (Frag.)............. Nature Study in the Philadelphia Normal School. L. L. W. Wilson. . Nernst Electric Lamp, The. (Frag.)..........ccccccccccccsccces TE | ee ee ek gacekees euuenene Nicaragua and its Ferns. (Frag.)........cccccscccccccccscecs ate Nontoxic Matches, The French. (Frag.)...............e2e eee cues Novicow, J. The Spirit of Conquest..............ccecccccececess Oakley, Isabella G. Playgrounds of Rural and Suburban Schools. . . Observation, The Science of. C. L. Whittle*.................006- re. CR... . ccecnbecbscucosceecesecses Oswald, F. L. Physical Geography of the West Indies. . Outerbridge, A. E., Jr. Marvelous Increase in Production of Gold. . Parville, M. H. de. Two Gifts to French Science *..............005 7 G. T. W. Should Children under Ten learn to Read and i a A ah a a al ee el Patterson, Eleanor H. A School for the Study of Life under the Sea. Pearls, American Fresh-Water. (Frag.)..........scceccecececees Eh Physics. Utilization of Wave Power. (Frag.).........sseeeceees PAGE 193 813 255 356 746 855 717 834 289 135 139 86 118 202 712 546 542 668 772 716 574 286 668 605 786 141 313 854 140 137 857 518 176 456 716 802 635 81 382 668 859 428 715

Page 152

872 INDEX, Physiology. Iron in the Living Body. M. Dastre................. aor Plant Characters, Changes in. (Frag.)........cc.cccccccccccence 286 PP Ph, CMD. coccccccccescecssececccéocscecce 428 Playgrounds of Rural and Suburban Schools. Isabella G. Oakley.... 163 Pleasure Gardens, Evolution of. (Frag.)...........cccccccccccucs %17 EE Ba Mee «CIID OE BRIE c cc wcsccccccccccccccccceces 89 EE EE ee 855 ES SE ee ee 856 i CDi. 26s ces een ged dee ethene tose es es sec ce 430 Pre-Columbian Musical Instruments. E. 8. Morse*.............. 712 Psychology. Dreams. Havelock Ellis... ............ccccccccccecs 721 as Guessing as Influenced by Number Preferences. F. B. DY ‘cigde dkith hdd eee ee SOO6 C06 Obs Odds edevde 781 ee CD, oss daedee sae tae eeeeeesesecee 409 . re 284 Racial Geography of Europe. W. Z. Ripley............... 163, 338, 614 GE, We Mi, UIs 6 060 ccc cen ccccesccscesecoes 89 Rebreathed Air as a Poison. (Frag.)........cc.ccccecccccccccces 714 Ripley, W. Z. Racial Geography of Europe............... 163, 338, 614 Robinson, Norman. My Pet Scorpion*®............ceeeeceecccecs 605 Royer, Clémence, Sketch of. (With Portrait.) M. J. Boyer........ 690 Russell’s Photographic Researches. (Frag.)...........sseeeeeeees 139 i er, MD. vcccc ces ceecedensscecosesnes 285 ES EE 284 Scheppegrell, W. Care of the Throat and Ear.................... 791 Science, A Doubtful Appendix to. (Table)...................... 120 " I i ii at ta ene ene cen buns éeny 842 - Christian. The New Superstition. (Table)............. 557 = Education in. (Words of a Master.) (Table)............ 699 “ Mivart’s Groundwork of. W. K. Brooks...............+. 450 - EE SEE Ee re 415 Scientific Instruction, A Short History of. J. N. Lockyer...... 372, 529 Scorpion, My Pet. Norman Robinson *..............eeeeeeeeees 605 Seasons of the Year, The. Grant Allen...........ceccecceccceecs 230 OE Or, COMMS, 0. ccccccccecdccoosonccovescecesces 715 Series Method, The. A Comparison. Charlotte Taylor........... 537 Shinn, Charles Howard. The California Penal System*............ 644 Siamese Geological Theory, A. (Frag.)........cceececcccceeceees 718 Silkworm Gut, Spanish. (Frag.)......cccccccccccccccccccccccces 860 Simms, Joseph. Brain Weights and Intellectual Capacity........ 243 Skeena River, Up the. George A. Dorsey *.........0.eeeeeeeeeees 181 en Ge, CURED. cccceccececcencceeccecccesceses 283 Smith, Franklin. Politics as a Form of Civil War.............+-+s 588 Smith, Stephen. Vegetation a Remedy for the Summer Heat of DE ics Deh cin een eee needtn seeese eee eteneseeebeseusae 433 ~ Social Decadence, An Example of. (Table).............eeeeeeees 412 Sociology. California Penal System. C. H. Shinn*.............. 644 = Mental Defectives and the Social Welfare. M. W.Barr* 746 - Politics as a Form of Civil War. F.Smith............ 588 = The Foundation of. (Giddings.) (Corr.).........+.: 553

Page 153

INDEX. PAGE Soils and Fertilizers. O. M. Blackford, Jr...............c02e0000+ 892 South Sea Whaler, Lifeona. F. T. Bullen....................4.. 818 Spain’s Decadence, The Cause of. (Table).................--005 122 Speleology, or Cave Exploration. ls Bie die EO Ee's a 00 ceccccecenes 255 Spencer, Herbert. What is Social Evolution?.................... 35 Spirit of Conquest, The. J. Novicow.............. see ceeceeeeeee 518 Stone Age in Egypt, The. J. de Morgan............c.ceeeeeeeeees 202 Submarine Telegraphy, Early. (Frag.)..............ceeeeeceeecs 569 Superstition Se i is Bic acrcccccvcnsesccneesecese 206 Aboriginal, about Bones. (Frag.)................005 572 “ nbn nec chastened oebeceeueceeeen 557 ee Or Ge Cs 46 bon occ cecccconcccsdesancesoes 844 Switzerland, The Torrents of. E.R. Dawson...................: 46 Taxation, Principles of. Hon. D. A. Wells.............. 319, 490, 736 Taylor, Charlotte. The Series Method.................ceeeeleees 537 Throat and Ear, Care of the. W. Scheppegrell.................... 791 Ss oa oinceeede beeesec ccccadueonse 429 Trade Hunting, Scientific. (Frag.)........ccccccccccccccccccces 140 Trait, A, Common to usall. (Frag.).. ee Travel. Up the Skeena River. George A. ‘Dorsey. boule deeeenbebeee 181 Tree Planting in Arid Regions. (Frag.)........... cc. ccc eee ucees 282 Se , CR oo. ns cacnines eeeeeeheceensee ce 858 Trotter, Spencer. The Coming of the Catbird..................... 772 True Tales of Birds and Beasts. D.S. Jordan.................... 852 Udden, J. A. A Geological Romance*...............cc cee eee ees 222 Varney, G. J. The Moon and the Weather. (Corr.)............0. 118 Vegetation a Remedy against the Summer Heat of Cities. Dr. 8. Dt \dend tented tentsnduit ddd sdued penbateaseeene weaadewe 433 re rr Or: Cm, ... 5. au ce peschew see gnedsesoveses 718 Wave Length and other Measurements. (Frag.)..............e00 137 Wave Power, The Utilization of. (Frag.)............. ccc cceceees 715 Weasels, Concerning. W. E. Oram ™®............cccccccccccccces 786 Weir, J., Jr. The Herds of the Yellow Ant*................0000e5 75 Wells, David Ames, Death of. (Table)..............ccc cee ceeces 271 o - = Beimeiples of Tamation......ccccceces 319, 490, 736 West Indies, Physical Geography of. F. L. Oswald................ 802 Wheat-growing Capacity of the United States. FE. Atkinson........ 145 Wheat Problem, The, again. E. Atkinson..................000005 759 White Lady Mountain, The. (Frag.)........c0.cccccccccsceccees 569 Whittle, C. L. The Science of Observation *.................000. 456 Willis, C. W. The Mongoose in Jamaica*.............eeeeceeees 86 Wilson, L. L. W. Nature Study in the Philadelphia Normal School.. 313 CC WML 0... iss cdc cecene ens ebcesneneasn 717 EE CE, Cc conddncdcénsends cus cccessedessase 699 Yellow Ant, The Herds of the. J. Weir, Jr.*...........cccceeeee 75 THE END.

Page 154

Page 155

GENFRAL OTE: UNIV. OF Mick, MAR Sito. | You. LIV.) ESTABLISHED BY EpwARpD L. YouMANS. [No. 6. APPLETONS’ POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY, APRIL, 1899. EDITED BY WILLIAM JAY YOUMANS. CONTENTS. Sh PagE I, The Stuff that Dreams are made of. By Havurock Eitm........ 721 Il. The Best Methods of Taxation. - By the Late Hon. Daym A. Was Part... io cick on csdldeinns pheeneee bddsivieee, tOe III. Mental Defectives and the Social Welfare. By Marrm W, Bane, BLD. (Tlestented,)..... ccs dveesosdevocepeweens anda c lewake, Pe IV. The Wheat Problem again. By Epwarp Arxrson........ Sa Giblens 759 V. The Coming of the Catbird. By Spencer Trorrer....-........ TI VL. Guessing, as Influenced by Number Preferences. By F. B. Drxssrar. 781 VIL. Concerning Weasels, By Wu11am E. Czam. (Iilustrated.)...... 786° VIII. Care of the Throat and Har. By W. Sounrreanars, M.D... 0: 791 IX. The Physical Geography of the West Indies. L be) Taceena af the Antilles. By Dr. F. L. Oswatn.. -,......0de0-0b ethene es 802 X. Iron ir the Living Body. By M. A. Dasrrm..............., on BOT XI. The Malay Language. By Prof. R. Ciyvpm Forp................ 818 XII. Life on a South Sea Whaler. By Franz T. Burren,........ -».. 818 XML Sketch of Manly Miles. (With Portrait.)..... 5.0... 60-50-0005 834 XIV. Editor’s Table: Science and Culture.—Survival of the Piitest: v's Vika ve See XY. Scientific Literature. .........: Lea wies ve hia desi vree eee 845. XVL. Fragments of Science..........ceceeceeeese hi nibs crnan reset XVIL Index to Vol. LIV... 0.2.2... cccuse ce viense Wknere big seins Wp tere. 865 NEW YORK: D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, Soros N 8 72 FIFTH | SxUR. $5.00, aoe ae, CoprYnient, ‘ ; ‘Entered a the Post Ofice at New York, and admitted for transmiseion throngh the malle at eecoud-clae rates,

Page 156

* OUT-DOOR BOOKS *® Frank Bolles. LAND OF _— = ty ay SNOW. re tan in ~ ag England from J 16mo, $1.2 AT THE N NORTH OF BEARCAMP WATER. Chronicles of a Stroller in —~ Eng- land from July to December. 16mo, $1.2 FROM BLOMIDON a SMOKY, and Other Papers. 16mo, $1.2 CHOCORUA’S TENAN TS. Poems. [I1- lustrated. 16mo, $1.00. Heisa pt Gene anda describer, and he has en eet true lover of Nature; so that those who for animate nature will find his volume both thee renderings and their sympathies. — The Nation (lew Vork). John Burroughs. WORKS. Each volume, 16mo, gilt top, $1.25; the set, 10 vols., uniform, $12.50; half calf, $22.50. RIVERBY. WAKE-ROBIN. WINTER SUNSHINE. LOCUSTS AND WILD HONEY. FRESH FIELDS. INDOOR STUDIES. BIRDS AND POETS. PEPACTON. A Summer Voyage SIGNS AND SEASONS. WHITMAN: A Study. A YEAR IN THE FIELDS. . Selections rroughs. the have a from the W: of John Bu Illus- = 3 top, $1.50. to those who love the country, with and sounds, can not be imagined. I2mo, enchanting nhs and ae omen ‘Spocameor{Leedon). Alexander Black. PHOTOGRAPHY INDOORS AND OUT. A Book for Amateur With Illus- trations. 16mo, $1.25. tverside Library for Young People, 75 cents. One of the most interesting and instructive books we have yet seen on | y .— Canadian Photographic Journal. Alice Brown. BY OAK AND THORN. A Record of English Days. 16mo, gilt top, $1.25. Olive Thorne Miller. FOUR-HANDED FOLK. A book about such home pets as the kinkajou, oe arene ane balls,” the aoe! Tar wpa pane chimpanzee, inds of monkeys. a. IN NESTING-TIME. LITTLE BROTHERS OF THE AIR. A BIRD-LOVER IN THE WEST. UPON THE TREE-TOPS. Illustrated. Each, 16mo, $1.25. Among the many agreeable studies wnene have been more a ha a Caf ee ad og of Olive Thorne Miller.— Christian Union (New A FIRST BOOK ABOUT BIRDS. (Nearly ready.) Henry D. Thoreau. A new Riverside Edition of Thoreau’s w, In rz volumes, Crown Orks. $26.50; half calf, $go.25. "5" “MBs thee, A WEEK ON THE Cc See ES eon LIFE IN TH THE MAINE WOODs. © woos, EARLY SPRING, ASSA A IN M a uMER CHUSETTs, AUTUMN. WINTER. RISSETTANES. win « appa sa LANIES. With a B by Mr. EMERSON, and General Index. a Edited, with Notes, by F. B. San. BOR CAPE COD. Illustrated in water colors by AMELIA B, WATSON. 2 vols., crown 8vo, $5.00, WALDEN, Illustrated with 30 photogravures of Concord Scenes and Persons. 2 vols, 12mo, $5.00. competentivs observation as his re- pe... & no such in literature, united with a style so incisive Wim Curtis, Be naire so pictorial.—GsrorcEe Bradford Torrey. SPRING NOTES FROM TENNESSEE. A RAMBLER’S LEASE. BIRDS IN THE BUSH. THE FOOT-PATH WAY. A FLORIDA SKETCH-BOOK. A WORLD OF GREEN HILLS. Each, 16mc, $1.25. He is oe merely a her and a things. He observes Racore? keenly as thetically — The Charles Dudley Warner, MY SUMMER IN A GARDEN. by DaRLEY. Square 16mo, $1.50. Riverside Aldine Edition. 16mo, $1.00, IN THE WILDERNESS. Adirondack Essays. 18mo, $1.00. “Mr. Warner’s delight in Nature is not les than his exquisite faculty in description.” Florence A. Merriam. BIRDS OF VILLAGE — FIELD. Over 300 Illustrations. 12mo, oem tg ON A BRONCHO. Illustrated. BIRDS THROUGH AN OPERA-GLASS, Illustrated. 16mo, 75 cents. Rowland E. Robinson. IN NEW ENGLAND FIELDS AND WOODS. 16mo, $1.25. Julius H. Ward. THE WHITE MOUNTAINS. With Maps and Illustrations. 16mo, gilt top, $1.25. Clarence M. Weed. TEN NEW ENGLAND SLOSS AND THEIR INSECT VISITORS. With Ilustre- tions. Square r2mo, $1.25. of happy as sympa- Illustrated Sold by all Booksellers. HOUGHTON, Sent, postpaid, by MIFFLIN AND COMPANY 4 Park STREET, Boston ; 11 East 17TH STREET, NEW YORK

Page 157

od a ‘Standard Scientific Works. HARPER’S SCIENTIFIC MEMOIRS. Edited by Josep S. Ames, Ph. D., Professor of Physics in Johns Hopkins University. THE FREE EXPANSION OF GASES. Memoirs by Gay-Lussac, Joute, and JOULE and THomson. Illustrated. 8vo, cloth, 75 cents. PRISMATIC AND DIFFRACTION SPECTRA. Memoirs by JosEPH VON FRAUNHOFER. Illustrated. 8vo, cloth, 60 cents. Other volumes in preparation. A MANUAL OF EXPERIMENTS IN PHYSICS. Laboratory Instruc- tion for College Classes. By JosepH S. Ames, Ph. D., and WittiaM J. A. Buss. 8vo, cloth, $1.80. THEORY OF PHYSICS. By Joserx S. Ames, Ph. D. Illustrated. 8vo, cloth, $1.60. SKETCHES OF CREATION. A Popular View of some of the Grand Conclusions of the Science in Reference to the History of Matter and Life. By ALEXANDER WINCHELL. Illustrated. 12mo, cloth, $2.00. COSMOS. A Sketch of a Physical Description of the Universe. By ALEXANDER VON Humsotpt. Translated from the German by E. C. Orté. 2 volumes. i2mo, cloth, $3.00. SCIENTIFIC MEMOIRS. Experimental Contributions to a Knowledge of Radiant Energy. By Joun W. Draper. Illustrated. 8vo, cloth, $3.00. THE EARTH. A Descriptive History of the Phenomena of the Life of the Globe. By Exisée Rectus. Illustrated. Colored Maps. 8vo, cloth, $5.00. SCIENCE FOR THE YOUNG. By Jacos Assotr. 4 volumes. _Illus- trated. 12mo, cloth, $1.50 each. FORCE, LIGHT. HEAT. WATER AND LAND. WHAT MR. DARWIN SAW in his Voyage round the World in the Ship Beagle. With Illustrations and Maps. Square 8vo, cloth, $3.00. NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. By Wortuincton Hooker. (New edition.) Illustrated. 12mo, half leather, go cents. RECREATIONS IN ASTRONOMY, with Directions for Practical Ex- periments and Telescopic Work. By H. W. Warren. _Iilustrated. Colored Plates. 12mo, $1.25. POPULAR ASTRONOMY. By Simon Newcoms. 112 Engravings. 12mo, cloth, $1. 30. Sh eet a eg HARPER & BROTHERS, Publishers, Franklin Square, New York, N. Y.

Page 158

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY’S New Scientific Books, OUTLINES OF INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY. By FRANK HALL Instructor in Industrial Chemistry, Mass. Inst. of * ‘“‘ The book is brought thoroughly up to date, and nicely foreshadowed. Chemistry, Washington and Lee University. The descriptions are particularly lucid and the illustrations well selected I adopt the book for my class, and shall take pleasure in recommending it.”—Jas. Lewis Howe, Department TuHorP, Ph. D., Technology. Cloth. 8vo. Price, $3.50 net in some cases the lines of probable development are shall o COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY BIOLOGICAL SERIES. Edited by HENRY F. OsBORNE and EDMUND B. WILSson. Volume V. THE FOUNDATIONS OF ZOOLOGY. By Wiiuiam KEITH Brooks, Ph D LL. D., Professor of Zodlogy in the Johns Hopkins University. 8vo. Cloth. Price, $2.50 -— Uniform with OsBorNE’s From the Greeks to Darwin ; WILLEY’s Amphioxus ; DEAN’s Fishes, etc., etc ’ a] . The Evolution of Plants. By Dovcitas HOUGHTON CAMPBELL, Ph. D., Pro- fessor of Botany in the Leland Stanford Junior University. t2zmo. Cloth, Pp. viii + 319. Price, $1.25. Intended not merely for botanists but for stu- dents of the evolutionary theory in general. A History of Physics IN ITS ELEMENTARY BRANCHES, INCLUD. ING THE EVOLUTION OF PHYS- ICAL LABORATORIES, By FLorIAN Cajori, Colorado College, Cloth. Crown 8vo. Price, $1.60 net. A HANDBOOK OF METALLURGY. By CARL SCHNABEL, of the Royal Academy of Mines, Clausthal. Two Volumes. Volume I. Volume Il. Illustrated. Medium A translation of Dr. Carl Schnabel’s Handbook of Metallurgy. COPPER. LEAD. SILVER. GOLD. ZINC. CADMIUM. MERCURY. BISMUTH. TIN. ANTIMONY. ARSENIC. NICKEL. COBALT. PLATINUM. ALUMINIUM. Translated by HENRY Louis, Professor of Mining at the Durham College of Science. Price, $10.00 net. Just ready. Edited by Professor HENRY Louls. 8vo. Text-Book of the Embryology of Man and Mammals. By Dr. OscaR HertTwic. Translated from the Third German Edition by Prof. Epwarp L. Mark, Ph. D., Harvard University. Second Edition. With 339 Figures and 2 Plates. 8vo. Cloth. Price, $5.25 net. General Physiology. AN OUTLINE OF THE SCIENCE OF LIFE. By MAX VERWORN. ‘Translated from the Second German Edition by Freperic S. Lee, Ph. D,, Columbia University. With 285 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth. Price, $4.00 net. New Volumes in THE RURAL SCIEN BUSH-FRUITS. 4 Horticultural Monograph of Raspberries, Black- berries, Dewberries, Currants, Gooseberries, and Other Shrub-like Fruits. By FRED W. Carp, Rhode Island Agric. College. With 113 Illustrations. 537 pages. Price, $1.50. CE SERIES, edited by Prof. BAILEY. FERTILIZERS. The Source, Character, and Composition of Natu- ral, Home-made and Manufactured Fertilizers ; and Suggestions as to their Use for Different Crops and Conditions. By EDWARD B. Voor- HEES, A. M., Director N. J. Agric. Exp. Station, 1zmo. Cloth. Price, $1.00. THE EVOLUTION OF By L. H. Batrey, Cornell University. 485 pages. OUR NATIVE FRUITS. 125 Illustrations. Price, $2.00. Send for the Announcement List, and List of Books issued in 188 by THE MACMILLAN COMPANY, 66 Fifth Avenue, New York City.

Page 159

LATEST PUBLICATIONS OF » | pb APPLETON AND COMPANY. NEW YORK, APRIL, 1899. herman. t, General She! M. F. Force. A new volume in The Great Commanders Series. Edited by | ive James GRANT WILSON, With Portrait and Maps. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. The author of this volume, a practiced writer and one of Sherman's division commanders, accompanied him "v +. the Atlanta campaign and in the march to the sea. It is no slight compliment to General Force to say that = re aphy of Sherman maintains the high level of merit which characterizes the entire series, and indicates = ~~) edgment of General Sherman in selecting him, as he did, for his biographer. Several of the con- odin chapters of the volume were written by General J. D. Cox at the request of the author, owing to a tem- - rien of health and his desire not to delay its appearance. The book contains a finely engraved steel rtrait of the picture that General Sherman preferred, eight well-executed maps of his most important battle- D elds, and a carefully prepared index. This clear, comprehensive, and compact biography of the illustrious 7 soldier contains, among other features, the most accurate and complete account of the battle of Shiloh, in which t, Sherman played such an important part, that has appeared in print. , ete, NEW AND REVISED EDITION. Fairy-Land of Science. By oa B. BUCKLEY, author of “A Short History of Natural Science,” “ Botanical UD. Tables for Young Students,” etc. Illustrated. r12mo. Cloth, $1.50. The publishers of ‘ The Fairy-Land of Science,” with the assistance of the talented authoress, have consider- ably extended the original volume. Accounts of the latest scientific discoveries in the departments treated have been added, and such portions have been amplified as have grown in importance and interest since the first publication of the work more than twenty years ago. A careful revision has, as far as racticable, eliminated all errors, and also all words which, on account of their almost exclusive use in England, are not likely to be easily understood by children in the United States. American instead of English examples are given to illus- t, trate statements of general scientific truths, and, in fact, the whole letterpress has been carefully and thoroughly edited, in the endeavor to adapt it to the use and enjoyment of children. The work has also been largely re- illustrated. It is now offered in belief that the clear and readable style, the untechnical language, and ingenious fancy of its authoress, that first made ‘* The Fairy-Land of Science” acceptable to its readers, will be no less worthy of appreciation when extended to embrace recent developments of knowledge and adjusted to meet the special requirements of the American public. essor “a Letters to a Mother. By Susan E. Bow, author of “Symbolic Education,” “The Mottoes and Commentaries of Friedrich Froebel’s Mother-Play,” “ The Songs and Music of Friedrich Froebel’s Mother-Play,” OUIS. etc. The International Education Series. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. The object of the present book is to explain in language addressed to the general public the philosophy of Froebel. Its author finds it necessary for this purpose to take up the most important doctrines one after the other as they were developed in the Mutter und Kose Lieder, and show their equivalents in the different systems of thought that prevail. In some cases these systems are in harmony with Froebel, and in other cases there IFE. is profound disagreement. It is well for all students of the kindergarten to deepen their knowledge of his | rinciples by seeing their ultimate consequences and understanding how they apply to practical questions in the econd instruction of the young. The teacher ought to be able to understand things in their causes and reasons, and , | not rely too much upon mere authority. The importance of this will be readily understood by those who have h. D,, seen in recent years the unprofitable experiments made by kindergartners who have only partially understood tions. Froebel, and who have been easily caught by some plausible doctrine brought forward as an improvement, but which is really at variance with the true theory of the kindergarten as well as with that of all sound pedagogy. The readers of the discussions in this book will readily concede that the exposition of the results of the theory of the kindergarten, and also the defense of its practice as against systems that conflict with it, are presented with a clearness and force new in the literature of the subject. In this respect, as well as in many others, this book is most timely. The Story of Geographical Discovery. Natu- By JosEPH JAcogs. A new volume in the Library of Useful Stories. With Maps and IIlus- lizers ; trations. 16mo, Cloth, 40 cents. fferent This fascinating epitome of discovery will prove a book of universal interest. With rare tact and knowledge Voor- the author pictures the salient phases of geographical discovery in ancient and modern times. The field which tation, he covers is a vast one, but his treatment retains the interest of the theme. His book is a remarkable and accurate summary of the subject, which will be found of general value. A History of Japanese Literature. By W. G. Aston, C.M.G:, D. Lit., late Japanese Secretary to H. M. Legation, Tokio. A & new volume in The Literatures of the World Series. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. >. “In this volume justice has been done for the first time to the neglected, or rather never yet comprehended, subject of the prose and verse of Japan. . . . Sufficient, perhaps, has been said to prove how large is the sub- ject, how vast the field, how full of novelty and artistic wealth are the products of the literature of Japan, . which will assuredly owe to Mr. Aston its first formal and adequate introduction to the good opinion and re- vity. spectful attention of the West."—New Fork Literature.

Page 160

D. Appleton and Company’s Publications. — i NEW EDITION. The Scapegoat. A Romance and a Parable. By HALL CAINE, author of “ The Deemster,” “The Bondman,.” “ The Manxman,” “ The Christian,” etc. New and revised edition. Uniform with the “ve works. 12mo, Cloth, $1.50. author's This new edition will present itself as practically a new book. It will be found to diff i edition heretofore published, which was issued some years since without the Senet of ‘eae trom the This powerful romance and expressive ‘‘ parable” will be certain to obtain a greatly enlarged meed of de . y: The Cruise of the Cachalot, Round the World after Sperm Whales. By FRANK T. BULLEN, First Mat Cloth, $1.50. y , First Mate. Illustrated. Mr. Rudyard Kipling writes the author as follows: ‘It is immense—there is no oth ’ read anything that equals it in its deep sea wonder and mystery, nor do I think that = Nee — completely covered the whole business of whale-fishing, and at the same time given such real and n ~ pictures. I congratulate you most heartily. It’s a new world that you’ve opened the door to.” —— ‘*Mr. Bullen has given us an epic of whaling, and has presented it with that forcefuln implicity wi which the epic is associated. . . . The book is of the sea. The author describes some wre he = The book is real, authentic, a piece of life.’"—ZLondon Academy. "> I2mo, ; BY THE AUTHOR OF **\MONA MACLEAN.” Windyhaugh. A Novel. By GRAHAM TRAVERS, author of ‘‘ Mona Maclean, Medical Student,” “ Travellers,” etc. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ae, — ‘‘The name of the author of ‘Mona Maclean’ should assure any one of at least pleasant readi ‘ Windyhaugh ’ has a great deal about it that is pleasant. . . . The story works itself out ar and is ae quite evidently, of a great deal of thought and care.”—London Saturday Review, ‘* We congratulate the author very heartily upon her success. The characters are all alive and the conversa. tion suits them. . . . We cordially recommend ‘ Windyhaugh.’”—London Literary World. The Story of the Cotton Plant. By F. WILKINSON, F.G.S., Director of the Textile and Engineer School, Bolton. A new vol- ume in the Library of Useful Stories. 16mo. Illustrated. Cloth, 4o cents. In clear and simple language the author tells the story of cotton, tracing its progress from the plant to the thread. The early history of cotton, the various phases of its growth, and the processes of preparation and manufacture, are lucidly described. Puerto Rico and its Resources. A book for Travelers, Investors, and others, containing full accounts of Natural Features and Resources, Products, People, Opportunities for Business, etc. By FREDERICK A. OBER, author of “Camps in the Caribbees,” “Crusoe’s Island,” etc. With Map and Illustrations, 12mo, Cloth, $1.50. ‘‘ The best authoritative and ‘ eye-witnessing ’ book on this subject yet printed. . . . Mr. Ober describes ina definite, practical way its commercial, strategic, agricultural, financial, political, and geographical features, and furnishes just the information sought for by intending settlers.” —Boston Glove. Nunez’s Spanish Readers. With Vocabulary, and Questions in English on the Text. By J. ABELARDO NuNez. [Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth. Two Volumes. Volume I, 65 cents; Volume II, 85 cents. Standard elementary readers. Progressive. Carefully graded on the most approved plan employed in the leading American schools. Indorsed by prominent Spanish and American scholars. The outgrowth of years of experience on the part of the author, the most prominent educator of Spanish America, Universally adopted for school use. Playtime and Seedtime. By Francis W. PARKER and Netw L. HELM. _Iilustrated. Appletons’ Home-Reading Books. 12mo. Cloth, 32 cents net. This is the first volume of Uncle Robert’s Geography, consisting of six books, graded for school use as well as for the home. Colonel Parker begins his lessons in geography and the phenomena of Nature by relating the experiences of a family of children upon a farm. He gives them free scope to extend their observations and in- vestigations with the aid of their parents and ‘‘ Uncle Robert,” whose visit is described in the third book, Dr. Harris says, ‘‘ If these books are read by the school children, they will suggest a great variety of ways in which real mental growth and increase of practical power may be obtained.” The Principles of Biology. By HERBERT SPENCER. Volume I. New edition, revised and enlarged. Entirely reset. 12mo. Cloth, $2.00. The rapid progress in biology during the last generation has necessitated a revision of this work. The new chapters, with other additions and three new appendices, have increased the size of the volume to 706 pages. 4

Page 161

”» in, or's ion, rity. mo, ever aS SO ; Sea with slow esult, y vol- to the n and s and yuthor 12mo, es ina ss, and trated. f years eading as well ting the and in- k. Dr. n which 12mo. The new D. Appleton and Company’s Publications. Cannon and Camera. . Sea and Land Battles of the Spanish-American War in Cuba, Camp Life, and the Return of the Soldiers. Described and illustrated by J. C. HEMMENT. W ith over one hundred full-page pictures taken by the Author, and an Index. Large 12mo. Cloth, $2.00. “The most interesting book about the war so far is ‘Cannon and Camera.’ It is also the best considered urely as a narrative. Mr. Hemment was at the right places at the right times. as No series of pictures as good as this on the scenes and events of the war has been made by any other man.”—Soston Herald. Recollections of the Civil War. By CHARLES A. DANA. With Portrait. Large 12mo. Cloth, gilt top, uncut, $2.00. «Out of his rich material Mr. Dana has woven a marvelous narrative. . . . Written, as the book is, in Mr. Dana's inimitable English, it is worthy to rank with the autobiography of Grant in the list of the really great ote which will bear down to posterity the true story of the great war for freedom and for the Union.”—Aoston ‘ournal, F «A most remarkable volume of historical, political, and personal reminiscences.”—Buffalo Commercial. The History of the World, From the Earliest Historical Time to the Year 1898. By EDGAR SANDERSON, M. A., sometime scholar of Clare College, Cambridge, author of *‘ A History of the British Empire,” “ The British Empire in the Nineteenth Century,” “Outlines of the World’s History,” etc. Uniform with “Natural History,” “ Astronomy,” and ‘‘ The Historical Reference-Book.” Small 8vo. Half leather, $2.00. The thoroughness and compactness of this well-digested and comprehensive work render it invaluable as a convenient book of reference. The American edition has brought the history of our own country down to the close of the war with Spain. “ A wonderfully comprehensive work, ably written, and industriously and accurately compiled.”—St¢. Yames’s Gazette. Our Country’s Flag and the Flags of Foreign Countries. By Epwarb S. HoLpEN. Illustrated. Appletons’ Home-Reading Books. 12mo. Cloth, 80 cents net. This book is intended to give the American child a brief history of our national flag and its significance, with some account of the flags of other countries, and of symbols that have had so much to do with the hopes, aspira- tions, and loyalty of nations, The first part deals with the history of the American flag, and the second part with a short history of flags in general and of the flags of European nations in particular, It is a book that will help the American boy or girl to a higher conception of duty and patriotism. Historic Boston and its Neighborhood. By Epwarp Everett HALE. -Illustrated. Appletons’ Home-Reading Books. 12mo. Cloth, 50 cents net. This little book will serve as a key or as an introduction to the more elaborate guides to historic Boston and its suburbs, and to a general study of the early history of our country, many dramatic events in which occurred in and around this city. Mr. Hale's charming style, pure diction, and power of description, given here in a conversational form, can not fail to make this an entertaining and instructive book for older as well as young ers. Paleface and Redskin, and Other Stories for Boys and Girls. By F. ANsTEY, author of “ Vice Versa,” etc. With many Illustrations. r12mo. Cloth, $1.50. “* Paleface and Redskin, and Other Stories for Boys and Girls,’ is about as delightful a collection of stories of their own particular kind as one could wish for—stories of the kind that appeal to all healthy, jolly boys, and all nice little girls, and that, as a natural consequence, will appeal equally to most of their elders.”—Mew York Sun, With the Black Prince. A Story of Adventure in the Fourteenth Century. By WiLL1AmM O. Sropparp, author of “The Battle of New York,” “Chris, the Model-Maker,” “ Little Smoke,” “Crowded Out o’ Crofield,” “On the Old Frontier; or, The last Raid of the Iroquois,” etc. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst. r2mo. Cloth, $1 50. “Aside from the good story Mr. Stoddard tells, he is very clever in mixing history and fiction in judicious proportions, and his work has serious value that places it far above the ordinary book written to amuse only.”— Chicago Evening Post. Success against Odds; or, How an American Boy made his Way. By Wit11AM O. StoppaRD. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst. Uniform edition. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. “The story is written in a lively manner, and the adventures, while exciting, are not at all improbable.”— Minneapolis Tribune, “Just the sort of a book to get hold of a boy and help make a man of him.”—New York £ vangelist.

Page 162

A AE BL a TOO D BE EAE Mae BE Re Sits we Tinie BEL NS! OIE EM ai et Ss latte nol D0 ———— 7 D. Appleton and Company’s Publications. LATEST ISSUES IN Appletons’ Town and Country Library, Each, 12mo, paper, 50 cents; cloth, $1.00. “The beauty of Appletons' Town and Country Library series is that one is always sure of befn entertained, no matter how much at random he may make his selection or what season cf tl happen to be.”—Aoston Herald, & thoroughly e year it May No. 261. Pharos, the Egyptian. By Guy Bootupy, author of “ Doctor Nikola,” “ The Lust of Hate,” “A Bid for Fortune.” et ’ c, Mr. Boothby has proved himself a master of the art of story-telling from the point of view of who asks for a succession of stirring events, a suspicion of mystery, ard an interest not only of the reader culminating. It would be unfair to explain the extraordinary character of ** Pharos,” or to po fr but to the series of strange adventures wherein he plays a kading part. It is enough to assen rh an allude readers of delightful thrills and an interest which this vivid romancer never permits to flag © Mr. Boothby's No. 260. By Berwen Banks. By ALLEN RAINE, author of “ Mifanwy, a Welsh Singer,” ‘“‘ Torn Sails,” etc. Allen Raine has revealed a new field to novel readers in his sensitive and vivid sketches of village lifei Wales. He has never made the mistake of subordinating human interest to environment, but his char ct a ways live and move and their individuality is felt throughout. The sympathetic quality ot ‘the author's © my ° been abundantly appreciated by the many readers who have felt the quaint humor and the pathos of his e ia books. ‘‘ By Berwen Banks” will be found to represent a strengthening of the author's hold upon read ye a broadening of his powers. pon readers and No. 259. The Procession of Life. By HORACE ANNESLEY VACHELL. This strong story of modern life in California offers a series of vivid pictures of varied social conditions rar:ch life, land speculations, and other aspects of the subject which are presented with singular force and skill. The author has the art of telling an interesting story, and nis keen powers of cbservation and ability in charac. terization will attract attention to his work. Mr. Vachell, who is an Englishman living in California, has earned an honorable reputation in England by his novels, and this book, which represents his most important work, will be certain to make a strong impression upon readers. No. 258. Ricroft of Withens. A Romance. By HALLIWELL SUTCLIFFE, author of “ A Man of the Moors.” ‘“A picture of the strong, lusty, hard-living man of the Yorkshire moors ; and as the author has gone back to 1745 for a plot, their savage vices and virtues gain in naturalness from their setting in a ruder age. He has also invented a capital story. Also, he has an eye for character, and his stage is crowded with energetic and in- dividualized personages. Mr. Sutcliffe has fine insight into character znd an independent outlook. He makes a most dramatic use of the curious superstitions of his dales-fo:k, and he has the art of narration.”—London Academy. No. 257. The Knight of the Golden Chain. An Historical Romance. By R. D, CHETWODE, author of “ John of Strathbourne.” The success of ‘‘ John of Strathbourne” represented a promise which is fully sustained in this new romance of adventure in the England of the twelfth century. Mr. Chetwode is a spirited story-teller, and his pictures of the curious contrasts and strange conditions of the stormy time which he has chosen invest his tale with an un- usual interest. No. 256. A Writer of Books. By Grorce PasTon, author of ‘‘ The Career of Candida” and ‘‘ A Study in Prejudices.” ‘This is a witty book. All George Paston’s work has been clever, but ‘ A Writer of Books’ is a distinct advance upon her previous books.”—London Academy. “A thoughtful and interesting book. . . . Brightly written and cleverly constructed. It will more than pay perusal.”—London Literary World. No. 255. The Key of the Holy House. A Romance of Old Antwerp. By ALBERT LEE. ‘This is a fascinating specimen of the historical remance at its best, the romance which infuses energetic life into the dry facts of history. The plot is worked out with rare dramatic effect.” —Philadelphia Press. tar” This Bulletin of new publications is issued on the first of each month, and will be regularly mailed to any address, gratis, upon request. Address D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 72 Fifth Avenue, New York.

Page 163

oughly it may e,” etc, Teader ied but | allude othby’s e life in ters al- ork has S earlier lers and \ditions, nd skill. Ss earned nt work, romance ictures of h an un- a distinct than pay energetic ress. r mailed ches —— Look these subjects over ¢ ¢ @ and see if they interest you. They are the topics thus far discussed by President George Gunton in the Institute Lecture Course for aaa 99 and are ease monthly in the . : GUNTON eeeeweren —— THEY ARE AS FOLLOW: Our Country How Shall our New Possessions be Governed ? Need of Political Education Political Parties and Popular Government Our Municipal Problems The State’s Relation to Labor Political Duty The State’s Relation to Capital Taking the Philippines Lessons of the Election Western View of the East Eastern View of the West The Treaty of Peace The Open Door in the Philippines The Path of Progress (H. Hayes Robbins) The Rights and Wrongs of Trade Unions America’s Opportunity Of course it is understood that these are merely the subjects for the first seventeen lectures. There are nineteen more to follow, making a total of thirty-six lectures in the course for the year. The Bulletin contains a verbatim report of them all, and also the questions and answers following. ‘The sub- scription price is only A DOLLAR A YEAR, and the Bulletin reaches subscribers each week as the lectures are delivered. Please send subscriptions, or requests for samples, direct to the GUNTON INSTITUTE BULLETIN, 41 Union Square, New York City. N. B.—When the BULLETIN is subscribed for in connection with GUNTON’S MAGAZINE the combination price for the two is TWO DOLLARS AND A HALF per year, instead of Three Dollars, the regular price.

Page 164

SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION. THE NEW AND ENLARGED EDITION OF Johnson's | | The only Original U fl 1 Versd y| and Really New American Cyclopedia Cyc y| opzed ia | Now on the Market. 7,264 pages. Type sew and larger than before. 130 Colored Maps, including Plans of the Chief Cities of North 4 America and Europe. 3,027 Illustrative Engravings. Thirty-six Departments in charge of Thirty-six Eminent CHARLES KENDALL ADAMS. Scholars as Associate Editors (see opposite page). i. oO. Nearly 50,000 Titles. President of the — ' All Articles written by Specialists. University of Wisconsin, EDITOR-IN-CHIEF, THE WHOLE WORK IS FRESH, SCHOLARLY, AUTHORITATIVE, AND UP TO DATE. The Editor of Book Notes says: ‘*No similar book ever published in this country equals the new JOHNSON’S in method, and none was ever published superior to it in detail; all those now on the market are infinitely inferior to it.’’ PROSPECTUS AND SPECIMEN PAGES FREE ON APPLICATION. TO CLOSE OUT OUR STOCK OF THE NEW Library Atlas and Gazetteer of the World, WE ARE OFFERING THE BALANCE OF THE EDITION AT A GREATLY REDUCED PRICE. Copper Engraved, Marginal Reference Maps; Illustrated Descriptive Text of every Country; Latest Cen- sus; Maps of all Principal American Cities. 8

Page 165

Cw it

4 « ¢ \ V t \} vy) \y) , vo ry Wi 7 lj y (4 i 6 (Z ~ YP Wy C vy ee) y f ¥ ¢ oh | as t ay RESP SSS nS oo OZ St OF ayes <2 ree) ; PRR BE ae See ey i OnE SSS REESE ——- (a y — rs 7 “, ~ . Y A . is

Page 166

pa oo. soe Str A. CONAN DOYLE’S NEW NOVEL. H Duet, with an Occasional Chorus, By A. CONAN DOYLE, author of ‘‘ Uncle Bernac,” ‘‘ Brigadier Gerarg” ‘‘The Memoirs of Sherlock Holmes,” etc. Uniform with other books 5 Dr. Doyle. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. Y . | “HE scene opens where the conventional novel ends—with a marriage, and another point of differ ence from the usual novel is that the marriage turns out happily, notwithstanding the varied ex t riences of hero and heroine. Dr. Doyle shows a new phase of his fine talent in this book, rs story of wedded love it has an idyllic character which will appeal to every reader not devoid of health sentiment. Probably American readers will feel a stronger interest than their English cousins in the vivid glimpses which the author contrives to introduce of historic scenes in Westminster Abbey, of St. Olaf’s Church, the burial-place of Pepys, and of the home of Thomas Carlyle. In a literary way it will be of interest to every one to note that the author of ‘‘ The White Company ” and the creator of ** Sherlock Holmes” shows so light, sympathetic, and assured a touch in this charming picture of wedded life. It should be noted that the author has sacrificed his serial rights for the sake of presenting his complete story to the public for the first time in book form. OTHER BOOKS BY DR. DOYLE. Uniform edition. 12mo, cloth, $1.50 per volume, UNCLE BERNAC. A Romance of the Empire. THE STARK MUNRO LETTERS, Being a ‘Simple, clear, and well defined. . . . Spirited in Series of Twelve Letters written by STARK Munro movement all the way through. . . . A fine example M B., to his friend and former fellow-student of clear analytical force.”—Boston Herald. Herbert Swanborough, of Lowell, Massachusetts RODNEY STONE. during the years 1881-1884. ° ’ vol i . : ‘* Positively magnetic. . . . Written with thai ‘Dr. Doyle’s novel is crowded with an amazing , y — = that com- amount of incident and excitement... . He does Dined force and grace for which the author's style is not write history, but shows us the human side of his known.”—Soston Budget. great men, living and moving in an atmosphere charged with the spirit of the hard living, hard-fighting Anglo. !4E EXPLOITS OF BRIGADIER GERARD, Saxon.”—New York Critic. rs —- of the Life of a Typical Napoleonic , olater. ROUND THE RED LAMP. Being Facts and ‘* The brigadier is brave, resolute, amorous, loyal, Fancies of Medical Life. chivalrous ; never was a foe more ardent in battle, mor ‘* A strikingly realistic and decidedly original contri- clement in victory, or more ready at need. . . . Gak bution to modern literature.”—Boston Saturday Even- lantry, humor, martial gayety, moving incident, make ing Gazette. up a really delightful book.” — London Times. BY RUDYARD KIPLING. The Seven Seas. A volume of poems by Rupyarp_KiptinG, author of ‘* Many Inventions,” ‘‘ Barrack-Room Ballads,” ete. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50; half calf, $3.00; morocco, $5.00. ‘* The spirit and method of Kipling’s fresh and virile song have taken the English-reading world. . . . When we turn to the larger portion of ‘The Seven Seas,’ how imaginative it is, how impassioned, how superbly rhythmic and sonorous! . . . lhe ring and diction of this verse add new elements to our song. . . . The true laureate of Greater Britain.”—£. C. Stedman, inthe Book Buyer. ‘‘The most original poet who has appeared in his generation. . . . His is the lustiest voice now lifted in the world. the clearest, the bravest, with the fewest false notes in it. . . . I do not see why, in reading his book, we not put ourselves in the presence of a great poet again, and consent to put RUDYARD KIPLING. off our mourning for the high ones lately dead.”—W. D. Howells. Many Inventions. By Rupyarp Kipinc. Containing Fourteen Stories and Two Poems. 12mo, 42] pages. Cloth, $1.50. ‘« * Many Inventions’ will confirm Mr. Kipling’s reputation. . . . We would cite with pleasure sentences from almost every page, and extract incidents from almost every story. But to what end? Here is the completes book that Mr. Kipling has yet given us in workmanship, the weightiest and most humane in breadth of view. - Pall Mall Gazette. ‘Mr. Kipling’s powers as a story-teller are evidently not diminishing. We advise everybody to buy ‘ Masy Inventions,’ and to profit by some of the best entertainment that modern fiction has to offer.” —New York Sus. e

Page 167

S. Tard,” dks by of differ. ed ex . healthy the vivid t. Olaf's ill be of Sherlock ie. complete ime, Being a « Muro, ~student, chusetts, that com- ’s style is =RARD. apoleonic ous, loyal, uttle, more lent, make ithor of is,” ete. ), $5.00. e taken the m of ‘The ly rhythmic elements to man. in the <a st, with the

Eippletons’ Monthly Bulletin.

ESSRS. D. APPLETON AND COMPANY ’S spring announce- ments include the following books : History of the People of the United States, by Prof. J. B. McMaster, Vol. V, covering the period from 1821 to 1837. A History of American Privateers, by Edgar S. Maclay, uniform with “A History of the United States Navy.” The Principles of Taxation, by David A. Wells. Outlines of the Comparative Physt- ology and Morphology of Animals, by Joseph Le Conte. _ Illustrated. | |

The Reminiscences of a Very Old | Man (1808-1897), by John Sartain, illus- trated. Admirai Porter, by J. R. Soley, a new volume in the Great Commanders Series. A Duet, with an Occasional Chorus, by A. Conan Doyle. A Double Thread, by Ellen Thorny- croft Fowler, author of “Concerning Isabel Carnaby.” The Mormon Prophet, Dougall. hove among the Lions, by F. An- stey. Snow on the Headlight, a Story of the Great Burlington Strike, by Cy War- man. Idylis of the Sea, by Frank T. Bullen, F.R.G.S., First Mate, author of “‘ The Cruise of the Cachalot.” The Story of Geographical Discov- ery, by Joseph Jacobs. The Procession of Life, by Horace Annesley Vachell. By Berwen Banks, by Allen Raine. Pharos, the Egyptian, by Guy Boothby. Paul Carah, Charles Lee. Pursued by the Law, by J. Maclaren Cobban. by Lily Cornishman, by | Breslau.

Madame Jzan, a Tourist Story, by Mrs. Campbell-Praed. The Kingdom of Hate, by T. Gallon. Lady Barbarity, by J. C. Snaith. A Cosmopolitan Comedy, by Anna Robeson Brown. Letters to a Mother, by Susan E. Blow. International Education Series. Education by Friedrich Froebel. cation Series. Montaigne's Education of Children. by Dr. L. R. Rector. International Education Series. Spain, by F. A. Ober. Young Readers. Development, by International Edu- History for Our Navy in War Time, by Frank- lin Matthews. Illustrated. Appletons’ Home-Reading Books. Uncle Sam's Soldiers, by O. P. Austin. Illustrated. Appletons’ Home- Reading Books. Harold’s Quest, by J. W. Troeger. Illustrated. Appletons’ Home-Reading Books. About the Weather, by Mark W. Harrington. Illustrated. Appletons’ Home-Reading Books. The Story of the Fishes, by J. N. Baskett. Illustrated. Appletons’ Home- Reading Books, The Spanish Method to Learn French. After the System of Ollen- dorff. By T. Simonné, Nervous Diseases, by Dr. Ludwig Hirt, Professor at the University of Illustrated. A Text-Book of Ophthalmoiogy, by Dr. Ernest Fuchs, Professor of Ophthal- mology in the University of Vienna. Illustrated. Electro-hemostasis, by A. J.C. Skene, M. D., LL. D., Professor of Gynzcology in the Long Island College Hospital. Anatomy and Physiology of the Nervous System, by L. F. Barker, M.B., Associate Professor of Anatomy in the Johns Hopkins Medical School. 1

Page 168

Uppletons’ Montbly Bulletin. Prof. Joun Bach McMaster. The fifth volume of Prof. J. B. Mc- Master’s History of the People of the United States will cover the time of the administrations of John Quincy Adams and Andrew Jackson, and will describe the development of the democratic spirit, the manifestations of new interest in social problems, and the various con- ditions and plans presented between 1825 and 1837. To a large extent the intimate phases of the subjects which are treated have received scant attention heretofore. A peculiar interest attaches to the various banking and financial ex- periments proposed and adopted at that time, to the humanitarian and socialistic movements, the improvements in the conditions of city life, to the author's full presentation of the literary activity of the country, and his treatment of the re- lations of the East and West. Many of these subjects have necessitated years of first-hand investigation and are now treated adequately for the first time. The volume opens with a chapter on the early settlement of Texas by Austin and his imitators, and on the origin and first temporary settlement of the Oregon dispute by the establishment of the line 54° 40’. It was in connection with this line that Adams announced to Russia the anti-colonization part of the Monroe Doctrine. The second chapter, therefore, under the caption Growth of the Monroe Doc- trine, reviews the gradual development and assertions of the three principles of that doctrine from Washington’s day 2 ———————_____ to 1823; the Holy Allies and their work in Europe, their preparation for inter- ference with the late Spanish-American colonies, and the final assertion of the doctrine of Monroe. After thus reviewing the important foreign relations of Monroe’s second | term, Mr. McMaster returns to domestic concerns, and in the next chapter treats of The Breaking Up of the Republican Party. The economic, industrial, and political conditions which led to section- alism, the rise of the rival candidates, and the long presidential campaign ending in the failure of the colleges to elect, are given with great fullness. The election of Adams marked the end of the first half century of the re- public. The next eight chapters are therefore given up to an examination or review of certain social, political, literary, and industrial conditions which arose during the period and paved the way for the triumph of Jackson and democracy. In the chapter on Socialistic and La- bor Reforms we have the story of the entrance of the workingman into poli- tics; of that curious socialistic move- ment of Owen and Fanny Wright; the Owenite communities at New Harmony and elsewhere; the rise of “ Workey- ism” and “Free Inquiry”; the begin- ning of the Antimasonic party, and the early signs of native Americanism. The next chapter is a full account of The State of the Country from 1825 to 1829: the rapid growth of cities; early problems in city government; the introduction of gas and anthracite coal, the opening of the Erie Canal and the tremendous struggle for Western trade ; the early railroad schemes; the great questions of internal improvements at Federal expense ; descriptions of life on the Western frontier; the long struggle between the Old Court and and the New Court parties in Kentucky; the rise of the cotton industry in the South and | Southwest ; the Indian troubles in Geor- | gia, and the quarrel between that State and the Executive.

Page 169

Appletons’ Montbly Bulletin. Following this is a chapter on The Negro Problem, reviewing the long his- tory of the status of the free negro; the slave; the work of the Colonization So- ciety, of the abolition societies, the anti- slavery societies ; and the troubles in South Carolina, Georgia, and the Dis- trict of Columbia growing out of slavery issues. The next chapter, under the title The Industrial Revolution, is an account of the rise and development of manu- factures; of the conditions which led to the tariffs of 1824 and 1828; their pe- culiar characters ; the violent opposition of the South, and assertions of the State-Rights Doctrine of Calhoun and his party. Next comes a chapter on our Early the struggle to establish magazines and periodicals, and the differentiation of the magazine from the all-around monthly to the literary, the religious, the legal, the medical, the scientific; the appear- ance of later authors—Bryant, Cooper, Sparks, Longfellow, Irving, and a host now forgotten. There is a chapter on The Common Schools during the first half century, and another, quite timely now, on British Criticism of the United States, setting forth very fully why our fathers hated Great Britain so heartily. Then follows an elaborate review of Political Ideas during the first half century. Then comes a chapter on foreign complica- tions—the Panama Congress; the pre- vention of the independence of Cuba by slaveholding States; the Maine bound- ary dispute with Great Britain; the Oregon agreement of 1827; and, finally, racy, detailing the famous struggle end- ing in the election of Jackson, and his war on the Bank. The period covered in the volume is one of great interest, and has never be- fore been treated so fully, nor from so many points of view. Literature, treating of our native authors, | the United States in the interest of the | a chapter on The Triumph of Democ- | EpGAR STANTON MACIAY. The History of American Priva- teers, which has engaged the attention of Mr. Edgar S. Maclay for the last few years, will be published late in the spring or in the early autumn. The stirring | tale of the exploits of American priva- | teersmen has never been fully told, and | Mr. Maclay’s work will place before the | public a little-known chapter of our | maritime history. In his preface Mr. | Maclay says: “ The history of the United States Navy is so intimately connected with that of our privateers that the story of one would be incomplete without a full record of the other. In each of our wars with Great Britain many of the captains in the navy assumed command of privateers in which they fre- quently rendered services of national im- portance, while the pivateersmen furnished the navy with a large number of officers, many of whom became famous. In our struggle for independence more than sixty American privateers were commanded by men who had been, or soon became, officers in the regular service, and in more than one instance—notably that of the officers and | men of the Ranger, Captain John Paul | Jones’s famous ship, then commanded by Captain William Simpson—almost the en- | tire ship’s company of a Continental cruiser turned to privateering. Many of our most distinguished navy officers have pointed with pride to their probationary career in | privateers. The mere mention of such names as Truxton, Porter, Biddle, Decatur, | Barney, Talbot, Barry, Perry ,Murray, Rod- | gers, Cassin, Little, Robinson, Smith, and | Hopkins will show how closely related 3

Page 170

were the two arms of our maritime serv- ice. “In the War of 1812 the regular navy of the United States on the ocean num- bered only twenty-three vessels, carrying in all five hundred and fifty-six guns. This force captured two hundred and fifty-four | of the enemy’s craft. In the same period we had five hundred and seventeen priva- teers, aggregating two thousand eight hun- | dred and ninety-three guns, which took no fewer than thirteen hundred prizes. “ Looking at it from the financial point of view, we find that the money value of | the prizes and cargoes taken by the Govern- ment cruisers during the Revolution—al- | lowing an average of thirty thousand dol- lars for each—to be no less than six million | dollars, and allowing the same average for | the privateers, we have a total of eighteen million dollars. In the second war with Great Britain we find, on the same basis of calculation, the money value of Government prizes to be six million six hundred thou- sand dollars, while that of the privateers | was thirty-nine million dollars. Taking the entire maritime forces of the United States, both navy and privateers, into con- sideration, we find that about eight hun- | dred vessels were captured from the Eng- | lish in the War for Independence, valued at twenty-three million eight hundred and | eighty thousand dollars, while the prisoners could not have been short of sixteen thou- sand ; and in the second war against Great Britain the value of the prizes was forty- | five million six hundred thousand dollars, | while there were no fewer than thirty thou- | sand prisoners. Against these figures we have some twenty-two thousand prisoners taken by our land forces during the Revolu- tion, and about six thousand taken in the War of 1812.” * *x * The rank which Mr. Maclay’s HZs- tory of the United States Navy has earned for itself as the one final and authoritative work upon the subject is a sufficient guarantee of the treatment | which the historian will give to the | Neither the | Spanish-American War. author nor publishers would consent to the making of a “‘ timely ” book, hastily 4 Appletons’ Montbly Bulletin. prepared from newspaper articles. Very recently the appearance of reports and other papers in this country and in Spain | has amply justified adherence to true | historical methods. The official docu. | ments relating to the war, the various | monographs, published logs, and special reports, and the accounts of officers who | took a leading part in the war, have been carefully collected by Mr. Maclay, and his history will represent a sifting of evidence and a free access to revised and reliable data which no other writer Mr. Maclay is also enjoying the advantage of the aid afforded by some of the chief actors in the scenes which he describes, The publishers announce that the new edition of the “ History of the Navy,” to appear probably in the autumn, will be in three volumes. The second volume will close with the Civil War. The third volume will include naval experiences | since the Civil War, the building of the new navy, and the history of the Spanish- American War in full, including the work of the navy in the Philippines to date, There will be a closing chapter upon the new ships now ‘in progress of con- struction. The chief feature of this | volume will, of course, be its presenta- tion of the authoritative naval history of the war with Spain. | on the entire subject can equal. | * * * The late David A. Wells left behind him a last great work which will take rank as one of the most important of American contributions to economics. The larger part of his Principles of Taxation had already appeared in Appletons’ Popular Science Monthly, so that the work had the benefit of the author’s revision for the press. The consequence of this book need not be emphasized. * * * The reminiscences of the late John Sartain include his early life in London. Various distinguished people, interesting | historical happenings, quaint features of

Page 171

AUppletons’ Monthly Bulletin. London schools, phases of artistic life, and old buildings since destroyed are pictured in a most entertaining fashion. When Mr. Sartain came to the United States his association included meetings with Irving and others in New York, and a close intercourse with Edgar Allan Poe, which has yielded many personal | recollections of a most interesting and illuminating character. Mr. Sartain was singularly fortunate in his acquaintances and associates, and his entertaining book, with its wealth of personal, liter- ary, and artistic anecdotes, will be cer- tain of generous appreciation. Dr. A. Conan Doy ie. The new novel by Dr. Doyle, which has been awaited with so much interest, is entitled A Duet, with an Occasional Chorus. The story is one in which the author has felt a peculiar interest. The scene is laid in London, and the story is one of the present time. The scene opens where the conventional novel ends —with a marriage, and another point of difference from the usual novel is that the marriage turns out happily, notwith- standing the varied experiences of hero and heroine. Dr. Doyle shows a new phase of his fine talent in this book. As a story of wedded love it has an idyllic character which will appeal to every reader not devoid of healthy sentiment. As an adroit interpretation of a true phi- losophy of wedded life the story contains play of motives, contrast of characters, unexpected incidents, delightful humor, and sustained interest will be certain to increase the large company of the au- thor’s friends. Probably American read- ers will feel a stronger interest than their English cousins in the vivid glimpses which the author contrives to introduce of historic scenes in Westminster Ab- bey, of St. Olaf’s Church, the burial place of Pepys, and of the home of Thomas Carlyle. In a literary way it will be of interest to every one to note that the author of “The White Com- pany” and the creator of “Sherlock Holmes” shows so light, sympathetic, and assured a touch in this charming picture of wedded life. It should be noted that the author has sacrificed his serial rights for the sake of presenting his complete story to the public for the first time in book form. Miss Etten Tuornycrorr Fow.er. Miss Ellen Thornycroft Fowler is | the eldest daughter of the Right Honor- able Sir Henry Fowler, G.C. S.1., M. P., ex-Secretary of State for India, by Ellen (Imperial Order of the Crown of India), | daughter of the late G. B. Thornycroft, | Esq., of Chapel House, Wolverhampton | and Hadley Park, Salop. Miss Fowler | has amused herself by writing stories | and verses ever since she can remem- | ber. In 1891 she published her first illustrations and pithy sayings which will book, “ Verses Grave and Gay,” which enlist the interest of women and men | was followed, in 1895, by “ Verses Wise alike. As a story pure and simple the | and Otherwise”; in 1897, by “ Cupid’s 5

Page 172

Appletons’ Montbly Bulletin. Garden’ books, “ The Young Pretenders” and | “The Professor’s Children.” Miss Fowler resides with her father at Wood- | thorne, Wolverhampton, his country | seat. He has a London house as well. * * x | “Concerning Isabel Carnaby” is to be followed shortly by Miss Fowler’s second novel, which is entitled 4 Doxdle | Thread. The brilliancy of her first novel is accentuated in the new book, which, moreover, will be found to repre- sent even more distinctly the story-tell- | ing purpose. There is a peculiar plot, with certain most unexpected develop- | ments, and the author’s ingenuity in construction is no less apparent than dernity of her dialogue. The new novel | deals for the most part with English | country-house life. See eeuiee's ua) THE CRUISE sas BE CACHAL ON piastmatt ay 7 d : 4 oe, Mr. Rudyard Kipling, after reading advance sheets of Zhe Cruzse of the ‘ Cachalot, by F. T. Bullen, wrote the author as follows : “ Dear Mr. Bullen: It is tmmense ; and in 1898, by “Concerning | real and new sea pictures. You have Isabel Carnaby,” her first regular novel. | thrown away material enough to make She has one sister and one brother. | five books, and I congratulate you most Her sister, Edith Henrietta Fowler, is | heartily. It’s a new world that you've the author of two very popular children’s | opened the door to. ‘* ROTTINGDEAN, November 22, 1808,” ness of his pictures of seafaring life im- parts a special interest to the announce- ment of his forthcoming book, /dydls of the Sea. | phases of the life and experiences of those who go down to the sea in ships, It is not confined to the whaler’s ex- ploits, but includes the things which are seen and the adventures which are undergone by all manner of men upon | the sea, —there ts no other word. I’ve never read anything that equals it in its deep- | sea wonder and mystery; nor do I think | that any book before has so completely | covered the whole business of whale- | fishing, and at the same time given such | Dougall, the most important of this au- 6 “Very sincerely, “RUDYARD KIPLING, Frank T, BULLEN, The success which Mr. Frank T. the wit, incisiveness, and intense mo- | Bullen has won by the force and vivid- This book sketches varied Awd * ae Miss Lity DovcGatt. The Mormon Prophet, by Miss Lily

Page 173

Appletons’ Montbly Bulletin. thor’s books, is a work which will attract wide attention. This remark- able historical novel depicts the actual beginnings of Mormonism, the character of the first “revelations” and of those who accepted them, and the extraordi- nary experiences and persecutions of the early members of the sect. Merely as a story of strange happenings and adventures this novel would enlist the interest of readers, but it has also as really its chief reason for being, the great interest attaching to its portraiture of the character of Joseph Smith. In these pages the peculiar temperament of the “Prophet,” the founder of the sect, is placed before readers in a man- ner which will open to them an un- known chapter in our history. The au- thor has studied his character in the light given by modern psychological re- search, and the results will probably be accepted as a true interpretation of an extraordinary character. The story shows what Mormonism was at the outset, and traces the changes which showed themselves clearly at Nauvoo City, where polygamy, which was no- where present in the original creed of the sect, is said to have had its origin. At the present time an intimate interest will be felt in this vivid picture of the Mormon Prophet's origin and career, the steadfastness of his followers throughout ignominy and peril, and the strange modifications introduced in their beliefs in the days of prosperity and material temptation. * * * Since Miss Dougall’s strong novel sets forth the original creed of the Mor- mons and shows the changes in their beliefs, its appearance at a time when so much interest is felt in the Roberts case will be welcomed by thoughtful readers, In regard to the case of Brig- ham H. Roberts, recently elected to Congress in Utah, whose admission to Congress has been the subject of many protests, a correspondent of the “ New York Evening Post” has written as follows : ‘* Without attempting to fathom the in- tentions of the leaders of the Mormon Church, who have a commendable habit of keeping their own counsel, the election of Mr. Roberts certainly demonstrates the fact that a man can be elected Representative from Utah who is living in polygamy, in defiance of the prohibitions of his church and the laws of his State, and who admits that the pledges under which statehood was granted to Utah were meant to be kept only so far as suited the convenience of the men who made them. Briefly, it proves that a majority of the people of Utah see no reason why a polygamist and a political confidence man should not represent them in Con- gress. . . . The leading question discussed in the campaign was whether it would be wise, proper, and politic to send Mr. Rob- erts down to Washington, with his polyg- amous record. His acceptance or rejec- tion by the Fifty-sixth Congress will simply show the Mormons how far they can safely go. The church is still teaching the es- sential righteousness of polygamy. Young men, who do not under the new revelation contract plural marriages, continue to lead to the Temple young women who are there sealed to them for the world to come, a form of engagement which does not become effective until death. Polygamy, according to the revelation, is not to be encouraged in this world, but it is the regular thing in the next. The old polygamists continued to live with their complete families, like Representative-elect Roberts, and among the younger generation, who are supposed to respect the new revelation, there are many lapses from the rule of monogamous marriages.” i + The lack of a comprehensive book for travelers, investors, and others, de- voted entirely to Puerto Rico, will insure a welcome for Puerto Rico and tts Resources, by Frederick A. Ober, the well-known traveler in the West Indies, which is published by D. Apple- ton and Company. The aim has been to produce a work that will answer all questions likely to arise in connection 7

Page 174

Appletons’ Montbly Bulletin. with the acquisition and occupation of | this new tropical possession of ours, and to this end Mr. Ober has availed himself of every opportunity of adding to his stock of information acquired | during the past eighteen years. His | book is not a sketch for the casual | visitor, or impressions of a traveler in | search of the picturesque, but it is a comprehensive, informing, and inter- esting account of the people, land, and products, with the full explanations ot the actual conditions and opportunities which are needed by visitors and in- tending investors. The Hon. Henry Cabot Lodge has written the author: “You have brought together in a small space an immense amount of most valu- able information, which it is very impor- tant to have within the reach of the Amer- ican people at this time.” The new novel, Windyhaugh, by Graham Travers, author of «¢ Mona | Maclean,” is attracting much attention | both in this country and in England. | It is the story of a modern woman, but | a story which will be read by men and | women alike. no statue, painted no picture—she which has been open in all ages alike to the wise and the simple.” cently said : 8 The heroine “carved | did not even write a book; but when | all these things have been excluded, | there remains that little art of living Of this | novel “ Blackwood’s Magazine ”’ has re- | lished in what I knew was an immature | and wholly unsatisfactory form. ““*Windyhaugh’ shows an infinitely more mature skill and more subtle humor than ‘Mona Maclean’ and a profounder insight into life. The psychology in Dr, Todd's remarkable book is all of the right kind ; and there is not in English fiction a more careful and penetrating analysis of the evolution of a woman’s mind than is given in Wilhelmina Galbraith; but * Windy. haugh’ is not a book in which there is only one ‘star’ and a crowd of ‘supers.’ Every character is limned with a conscientious care that bespeaks the true artist, and the analytical interest of the novel is rigorously kept in its proper place and is only one element in a delightful story. It is a su- premely interesting and wholesome book, and in an age when excellence of technique has reached a remarkable level, * Windy- haugh’ compels admiration for its brilliancy of style. Dr. Todd paints on a large can- vas, but she has a true sense of propor- tion.” Hatt Caine. In his preface to the revised edition of The Scapegoat, recently published by Messrs. D. Appleton and Company, Mr. Hall Caine says: “‘ This book in its present form is new to American readers, although a book under the same title, telling practically the same story, was published in America seven years ago, That was just after the passing of the Copyright Act, and the effort to meet the conditions of the new law seemed to require that the romance should be pub- This

Page 175

Uppletons’ Montbly Bulletin. — was the form in which it was being published serially in English and Ameri- can journals, without the revision usually considered necessary for any piece of writing before its appearance as a book, and especially desirable in the case of the present work. . . . When health and op- portunity allowed, I did my best to make the story worthy of the reception it had received by an effort to lift its literary execution to the level of its artistic mo- tive. With these alterations and with amendments made very recently I am now offering Zhe Scapegoat to Ameri- can readers practically, I think, as a new book, certainly as a book which is in great part new.” Epwarp Noyes WEsTcoTT, Author of ‘David Harum.” In response to numerous inquiries concerning the personality of the late Edward Noyes Westcott, the author of “David Harum,” Mr. Forbes Heer- mans, who wrote the preface for the novel and who was intimately ac- quainted with the author, was invited by the editor of “The New York Times's Saturday Review” to prepare a brief sketch of Mr. Westcott. He re- sponded as follows : “The interest which is always felt in the life and personality of the writer of a successful book originates, it would seem, in the sympathetic and kindly desire of his readers fora more intimate acquaintance with him than they can obtain through his fictitious characters. This is surely not mere curiosity, but rather an expression of genuine friendliness, and for that reason it is one that may be unhesitatingly grati- fied. Usually the manner of preparing such a biography as these conditions require may be left, in some degree, to the approval of the subject of it, but in the present case that is not possible, for the author of ‘ Da- vid Harum’ died six months before his book was published. Therefore, what is here set down concerning him must err rather on the side of reticence than of frankness. “Edward Noyes Westcott was born in Syracuse, N. Y., September 3, 1847, and died there of consumption, March 31, 1898. His father, Dr. Amos Westcott, was one of the conspicuous citizens of that city a generation or more ago, and during part of the civil war was its mayor. Edward re- ceived the education that was given to most youths of that day and locality, which ended with the high school, and then, in- stead of going to college, as he greatly de- sired to do, he found it necessary to enter upon a business career. Although Nature had endowed him with the true artistic temperament, keenly sensitive to all im- pressions, both subjective and objective, he nevertheless became a bank clerk, an occu- pation that was, during the time of the war and the decade following it, one of deadly monotony, occasionally varied by days of terrific storm and stress. But here as else- where he did his work thoroughly and, when the chances offered, as brilliantly as if it had been his true vocation. In this way he passed the active years of his life ; first as bank clerk, teller, and cashier; then as head of the firm of Westcott & Abbott, bankers and brokers, and finally as registrar and financial expert of the Syracuse Water Commission. **In personal appearance Mr. Westcott was tall and slender, of a graceful figure ; and his handsome, intellectual face would, upon occasions, light up with a smile of cordial friendship that was extremely at- tractive and magnetic. He was married to Jane Dows, a niece of the late David Dows, of New York. Mrs. Westcott died in 1890, leaving three children, Harold, Violet, and Philip, the last two being still under age. “It was in music, perhaps, that Mr. Westcott achieved his greatest non-com- 9

Page 176

mercial success, for in this art he had re- | ceived most excellent professional instruc- tion, and his superb barytone voice gave him a suitable instrument for adequate ex- pression. In this field, as in that of bank- | ing, the readers of ‘ David Harum’ benefit by the author's experiences ; for in describ- ing the trials of a church choir director he has undoubtedly related some of his own. He possessed, moreover, a considerable talent for musical composition, and many songs, of which he wrote not only the words and air, but the harmony as well, have been published and sung by those who never knew the composer’s name, “Although during many years of his life Mr. Westcott made frequent use of his pen for other purposes than figuring, he seldom wrote for publication, and never then except upon matters of current finan- | cial and political interest. Some of the pamphlets which have been issued by the Reform Club of New York were prepared either wholly or in part by him, but it was not until his health entirely broke down, and he saw the coming of the one Inevita- ble Thing, that he began ‘ David Harum.’ At first he wrote to occupy his hands and mind. At length the story took shape and distinction, the work grew easier and pleas- anter, and presently the author found him- self taking genuine delight in it. ‘I’m enjoying David immensely,’ he wrote. ‘I never have to think what he is going to do or say next ; he is always ready, long before | it is his turn.’ He had been seeking his vocation all his life, and now, just as the clock was about to strike the last hour, he found it. Surely, this is one of life's little ironies.” * * * The History of Fapanese Litera- ture, which Mr. W. G. Aston has written as the sixth volume in the Literatures of the World Series that | Mr. Gosse is editing for Messrs. D. Ap- pleton and Company, differs from those which have preceded it in the fact that two thirds of it is translation and only one third narrative or criticism. This, it is believed, will greatly add to the pleasure and amusement of the general reader. The Japanese have cultivated a 10 Appletons’ Montbly Bulletin. voluminous literature for more than twelve centuries, but forty years ago no English-speaking man had read one | page of a Japanese book. Even now no history of Japanese prose and poetry exists in any European language, and Mr. Aston, whose life has been given to this subject, has a free field. It is be- lieved that the richness and variety of the ancient prose literature of Japan will astonish American readers. One point that is very curious is the commanding place which women have taken in Japan since the most ancient times. The classical writers of the eleventh century were all women, and Mr. Aston’s analysis of and quotations from their works will be read with great entertain- ment. This is certainly one of the most | remote excursions into literary history | which has been made for a long time. Mr. Aston brings his narrative up to the very latest writers, who are now tak- ing advantage of the Japanese copyright law in Tokio and in Yokohama. W. G. Aston. Dr. William Elliot Griffis, of Cornell University, has very kindly contributed | the following brilliant and informing sketch of his friend Dr. W. G. Aston, author of Japanese Literature: “The wonderful city of Tokio looks very differently to-day from that morning, | thirty-five years ago, when Mr. Aston first | saw it. In this penultimate year of the century there are chimneys by the hundreds, | and great tubes of brick and iron vomit out | smoke to offend skies. Modern buildings | abound. The staring freshness of paint,

Page 177

Appletons’ Montbly Bulletin. the noise of the horsecar, the unesthetic telegraph pole and wire, the spectacled po- liceman, and the noisy newspaper boy all show contrast to the chimneyless level of wooden houses in the early ’60s. Gone are the tycoons, daimios, spectacular pro- cessions, and the oddities—now seeming antediluvian when they come forth in the commemorative festival, but then appro- priate parts of a great whole. | | | | | “In that wonderful city, then fenced off | as to its interior by wooden palings into wards, with guardhouses and appropri- ate rakes and long-poled balls or hooks for keeping unruly sword-wearers at bay, came English-speaking foreigners to live. Among them were two young men fresh from the university, who, takifig rooms in the heart of the daimios’ quarter, began the study of Japanese. No English-speaking person at the time could read Japanese books, though some had already made a beginning. Messrs. Aston and Satow (the latter now British Minister in Tokio) col- lected native books and manuscripts. En- his native country he was so fortunate as to marry a wife who has been his devoted helper and guardian during a decade or more of invalidism. While at home he issued his ‘Grammar of the Japanese Written Language,’ with a chrestomathy. “ Returning to Japan he was successively acting consul at Kobe, consul at Nagasaki, and then consul-general for Korea. The latter appointment delighted all those in- terested in the (once) Hermit Kingdom, for, knowing Mr. Aston’s historical, literary, and linguistic tastes and powers, they expected something of value from him that would throw light upon Japanese origins and claims. Nor were they disappointed. Mr. | Aston soon mastered Korean, and showed how closely the Koreans and Japanese were associated in mind and history. In the awful riot of 1884—one of the almost in- evitable accompaniments of sudden change | from the ancient to the modern régime— Mr. | | | | gaging the best teachers, they commenced | that pathway into the unknown region of Japanese literature in which many others have since followed, though none has gone far ahead of the pioneers. It is true, how- ever, that Prof. B. H. Chamberlain may worthily be added to make a trio. Satow excelled as a historian ; Chamberlain is a master in Japanese belles-lettres ; but As- ton is probably first in insight into the lan- guage and its history, and in being able, by profound knowledge and easy familiarity and cool and clear judgment, to show the whole course of Japanese thought and liter- ary expression. He is not only the author of grammars of the written and spoken languages, but the translator of the older and probably the more valuable of the two books which lie at the foundation of Japa- nese history and literature—the ‘ Nihongi’ or ‘Chronicles of Japan,’ from the earliest times to A. D. 1697. There may possibly be those who can write more entertainingly upon the literature of Japan; it is quite certain that none can appraise it with a more truly judicial mind than Mr. Aston. “Let us look at the life of this scholar and man of letters. He is the kind of man whom the United States will need in great numbers during the next few generations, for with our Pacific and Asiatic possessions we shall be in want of language-tamers. Mr. Aston was born in 1841, near London- derry, and educated at Queens College, Belfast, between 1859 and 1863. One of his professors was the late Dr. James Mc- Cosh, so well known among us as president of Princeton University. He was appointed student-interpreter in Japan in 1864. After his preliminary work in Tokio he went to Nagasaki as interpreter to the British con- | sulate. He brought out his first sketch of Japanese grammar in 1868. Returning to Aston took cold from night exposure, and from this time his health was shattered. “He was made secretary of the British legation in Tokio, but was retired on a pension, and returning home lived for several years at Seton, in Devonshire, where, through the care of his devoted wife, though ‘ dying by inches ’—as one of his old friends told me—he has been able to trans- late and publish the ‘ Nihongi,’ a work of prodigious scholarship and of vast value to the student of Japanese origin. Queens University in Ireland gave him the degree of A. M. in 1863, and subsequently the title of Doctor of Literature, Aonoris causa. ** Messrs. D. Appleton and Company wish to call special attention to the new editions of Mr. F. M. Chapman’s Bérd- Life which are now ready. This success- ful book is presented in an octavo edi- tion with colored plates, a library edi- tion with black and white plates, a teachers’ edition, and a teachers’ manual containing the regular text, and intend- ed to accompany portfolios of colored plates. * ° * It is proper at this time to empha- size the excellent volume upon Sfazn which Mr. Frederick A. Ober has pre- pared for Appletons’ History for Young Readers Series. The leading events of Spain’s history, with special reference to her American colonies, the rise and fall of the empire, the causes and effects of the loss of her colonial power from the earliest period to the close of the late 1]

Page 178

war, are presented in a way to interest the young reader, and give him a clear view of the romantic career and inglori- ous decline of the Spanish empire. Dr. W. T. Harris, Editor International Education Series. The important new volume, Lef¢fers to a Mother, by Miss Susan E. Blow, is | a valuable addition to the International Education Series, edited by the Hon. W. T. Harris, U. S. Commissioner of Education. The object of this book is to explain in language addressed to the general public the philosophy of Froebel. Its au- thor finds it necessary for this purpose to take up the most important ’doctrines one after the other as they were devel- oped in the “ Mutter und Kose Lieder,” and show their equivalents in the differ- ent systems of thought that prevailed. In some cases these systems are in har- mony with Froebel, and in other cases there is profound disagreement. It is well for all students of the kindergarten to deepen their knowledge of his prin- ciples by seeing their ultimate conse- | quences and understanding how they | apply to practical questions in the in- | struction of the young. The teacher | ought to be able to understand things in their causes and reasons, and not rely too much upon mere authority. importance of this will be readily under- stood by those who have seen in recent years the unprofitable experiments made 12 AUppletons’ Montbly Bulletin, The | by kindergartners who have only par- tially understood Froebel, and who have | been easily caught by some plausible doctrine brought forward as an improve- ment, but which is really at variance with the true theory of the kindergarten as well as with that of all sound peda- gogy- The readers of the discussions in this book will readily concede that the expo- sition of the results of the theory of the kindergarten, and also the defense of its practice as against systems that conflict with it, are presented with a clearness and force new in the literature of the subject. In this respect, as well as in many others, this book is most timely. * * * Uncle Sam's Soldiers is the title of a story for boys just issued by D. Apple- ton and Company. It is a companion story to “ Uncle Sam’s Secrets” issued by | this firm in 1897, with later editions in 1898, and is by the same author, Mr. |O. P. Austin, the present Chief of the Bureau of Statistics, Treasury Depart- ment. The story, which purports to be the experience of two boys verging upon manhood who served with the armies in Cuba, Puerto Rico, and the Philippines, | gives largely in conversational! form the | facts regarding modern military methods | ina way which can not fail to interest the younger generation or those whose ex- periences in the civil war would lead them | to value some account of the develop- ments in war methods since that time. * ” * Our Navy in Time of War, the new volume in Appletons’ Home-Reading Series, by Franklin Matthews, makes its appearance opportunely. The essential technical points of our navy’s achieve- | ments have been emphasized and ex- | ploited in this book, which is designed to interest the young reader in historical research. No more stirring chapters in our country’s history could be selected than are contained in the story of the | navy from Paul Jones to Dewey. This book should be in the library of every | boy in the country.

Page 179

LITERATURES OF THE WORLD. Edited by Epmunp Gosse, Hon. M. A. of Trinity College, Cambridge. A succession of attractive volumes dealing with the history of literature in each country. Each volume will tain about three hundred and fifty 12mo pages, and will treat an entire literature, giving a uniform impres- aa of its development, history, and character, and of its relation to previous and to contemporary work. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. NOW READY. A History of Japanese Literature. By W. G. Aston, C. M.G., D. Lit., late Japanese Secretary to H. M. Lega- tion, Tokio The author begins by defining the individual characteristics of the Japanese which have persisted in their literature in spite of the influences of Chinese civilization and of Buddhism. His historical treatment opens with the songs and Shinto ritual of the archaic period from the fifth to the eighth century. It has been an essen- tial of the author’s plan to include a very large number of translations of verse and prose as illustrations of his discussion of various epochs, tendencies, and genres. While Fitzgerald has made Omar Khayydm univer- sally known, the Tanka of Otomo in praise of saké, which is included among these translations, will be new to almost all readers, and it is safe to say that the book as a whole will introduce the majority of readers to a com- paratively new and fascinating field. The author's discussion of his theme is informing and discriminating throughout. A History of Spanish Literature. By James FirzMaurice-KELLy, Member of the Spanish Academy. ‘Mr. Fitzmaurice-Kelly has done his work well. With his book in hand, no English student need be ignorant of one of the fountain-heads of modern literature, and it is not too much to say that no one can properly understand the process by which our own literature has grown until he has mastered at least the ele- ments of the contributory sources out of which it has been evolved. So far as regards the Spanish well-spring, no better guide can be found in the English language than the work of Mr. Fitzmaurice-Kelly.”—ZLondon Chronicle. A History of Italian Literature. By RicHARD GarneTT, C. B., LL. D., Keeper of Printed Books in the British Museum. “This history of Italian literature is a valuable addition to the list of works of its kind. It is written with insight and appreciation, with enthusiasm, yet without lack of poise, and with a plentiful equipment of sound scholarship."—New York Times. ‘Dr. Garnett’s book is so excellent, in view of the ground it covers, so critical, so instructive, that, when one finishes it, it is with regret that there was not more of it."—New York Mail and Express. A History of Ancient Greek Literature. By Gi.BerT Murray, M. A., Professor of Greek in the University of Glasgow. ‘Mr. Murray has produced a book which fairly represents the best conclusions of modern scholarship with regard to the Greeks.”—London Times. “A powerful and original study.”—New York Evening Fost. A History of French Literature. By EpwarD Dowopen, D.C. L., LL. D., Professor of English Literature at the University of Dublin. “Certainly the best history of French literature in the English language.”—London Athenaeum. A History of Modern English Literature. By the Eorror. “‘Mr, Gosse’s most ambitious book, and probably his best. It bears on every page the traces of a genuine love for his subject, and of a lively critical intelligence. Moreover, it is extremely readable—more readable, in fact, than any other single volume dealing with this same vast subject that we can call to mind.” —London Times. “An excellent piece of work.”—Zoston Herald. IN PREPARATION. A History of American Literature. By Prof. W. P. Trent, of the University of the South. A History of German Literature. A History of Hungarian Literature. By Dr. ZovtAn Bedruy, Professor of Hungarian Literature at the University of Budapest. A History of Latin Literature. By Dr. Artur Wootcar Verratt, Fellow and Senior Tutor of Trinity College, Cambridge. A History of Modern Scandinavian Literature. By Dr. Georc Branoes, of Copenhagen. A History of Sanscrit Literature. By A. A. Macponett, M. A., Deputy Boden Professor of Sanscrit at the University of Oxford. 13

Page 180

OUTDOOR BOOKS. Bird-Life. A Guide to the Study of our Common Birds. By FRANK M. CHAPMAN, Assistant Curator of Mammalogy and Ornithology, American Museum of Natural History; Author of “ Handbook of Birds of Eastern North America.” With 75 full-page Plates and numerous Text Drawi by Ernest Seton Thompson. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. The same, with Lithographic Plates in colors. 8vo. Cloth, $5.00. Teachers’ Edition. Containing an Appendix with new matter designed for the use of teachers, and including lists of birds for each month of the year; and with additional annotated lists of birds found at Wash. ington, D. C., Philadelphia, Pa., Portland, Conn., Cambridge, Mass., St. Louis, Mo., Oberlin, 0, and Milwaukee, Wis. With 75 full-page Uncolored Plates and 25 Drawings in the text, by Ernest Seton Thompson. 12mo. Cloth, $2.00. Teachers’ Manual. To accompany Portfolios of Colored Plates. Contains the same text as the ‘‘ Teachers’ Edition of Bird-Life,” but is without the 75 Uncolored Plates. Sold only with the Portfolios of the Colored Plates as follows : Portfolio No. I1.—Permanent Residents and Winter Visitants. 32 Plates. Portfolio No. 1l.—March and April Migrants. 34 Plates. Portfolio No. Ill.—May Migrants, Types of Birds’ Eggs, and 9 Half-tone Plates showing Types of Birds’ Nests from Photographs from Nature. 34 Plates. Price of Portfolios, each, $1.25 ; with the Manual, $2.00; the three Portfolios with the Manual, $4.00, ‘* His chronicles are full of the enthusiasm of the born naturalist. He gossips about the affairs of birds ina delightful strain, making ‘ Bird-Life’ an irresistible invitation to a fuller study of ornithology. It is not dry details he offers, but pretty stories, biographical sketches of interesting families—all sorts of bird-lore that proves the most enchanting reading.” —Chicago Evening Post. Handbook of Birds of Eastern North America. With Keys to the Species; Descriptions of their Plumages, Nests, etc. ; their Distribution and Migrations. By FRANK M. CHAPMAN. With nearly 200 Illustrations. 12mo. Library Eéi- tion, cloth, $3.00; Pocket Edition, flexible morocco, $3.50. The Art of Taxidermy. By JoHN RowL_eY, Chief of the Department of Taxidermy in the American Museum of Natural History. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $2.00. Insect Life. By Jon Henry Comstock, Professor of Entomology in Cornell University. With Illustra tions by Anna Botsford Comstock, member of the Society of American Wood Engravers. 12mo, Library Edition, cloth, $2.50; Teachers’ and Students’ Edition, $1.50. Familiar Life in Field and Forest. By F. ScHUYLER MATHEWS. Uniform with ‘‘ Familiar Flowers,” “ Familiar Trees,” and “Familiar Features of the Roadside.” With many Illustrations. t2mo. Cloth, $1.75. Familiar Features of the Roadside. By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS. With 130 Illustrations by the Author. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. Familiar Trees and their Leaves. By F. ScHUYLER MATHEWS. Illustrated with over 200 Drawings from Nature by the Author, and giving the botanical names and habitat of each tree and recording the precise character and coloring of its leafage. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. Familiar Flowers of Field and Garden. By F. SCHUYLER MATHEWS. Illustrated with 200 Drawings by the Author. 12mo. Library Edition, cloth, $1.75; Pocket Edition, flexible morocco, $2.25. 14

Page 181

stra- hor, A New Volume in the Great Commanders Series. GENERAL SHERMAN. By General M. F. Force. Edited by General JAMEs GRANT WiLson. With Por- traits and Maps. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. The author of this volume, a practiced writer and one of Sherman’s division commanders, accom- panied him in the Atlanta campaign and in the march to the sea, It is no slight compliment to General Force to say that his biography of Sherman maintains the high level of merit which characterizes the entire series, and indicates the good judgment of General Sherman in selecting him, as he did, for his biographer. Several of the concluding chapters of the volume were written by General J. D. Cox at the request of the author, owing to a temporary loss of health and his desire not to delay its appearance. The book contains a finely engraved steel portrait of the picture that General Sherman preferred, eight well-executed maps of his most important battlefields, and a carefully prepared index. This clear, comprehensive, and compact biography of the illustrious soldier contains, among other features, the most accurate and complete account of the battle of Shiloh, in which Sherman played such an important part, that has appeared in print. Other Volumes in the Great Commanders Series. A Series of Brief Biographies of Illustrious Americans. Edited by General JAmEs GRANT WILSON. 12mo. Cloth, gilt top, $1.50 per volume. ADMIRAL FARRAGUT ....... .. . . By Captain A. T. Mahan, U.S. N. GENERAL TAYLOR ........ .... . By General O. O. Howard, U.S. A. GENERAL JACKSON . ite 2 ee ee eS . » By James Parton. GENERAL GREENE ........... ... . By General Francis V. Greene. GENERAL J. E. JOHNSTON... ... . . By Robert M. Hughes, of Virginia. GENERAL THOMAS ............. . . By Henry Coppée, LL. D. GENERAL SCOTT ........... . . . By General Marcus J. Wright. GENERAL WASHINGTON ...... .... . .By General Bradley T. Johnson. GENERAL LEE .........4..... . . . By General Fitzhugh Lee. GENERAL HANCOCK ......... .. . . By General Francis A. Walker. GENERAL SHERIDAN ............. . . By General Henry E. Davies. GENERAL GRANT ........... . . By General James Grant Wilson. This series forms one of the most notable collections of books that has been published for many years. The success it has met with since the first volume was issued, and the widespread attention it has attracted, indicate that it has satisfactorily fulfilled its purpose, viz., to provide in a popular form and moderate compass the records of the lives of men who have been conspicuously eminent in the great conflicts that established American independence and maintained our national integrity and unity. Each biography has been written by an author especially well qualified for the task, and the result is not only a series of fascinating stories of the lives and deeds of great men, but a rich mine of valuable in- formation for the student of American history and biography. “No library of military literature that has appeared in recent years has been so instructive to readers of all kinds as the Great Commanders Series, which is edited by General James Grant Wilson.”—New York Mail and Express. The following are in press or in preparation : ADMIRAL PORTER. By James R. Soley, late Assistant Secretary of the Navy. GENERAL McCLELLAN . . . . ‘ , By General Peter S. Michie. COMMODORE PAUL JONES. Se oe - « « By S. Nicholson Kane. 15

Page 182

I, INTRODUCTORY. XIII, RUSSIA AND THE SLAvs, II, LANGUAGE, NATIONALITY, AND RACE, XIV. THE JEWS AND SEMITES., Ill, THE HEAD Form, XV. THE BALKAN PENINSULA: THE Grepr: IV. BLonps AND BRUNETS, THE a AND = SLAV; Macyaps = AND ROUMANIANS, ‘ V. STATURE AND WEIGHT. < . ‘ |. HE ARYANS, Moz. PHOLOGY versus PHILOLOGY: (2) Puys. VI. THE THREE EUROPEAN RACES, ° ICAL ORIGIN; (6) SOURCE oF EuRop VII. FRANCE AND BELGIUM ; THE CELT AND THE CULTURE. TEUTON ; THE CRO-MAGNON RACE OLDER XVI. WESTERN ASIA: ARMENIA, PERSIA, ayp THAN EITHER. INDIA. ; VIII, THE BasQues. XVII. EuRopEAN ORIGINS: Race, Lanouace IX. THE TEUTONIC RACE: GERMANY AND SCAN- AND CULTURE. DINAVIA. XVIII. MODERN SOCIAL PROBLEMS : ENVIRONMENT X. THE MEDITERRANEAN RACE: ITALY, SPAIN, versus RACE; SOCIAL STRATIFICATIOg AND AFRICA. AND SELECTION; CITY POPULATIONS, XI. THE ALPINE RACE: SWITZERLAND AND HOL- XIX. ACCLIMATIZATION : THE GEOGRAPHICAL XII. Seoane’s Neuman and Baretti Spanish Dictiona The Combined Spanish Method. Practical Method to Learn Spanish. The Spanish Teacher and Colloguial Phrase Book. The Spanish Phrase Book; or, Key to Spanish Conversation. Nafez’s Spanish Readers. The Spanish Reader and Translator.

READY IN MAY—Professor Ripley’s Great Work. HE RACES OF EUROPE, A SOCIOLOGICAL STUDY. (Lowell Institute Lectures, 1896 With a Supplementary Bibliography of nearly Two Thousand Titles. By WiuiaMm Z. Riptey, Ph. D., Assistant Professor of Sociology, Massachy. setts Institute of Technology ; Lecturer in Anthropology at Columbia Uni. versity, in the City of New York. Crown 8vo. Cloth. 500 pages, with 95 Maps and 235 Portrait Types. TABLE OF CONTENTS.

LAND. FUTURE OF THE EUROPEAN Racegs, THE BRITISH ISLES; IBERIAN ORIGINS (?) BIBLIOGRAPHY. INDEX OF PORTRAITS, Maps, etc, - A Pronouncing Dictionary of the Spanish and English Languages, salt addition of more than 8,00 Words, Idioms, and Familiar Phrases. In Two Parts: 1, Spanish-English; I, English-Spanish. 130 pages. By MARIANO VELAZQUEZ DE LA CADENA. Large 8vo. Cloth, $5.00. Abridged edition, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. A New Practical and Theoretical System of Learning the Castilian Language, embracing the Most Advan tageous Features of the Best Known Methods. With a Pronouncing Vocabulary containing all the Wonts used in the course of the Work, and References to the Lessons in which each one is explained, thus enabling any one to be his own Instructor. By ALBERTO DE TORNOS, A. M., formerly Director of Normal Schools in Spain, and Teacher of Spanish in the New York Mercantile Library, etc. 12mo. Cloth, $1.25. Key to Combined Spanish Method, 75 cents. With a Vocabulary and Easy Exercises for Translation into English. By A. RAMos DIAZ DE VILLEGAS 12mo. Cloth, 50 cents. An Easy and Agreeable Method of Acquiring a Speaking Knowledge of the Spanish Language. By FRANCIS BUTLER, Teacher and Translator of Languages. New edition, revised and arranged according to the latest Rules of La Academia Espafiola, by HERMAN RITTER. 18mo. Cloth, 50 cents. Containing the Chief Idioms of the Spanish Language, with the Conjugations of the Auxiliary and Regt lar Verbs. On the plan of the late Abbé Bossut. By E, M. DE BELEM, Teacher of Languages. 18m0, Cloth, 30 cents. With Vocabulary and Questions in English on the Text. By J. ABELARDO NUNEZ. Illustrated. 12m Cloth. Two volumes. Volume I, 65 cents; Volume II, 85 cents. IGUEL T. TOLON, Professor of Modern Languages and Spanish Literature. New edition, thoroughly revised and the orthography arranged according to the latest Rules of La Academia Espafiola. 1m Cloth, 75 cents. Send for a copy, free, of Appletons’ Catalogue of Spanish Publications. 16

Page 183

896.) achu- Uni- with REEK: \GYARS Moz. ;OPEAN A, AND SUAGE, NMENT CATION ONS, PHICAL ES, S, ETC, ——— ———, n 8,000 1am Words > Key “No less enthralling than ‘Two Years before the Mast.’ The Cruise of the Cachalot. Round the World after Sperm Whales. By Frank T. BULLEN, First Mate. Illustrated. 12mo0. Cloth, $1.50.° Mr. RUDYARD KIPLING writes the author: ‘It is immense—there is no other word. I've never read anything that equals it in its deep-sea wonder and mystery, nor do I think that any book before has so com- pletely covered the whole business of whale-fishing, and at the same time given such real and new sea pictures. [congratulate you most heartily. It’s a new world that you’ve opened the door to.” ‘Occasionally there comes from the press a book so absorbingly interesting, so lucidly written, so graphic in description, and so rich in information that the reader can not leave it, except for brief intervals of rest, until he has finished it. Such a book is this fascinating narrative of adventures on the ocean.”—New York Home ournal, . “Written with racy freedom of literary expression and luxuriant abundance of incident, so that it becomes a story of fascinating vividness which thrills the reader and amuses him. The volume is no less enthralling than ‘Two Years before the Mast,’ and higher praise can not be accorded to a story of the sea. . . . A book of such extraordinary merit as seldom comes to hand.”—Philadelphia Press. BY THE AUTHOR OF “MONA MACLEAN.” Windyhaugh. ANovel. By GRAHAM TRAVERS, author of ‘‘ Mona Maclean, Medical Student,” ‘Fellow Travellers,” etc. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. “The author draws her characters with the clever strokes of the successful artist, and the life of her heroine is, in and of itself, so immensely interesting that the story never for a moment palls. . . . Aside from its moral and intellectual charm, ‘ Windyhaugh’ is brightly written, and has that keen sense of enjoyment which belongs to any genuine delineation of life."— Boston Herald. “A novel with a fine and tender earnestness that is essentially cheerful and wholesome. . . . It assures its author a high rank among contemporary novelists.”.—Chicago Tribune. Puerto Rico and its Resources. A book for Travelers, Investors, and others, containing full accounts of Natural Features and Resources, Products, People, Opportunities for Business, etc. By FREDERICK A. Oper, author of ‘‘Camps in the Caribbees,” ‘‘ Crusoe’s Island,” etc. With Maps and Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. The Hon. HENRY CABOT LODGE writes the author: ‘‘ You have brought together in a small space an immense amount of most valuable information, which it is very important to have within the reach of the Ameri- can people at this time.” “No helter-skelter narrative is this, patched together to catch a sudden market in the wake of war, but a careful, well-proportioned volume by an author who has seen more and written more of Latin-America than almost any other living American. . . . Undoubtedly the best book on Puerto Rico yet written, and the likeli- hood is that it will be a long time before we shall get another so good.”—Soston Fournal. “ An orderly and intelligent account of the island. Mr. Ober's book is both timely and trustworthy.’’—New York Evening Post. NEW EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED. The Care and Feeding of Children. A Catechism for the Use of Mothers and Children’s Nurses. By L. EMMETT Hott, M. D., Professor of Diseases of Children in the New York Polyclinic, Attending Physician to the Babies’ Hospital, etc. 12mo. Cloth, 50 cents. “The physician will find it an excellent work to put into the hands of any mother, for it tells just enough and tells it so clearly that no one can fail to understand."—Buffalo Medical Fournal.

Page 184

NEW AND REVISED EDITION. The Scapegoat. A Romance and a Parable. By HALL CAINE, author of ‘‘ The Deemster,” ‘* The Bondman,”” ‘‘ The Manxman,” ‘‘ The Christian,” etc. Uniform with the author's works. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ii new edition will present itself as practically a new book. It will be found to differ ma- terially from the edition heretofore published, which was issued some years since without the benefit of the author’s revision. This powerful romance and expressive ‘‘ parable” will be cer. tain to obtain a greatly enlarged meed of popularity. OTHER BOOKS BY HALL CAINE. Uniform edition. Each, 12mo, cloth. o * The Christian. $1.50. | The Manxman. $1.50. ‘* None who read it will gainsay its power and ‘“Mr. Caine has written well and nobly.”— effectiveness.” —New York Times. Boston Herald. ¥: ‘* Its strength grasps you at the beginning and holds you to the end. There is in it something of | the fervor of true prophecy.” —Chicago Fournal. ‘*¢ The Manxman’ is more than a good story; it is a great novel.”—Philadelphia Press. 9 9 The Deemster. $1.50. Capt’n Davy’s Honeymoon. New copyright edition, revised by the author. $ 1.00. ‘‘ Hall Caine has already given us some very “It is*pleasant to meet the author of ‘The strong and fine work, and ‘The Deemster’ is a | Deemster’ in a brightly humorous little story like story of unusual power. ... Certain passages and | this. . . . It shows the same observation of Manx chapters have an intensely dramatic grasp, and character, and much of the same artistic skill.”"— hold the fascinated reader with a force rarely ex- fhiladelphia Times. cited nowadays in literature.”— 7he Critic. The Bondman. 31.50. | The Little Manx Nation. New copyright edition, revised by the author. $ 1.00. SIXTIETH THOUSAND. ‘*A book that will live.” David Harum. A Story of American Life. By E>owarp NoyesWestcotTT. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ‘True, strong, and thoroughly alive, with a humor like that of Abraham Lincoln and a nature as sweet at the core. The spirit of the book is genial and wholesome, and the love story is in keeping with it. . . « The book adds one more to the interesting list of native fiction destined to live, portraying certain localities and types of American life and manners.""—Boston Literary World. ** Full of wit and sweetness.”—Baltimore Herald. LATEST ISSUES IN Appletons’ Cown and Country Library Each, 12mo, paper, 50 cents; cloth, $1.00. Paul Carah, Cornishman. | Pharos, the Egyptian. By CHARLES LEE. By Guy Boornsy, author of ‘‘ Doc- tor Nikola,” ‘‘ The Lust of Hate,” By Berwen Banks. ‘A Bid for Fortune,” ete. By ALLEN Raine, author of “Mi- | 71. Procession of Life fi , a Welsh Si — Sails.” ae. satis aie By Horace ANNESLEY VACHELL. Ricroft of Withens. The Knight of the Golden A Romance. By HALLIwe.t Sut- Chain. An Historical Romance. CLIFFE, author of ‘‘A Man of the By R. D. Cxetwope, author of Moors.” ‘John of Strathbourne.”

Page 185

ine As t. in of CHAPPED SKIN. — From Med. Standard. From Lancet-Clinic. “Chapped skin isawin-| ‘An excellent remedy ter plague easily avoided | for chapped skin is found by use of in the use of Packer’s Tar Soap. Prof. D. G. Brinton, M. D., ILL. D., Philadelphia, says: “‘ PACKER’s TAR Soap is remarkably pure, cleansing, and healing ; contains the balsamic virtues of the pine in a high degree, and is soft and refreshing to the skin.” —A/ed. and Surg. Reporter. A ROMANCE OF THE WEST INDIES. Latitude 19° A Romance of the West Indies in the Year of our Lord Eighteen * Hundred and Twenty. Being a faithful account and true, of the painful adventures of the Skipper, the Bo’s’n, the Smith, the Mate, and Cynthia. By Mrs. SCHUYLER CROWNINSHIELD. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. “Latitude 19°’ is a novel of incident, of the open air, cf the sea, the shore, the mountain eyrie, and of breathing, living entities, who deal with Nature at first hand. . . . The adventures described are peculiarly novel and interesting. . . . Packed with incidents, infused with humor and wit, and faithtul to the types intro- duced, this book will surely appeal to the large audience aiready won, and beget new friends among those who believe in fiction that is healthy without being maudlin, and is strong without losing the truth.”—7he New York Heraid. “ Adventurous and romantic enough to satisfy the most exacting reader. . . . Abounds in situations which make the blood run cold, and yet, full of surprises as it is, one is continually amazed by the plausibility of the main incidents of the narrative. . . . A very successful effort to portray the sort of adventures that might have _ ~ in the West Indies seventy-five or eighty years ago. . . . Very entertaining with its dry humor.”— oston Herald, W. A Romance of 1811-1815. By J. A. ALTSHELER, A Herald of the est. author of *‘ A Soldier of Manhattan” and ‘‘ The Sun of Saratoga.” 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. “In astyle that is strong and broad the author of this timely novel takes up a nascent period of out national history and founds upon it a story of absorbing interest. .. . We predict for ‘ A Herald of the West’ a wide reading and a permanent place.”— 7he Philadeiphia Item. “A portion of our history that has not before been successfully embodied in fiction. . . . Extremely we'l written, condensed, vivid, picturesque, and there is continual action ... A rattling good story, and unrivaled in a for its presentation of the American feeling toward England during our second conflict.”"— 7he Boston erald, _.“*A Herald of the West’ is a romance of our history which has not been surpassed in dramatic force, vivid coloring, and historical interest.”— 7he San Francisco Chronicle. These books are for sale by all booksellers ; or they will be sent by mail on receipt of price by the publishers, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 72 FirtH Avenue, New York.

Page 186

ESTABLISHED BY EDWARD L. YOUMANS. APPLETONS’ POPULAR SCIENCE MONTHLY EDITED BY WILLIAM JAY YOUMANS.

Prospectus for 1899.

THE scientific method of study and investigation is every year being more and more widely applied, drawing within its range, besides the endless succession of phenomena in physical Nature, many practical questions relating to agricul. tural and industrial development, civil administration, criminal reform, educa. tional methods, public and private hygiene, and the ethics of social life. The results of such study are changing for the better man’s operations in every field of activity, and in proportion as they are made known may they be expected to still further contribute to the material welfare and intellectual advancement of society. The contents of the Popular Science Monthly for 1899 will include an increasing variety of readable popular articles on these and allied subjects from writers of the foremost rank in their respective departments of science. EDUCATION. Special attention will, as heretofore, be given to the rdéle of science in Education. <A few of the topics coming under this head will be: The train- ing of science teachers; the place of science in education; practical aspects of mental fatigue; teaching science in the common schools; instruction of the feeble-minded, etc. NATURAL HISTORY. As subjects of scientific study that are of never-failing interest, well calcu- lated to develop the observing powers and the judgment, and easily accessible independently of the schools, liberal space will be given to articles on natural history, including curious forms of plant and animal life, and those varied aspects of Nature that present themselves in the geological and physiographic features of the landscape. 10

Page 187

more Ssion ricul. luca- field ected ment clude jects alcu- sible tural SOCIOLOGY. Questions pertaining to social welfare, especially in those cases where the direct action of the state is concerned, will likewise receive a fair share of atten- tion. These will embrace, among others, articles on the results of temperance legislation; the restriction of vivisection; state versus private philanthropy ; and politics as an agency in social affairs. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES. Care will be taken to keep up with the more important and later devel- opments in the physical sciences, when they are susceptible ot popular state- ment; wireless telegraphy, the applications of low temperatures in research, im- provements in the industrial arts, and the history and later practical applications of electricity being among the special subjects that will receive attention. SERIALS. Several papers yet remain of the series by the late Hon. David A. Wells on The Principles of Taxation, that will appear early in the year. Professor Ripley’s contributions on The Racial Geography of Europe will run into the year, and there are two more articles on The Evolution of Colonies, by Mr. James Collier. With other illustrations, each number of the MONTHLY contains a finely engraved portrait of some eminent man of science, with a biographical sketch. AMONG ITS RECENT CONTRIBUTORS ARE: HERBERT SPENCER, ANDREW D. WHITE, ISRAEL C. RUSSELL, EDWARD ATKINSON, WILLIAM Z. RIPLEY, C. HANFORD HENDERSON, E. P, EVANS, FREDERICK STARR, CESARE LOMBROSO, JAMES SULLY, S. N. D. NORTH, ANGELO HEILPRIN, W. K. BROOKS, GEORGE M.STERNBERG, G. F. WRIGHT, DAVID STARR JORDAN, WORTHINGTON C. FORD, WILLIAM H. HUDSON, FELIX L. OSWALD, EDWARD S. MORSE, CHARLES D. WALCOTT, JOSEPH LE CONTE, H. CARRINGTON BOLTON, T. C. MENDENHALL. 50 cents a number. $5.00 per annum. D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, PUBLISHERS, 72 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK.

Page 188

Yiu We ru} w (uj w wv fu) wes 2 VIGOR and 5 iS follow the use of | Somatose the Perfect Food, Tonic and Re- storative, which contains the nour- ishing elements of meat. INVALIDS AND DYSPEPTIG,, or anyone in an anemic state, find in Somatose the needed nourish- ment and a restored appetite. Ue wu Ai druggists’ in 2-0z., %, %, and z lb, tins. Also the following combinations: Somatose- Biscuit, Somatose-Cocoa, S t Chocolate—each containing 10 per cent. Somatose. Very convenient and palatable preparations. A full size sample box of Somatose mailed on receipt of 35 cents by FARBENFABRIKEN OF ELBERFELD CO., Selling acents for Farbenfabriken 40 Stone St., vorm. Friedr. Bayer & Co., Elberfeld. New York. uy} w fel re] 2) ome) Dr. Hayes, of Buffalo, N. Y. Cures ASTHMA to Stay Cured. Correspondence invited. No charge for advice as to curability. Write for Examination Blanks. €€eceeee A NEW VOLUME IN THE INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC SERIES. Earthquakes and Other Earth Movements. By JoHN MILNE, F.R.S., F.G.S., late Professor of Mining and Geology in the Imperial College of Engineering, Tokio, Japan. tific Series. With thirty-eight figures. New edition. Entirely reset. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. By reference to the varied and numerous investigations made of years the author has aimed to bring the original subject-matter up to date. There are also some new illustrations, a few correc- ions, and a list of reference books, features which enhance the value of this valuable and sys ic account of earth movements. International Scien- This book is for sale by all booksellers ; or it will be sent by mail, on receipt of price by the publishers, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 72 Fifth Avenue, New York. [|| 7 Your Work ? If you are dissatisfied SS with your situation, your sa]. Sa ary, your chances of complete : success, write to The Internationa} Correspondence Schools, Scranton, Pa. W . and learn how others so situated are getting An Education by Mail Students in the courses of Mechani trical Engineering, Architecture, a io the Civil Engineering Courses soon qualified for salaried draft. J ing room positions. Write ~~ for pamphlets. The International ’ PA Correspondence Se ’ Box 1168 MICHIGAN COLLEGE OF Mines, Supported by the State of Michigan. Practical Elective system. Special advantanes for men of = experience. For catalogues, address wal r. M. E. Wapsworts, President, Honghton, Mich, _ No Fire, Smoke, or Heat. Absolutely Safe, Send five stamps for Catalogue, TRUSCOTT BOAT MFC. CO., ST. JOSEPH, Mich, Tm Y ale Reviel A QUARTERLY JOURNAL For the Scientific Discussion of Economix, Political, and Social Questions, Boston Herald. ‘** A periodical full of vigorous and strong articles.” Episcopal Recorder. ‘‘ This substantial Review is conducted with grat ability, and meets a special need in the literary world” EDITORIAL BOARD: HeNRY W. FARNAM, ARTHUR T. HADLEY, W. F. BLACKMAN, E. G. Bourne, JOHN C. SCHWAB, ano IRVING FISHER, Professors in Yale University. 1 Yearly subscription Single number- - - - --- ISSUED on THe Firteentn Days oF Feeruary, May, Auaust, Novemsen. Five volumes of THE YALE REVIEW are now am pleted. They will be sent to new subscribers at reduced price of $1.00 per volume, unbound. A seo men copy will be sent free. TUTTLE, MOREHOUSE & TAYLOR, Publisher NEW HAVEN, CONN.

Page 189

afe, PH, MICH, "a rare ee Want ~ P =ROD »” GUN’ The Sportsman’s Home Journal ForEST AND STREAM’S NATURAL HISTORY contain so much original observation Piao and the ways of wild animals that they are carefully read by naturalists the world over. Business and professional men of all find in its pages the grateful odor of the forest and the bright sparkle of the stream. It is altogether unique in scope and character. No other one agency in this country has done so much as the Forest and Stream to develop and establish among intelligent people a taste for tational recreation with the rod and gun. Forest and Stream is printed for grown-ups, but it is also a paper for young folks. No better read- ing. can be given to your boy, if you want to ge him grow up a manly man. Special Tri 1 Trip.—Price, ro cents per week. All dealers. For 25 cents Se wil i the paper for four weeks as a special a of best books on outdoor sports will come to you free. Address FOREST AND STREAM PUBLISHING CO. 346 Broadway, New York. (Walnut Lodae HOSPITAL, HARTFORD, CONN, Organized in 1880 Alcohol for the and special Medical Opium Treatment of . Inebriates. LEGANTLY situated in the suburbs of the city, with every appointment and appliance for the treatment of this class of cases, including 7wrkish, Russian, Foman, Saline, and Medicated Baths. Each case comes under the direct personal care of the physician. Experience shows that a large proportion of these cases are curable, and all are benefited from the application of exact hygienic and scientific measures. This institution is founded on the well-recognized fact that Jnebriety is a disease and curable, = et ese cases require rest, change of thought and iving, etc. At Murray Hill Hotel, New York city, the second Tues- day of each month, from 12 to 4 Pp. m. Applications and all inquiries should be addressed T. D. CROTHERS, M.D., Sup’t Walnut Lodge, Hartford, Conn. LITTLE MASTERPIECES. Acollection of books of the highest standing in lit- erature. The best texts in good readable type, and on per, with photogravure frontispieces, tastefully bound in flexible cloth covers, gilt top (4 x 6). In this series nine independent volumes have been Poe (7) Macaulay (9) Hawthorne (8) Franklin (7) Irving (7) Webster (5) Carlyle (7) Lincoln, including the Ruskin (9) “Lost Speech” (7) (The figures in parentheses indicate the number of selections. ) To NEW yearly subscribers for PUBLIC OPINION wewill present a set of any THREE of these volumes. If you are not familiar with PUBLIC OPINION we shall be glad to send you sample copies. It is an eclectic weekly that aims to cover briefly every field of human activity. Its departments are American Affairs Religion Foreign Affairs Letters and Art Sociology Business and Finance Science Book Reviews The American Affairs department is especially valu- able, reflecting as it does the sentiment of the press of the entire country. By reading this one paper you can be as well posted as though you read 3,000 each week. Our editors do pate you. UBLIC OPINION may be just the paper you have Wanted for years. The subscription price is $2.50 per Year, $1.25 for six months. THE PUBLIC OPINION CO., 13 Astor Place, New York. Recollections of the Civil War. By CHARLES A. DANA. Large 12mo. Cloth, gilt top, uncut, $2.00. ‘*Mr. Dana's official position as Assistant Secre- tary of War while the rebellion was in progress gave him exceptional opportunities of observation which he was keen to take advantage of, while his rare gift of terse and vivid expression enabled him to record what he saw in a series of fen pictures that are little less than instantaneons photographs. The feature far excellence of these reminiscences is their interesting character, . . . He tells you briefly but graphically what he saw, heard, or did himself. One gains a very feal and personal knowledge of the war from these recollections.” — Chicago Jimes-Herald. “It is a book filled with vitality and warm with strong life. It tells history in the strongest and most impressive manner, and the personality of the. writer gives it an additional interest. It is one of the valuable books of the year. . . . It is sincere, even in its preju- dices ; the most original and enduring work of a strong thinker. . . . The book is a most important contribu- tion to the history of our civil war ; it is readable from first page to last, and its vitality will outlast that of more elaborate works on the same subject.""— Boston Saturday Evening Gazette. This book is for sale by all booksellers ; or it will be sent by mail, on receipt of price by the publishers, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 72 Fifth Avenue, New York. 18

Page 190

Nufiez Spanish Readers, By J. ABELARDO NUNEZ. With Vocabulary, and Questions in English on the Text. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth. rere GTANDARD Elementary Readers. Progressive Carefully Graded on the Most Approved Play employed in the Leading American Schools. Ip. dorsed by Prominent Spanish and American Schol. ars. The Outgrowth of Years of Experience og the Part of the Author, the most Prominent Edy. cator of Spanish America. Universally adopted for School Use. TWO VOLUMES. Book I. Price, 65 cents. Book II. Price, 85 cents. J. A. NUNEZ. ** Nufiez’s Series of Readers has had a great educational influence in our schools, and continues to be unsurpassed. Mr. Nufiez has made a notable addition to the Readers sinc the first edition, namely, the introduction of standard poetry, with the result that this SERIES OF READERS HAS NO RIVAL IN SPANISH AMERICA.”—£/ Educador, Santiago de Chile A SPANISH CLASSIC. PEPITA JIMENEZ A SPANISH NOVEL BY Don JUAN VALERA. Illustrated. 12mo, paper, 50 cents; cloth, $1.25. Don JUAN VALERA is the Addison of Spanish literature, and Pepita Jiménes has enjoyed a world-wide celebrity. To those seeking a standard Spanish classic, pre-eminent in language and style, this book is highly commended. Written in the purest Spanish, of recognized literary merit, it is without a peer for studying the language. A complete descriptive catalogue of Spanish text-books' and novels will be sent on application to the publishers, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, PustisHers, New York, Boston, CHICAGO 14

Page 191

Ssive, In. Ce On Edu. d for ls, and S since at this » Chile, LEARN SPANISH Js what the present and the coming generations must do, in order to communicate advantageously with our new colonies. D. APPLETON AND COMPANY For over fifty years have had an especially equipped Spanish Department, in charge of able Spanish scholars and editors, and have published the text-books universally adopted throughout the Spanish-American republics. The following publications will be found of particular interest to those contemplating the study of the language : DE TORNOS’S COMBINED SPANISH METHOD. A New Practical and Theoretical System of Learning the Castilian Language, embracing the Most Advantageous Features of the Best Known Methods. With a Pronouncing Vocabulary containing all the Words used in the course of the Work, and References to the Lessons in which each one is explained, thus enabling any one to be his own Instructor. By ALBERTO DE Tornos, A. M., formerly Director of Normal Schools in Spain, and Teacher of Spanish in the New York Mer- cantile Library, New York Evening High School, and the Polytechnic and Packer Institutes, Brooklyn. 12zmo. Cloth, $1.25. Key to Combined Spanish Method, 75 cents. The author has successfully combined the best in the various popular systems, discarding the theories which have failed, and produced a work which is eminently practical, logical, concise, and easily comprehended. The edented sale which this book has had, and its steadily increasing popularity as a text-book, mark this as the leading Spanish method book now published. Practical [lethod to Learn Spanish. With a Vocabulary and Easy Exercises for Trans- lation into English. By A. Ramos Diaz DE VILLEGAS. 12mo. Cloth, 50 cents. This work is based upon the natural method of acquiring a knowledge of a language. The exercis:s are progressively arranged in parallel columns, Eng- lish and Spanish, and present to the student a practical and simple method of learning the Spanish language. Ollendorff’s Method of Learning to Read, Write, and Speak the Spanish Language. With an Appendix containing a Brief but Comprehensive Recapitulation of the Rules, as well as of all the Verbs, both Reg- ular and Irregular, so as to render their Use Easy and Familiar to the Most Ordinary Ca- pacity. Together with Practical Rules for the Spanish Pronunciation, and Models of Social and Commercial Correspondence. The whole designed for Young Learners and Persons who are their own Instructors. By M. VELAZQUEZ and T. SIMONNE. Cloth, $1.00. Key to Ex- ercises in Method, 50 cents, A Grammar of the Spanish Language. By M. SCHELE DE VERE. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00. An Easy Introduction to Spanish Conversation. By M. Vethzquez DE LA CADENA. 18mo. Cloth, 35 cents. The Spanish Phrase-Book ; Or, Key to Spanish Conversation. By E. M. DE BeLEM. 18mo. Cloth, 30 cents. The Elementary Spanish Reader and Translator, By Micue. T. Toon, Professor of Modern Languages and Spanish Literature. New edition, revised and enlarged, . 1898. 12mo, Cloth, $1.00. A book of progressive exercises for the use of those who are not so far acquainted with the peculiarities and construction of the Spanish language as to undertake successfully the cuadietion of difficult text-books. Spanish Grammar. A Practical and Easy Method of Learning the Spanish Language. After the System of F. AHN, Doctor of Philosophy at the College of Neuss. First American edition, revised and enlarged. 12mo. Cloth, 75 cents. Key to Spanish Grammar, 25 cents. Progressive Spanish Reader. With an Analytical Study of the Spanish Lan- g e. By AcustiIn José Mora.es, LL. D., ’rofessor of the Spanish Language and Litera- ture in the New York Free Academy, and formerly Professor of St. John’s University, Washington Institute, etc. r2mo. Cloth, $1.25. This book contains a carefully graded series of in- teresting pieces designed to lead the beginner on grad- ually to the more difficult Spanish prose. The Spanish Reader. Consisting of Extracts from the Works of the most approved Authors, in Prose and Verse, with Notes and a Copious Vocabulary. By Ma- RIANO VELAZQUEZ DE LA CADENA. I2mo. Cloth, $1.25. A complete descriptive catalogue of Spanish Text-Books and Novels, with introductory prices, will be sent to any address on application to D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, Publishers, New York, Boston, Chicago. 15

Page 192

THE LEADING Spanish Dictionaries. Seoane's Neuman and Baretti Spanish Dictionary, A Pronouncing Dictionary of the Spanish and English Languages, with the addition of more than 8,000 Words, Idioms, and Familiar Phrases. In Two Parts: Part I, Spanish-English; Part II, English-Spanish. 1310 pages, By MARIANO VELAZQUEZ DE LA CADENA. Large 8vo. Cloth, $5.00, Velazquez’s Dictionary, composed from the Spanish dictionaries of the Spanish Academy, Terreros, and Salva, and from the English dictionaries of Webster, Worcester, and Walker, is universally recognized as the standard dictionary of the Spanish language. A unique and valuable feature of this dictionary is that it contains many Spanish words used only in those countries of America which were formerly dependencies of Spain. * * * Seoane's Neuman and Barettt Spanish Dictionary, Abridged by VELAZQUEZ. A Dictionary of the Spanish and English Languages, abridged from the author’s larger work. 847 pages. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. This abridgment of Velazquez’s Spanish Dictionary will be found very serviceable for younger scholars, travelers, and men of business. It contains a great number of words be- longing to articles of commerce and the natural productions of the Spanish-American re- publics, together with many idioms and provincialisms not to be found in any other work of this kind. “** A Dictionary of the Spanish and English Languages. Containing the latest Scientific, Military, Commercial, Tech- nical, and Nautical Terms. Based upon Velazquez’s unabridged edition. 32mo. Cloth, $1.00. This Dictionary, which is of a convenient size for the pocket, has proved very popular, and will be found an excellent lexicon for the traveler’s handy reference. * * * Spanish-and-E-nglish Dictionary. In Two Parts. Part I, Spanish-and-English ; Part II, English-and-Span- ish. By T. C. MEapDows, M.A., of the University of Paris. 18mo. Half roan, $2.00. This Dictionary comprehends all the Spanish words, with their proper accents, and every noun with its gender. b. APPLETON AND COMPANY, PustisHers, New York, Boston, CHICAGO 16

Page 193

rin ish no. for 23 F in- no. THE SANITARIAN A MONTHLY MAGAZINE, Established in 1873. “THe SANITARIAN for June, 1892, contains a life-sketch of its venerable and distinguished editor, Dr. A. N. Beli, and several contributions upon ‘The triumphs of preventive medicine,’ in the interest of which Dr. Bell has labored so long and so successfully. * * * No one has been so long, so pat,ent and so persistent in awakening public attention to an interest in this cause. No one has filled so many positions demanding skill in practical work. No one has been more successful in practical work under great difficulties. The writer of the article is Dr. Stephen Smith, the eminent surgeon and author.”’— Tennessee State Board of Health Bulletin. Based at the outset upon medical knowledge and sanitary service, over an extensive field of observation in various climates in different quarters of the world, large experience in dealing with epidemic diseases, and practical sanita- tion for the maintenance of health under the most trying circumstances: “The Sanitarian is ’’— AS OTHERS SEE IT— “The American authority for everything appertaining to the healthful con dition of the people at large. The contributions are from medical men whose writings are accepted as authority,” (Virginia Chronicle); ‘The best sanitary publication in America,’ (Mississippi Valley Medical Monthly); “Easily main tains its superiority over all similar publications,” (Medical World); “Has accomplished more good than all of the other sanitary papers put together,” (Hydraulic and Sanitary Plumber); ‘‘The value of a good sanitary publication can hardly be estimated. The superior of THE SANITARIAN we have never seen,” (The Free Methodist); ‘‘ The editor, Dr. A. N. Bell, is well known to the mercantile community for his co-operation with the merchants in quarantine reform, and to his profession as a leader in sanitary science,” (N. Y. Journal of Commerce). “THe SANITARIAN has been the exponent of the most progressive science of hygiene for more than twenty years,” (The Living Church). Two volumes yearly. The volumes begin January and July; subscription at any time. TERMS: $4.00 a year, in advance; 35 cents a number. SampLe Copies, 20 cents—ten two-cent Postage Stamps. g@ All correspondence and exchanges with Tue Sanrrariay, and all publi- eations for review, should be addressed to the Editor, Dr. A. N. BELL, 337 Clinton St., Brooklyn, N. Y. 17

Page 194

Bec Biwi Brac Siac Bic Biwi Bre sassesesess Cit sesessesess | World's Leading Reviews! ot foremost writers | of the — ream tributet ' nineteen Gemtmyos <n They present each month Contemporary Review the best articles by the bes living authors; and in sand a Fortnightly ReviewWee uo with the tm The current events of the Westminster Review cay, the world’s progres _ in culture, in science, inart, WII IT IDI ID IID ID IP IP ITIP =— in finance, in economics in literature, in study, in travel, in knowledge, is summed up in convenient and acces. } sible form by the most competent authorities. $$ $2298 }}

“These leading English Reviews contain more articles by more noted writers on any important subject than any other series. No reader who hopes to keep in touch with the best thought of the day on all current questions of importance can afford to ignore them.”—The Philadelphia Press. % HHH HAS

! 4 We suppiy the original English editions at nearly 50 per cent, less j than they cost in England. YEARLY SUBSCRIPTION :—Any one Review, $4.50; any two, $8.50; any three, $12.00; all four, $16.00. Postage prepaid in the United States, Canada and Mexico. 444444444 Leonard Scott Publication Company, 112 Wall st., New York

18

Page 195

Military Text-Books The New Army Drill Regulations. As approved by the Secretary of War. (Supersed- . ing Upton's Tactics, previously the authorized standard for the United States Army.) Illustrated. try. One volume. Bound in leather, with tuck, ~ a: - stiff paper covers, 30 cents. 4 , with Appendix containing interpretations (replies Tee Somies), as published in the “‘ Army and Navy Jour- nal,” by Lieutenant John T. French, Recorder of the Tac- tical Board. Leather, with tuck, $1.00; paper, 50 cents. For Cavalry. One volume. Leather, with tuck, $1.00. for Artillery. One volume. Leather, with tuck, $1.00. For Hospital Corps. One volume. Leather, 75 cents. Three Roads to a Commission in the United States Army. By Lieutenant W. P. BURNHAM, Sixth U. S. In- fantry, author of ‘‘Manual of Outpost Duty,” etc. ymo, Cloth, $1.00. Manual of Physical Drill, U. S. A. By First Lieutenant EDMUND L. Butts, Twenty- | frst Infantry, U.S. A. With 193 Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.25. A Manual of Instruction in the Prin- ciples of Prompt Aid to the Injured. Including a chapter on Hygiene and the Drill Regu- lations for the Hospital Corps, U. S.A. Designed for Military and Civil use. Ey ALVAH H. Doty, M.D., Health Officer of the Port of New York; late Major 1899--- SSth ===1899 Annual Statement OF THE TRAVELERS INSURANCE COMPANY. Chartered 1863. (Stock.) Life and Accident Insurance. JAMES G. BATTERSON, President. Hartford, Conn., January 1, 1899. Paid-up Capital, $1,000,000 ASSETS. ee eG ee Ee. . $2,009,684 43 Cash on hand and ir Bank 1,510,090 17 Loans on bond and mortgage, real estate 5,785,923 99 Interest accrued but not due. 261,279 62 Loans on collateral security . 1,182,327 64 Loans on this Company’s Policies 1,175,489 24 Deferred Life Premiums . . . . . . 824,697 95 Premiums due and unreported on Life a . United States Bonds ee State, county, and municipal bonds . Railroud stocks and bonds ‘ 251,120 97 14,000 00 8,614,032 58 6,658,373 87 1,066,122 50 . . 1,462,300 00 $25,315,442 46 LIABILITIES. Reserve, 4 per cent., Life Department . $18,007,596 00 Reserve for Re-insurance, Accident De- partment. . . . «+ « « « « Present value Installment Life Policies Reserve for Claims resisted for Em- ployers — Bank stocks .... Other stocks and bonds Total Assets 1,399,872 80 507,044 00 430,101 55 220,243 33 ters arly ages 8. onth best in vord mes, the ress at, nics, Losses in process of adjustment . Life Premiums paid in advance . i i I. G. N. Y.s: - Eeemgeee Ninth Regiment, N. G ¥.; late As Special Reserve for unpaid taxes, rents tending Surgeon to Bellevue Hospital Dispensary, New York. Second edition. Revised and enlarged. With Illustrations. x2mo. Cloth, $1.50. 85,267 68 S ’ Cis + + 4s. 2 «ees Se 110,000 00 Special Reserve, Liability Department 100,000 00 Reserve for anticipated change in rate of interest , +. + « se 8 400,000 00 Practical Instruction in Minor Tactics and Strategy. For the use of the Regular Army and the Militia. By Joun P. WIsSER, First Lieutenant, First U. S. Artillery, With Charts and Maps. Approved and authorized as a Text-Book in the U. S. Artillery School. Square 8vo, Cloth, $2.50. Points in Minor Tactics. Compiled and arranged in an elementary manner for the Infantry of the National Guard of the United States, By Captain CHARLES A. SMYLIE, Twelfth Infantry, N. G. N. Y. With Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00, Regulations of the Army of the United States, and General Orders in Force, all Military Law in Force. Revised edition, 1895. 8vo. Cloth, $1.50. These books are for sale by all booksellers ; or they will be sent by mail on receipt of price by the publishers, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, NEW YORK. - $21,209,625 36 Excess Security to Policy-holders $4,105,817 10 Surplus to Stockholders . $3,105,817 10 STATISTICS TO DATE. Lire DEPARTMENT. Life Insurance in force. . . . $97,352,821 00 New Life Insurance written in 1898 16,087,551 00 Insurance on installment plan at commuted value. Returned to Policy-holders in 1898 $1,382,008 95 Returned to Policy-holders since 1864 ee ae - 14,532,359 52 AccipEenT DEPARTMENT. Number Accident Claims paid in See «9 6's oes Se, @ Whole number Accident Claims OE. «6 4.6. 6 5 heres 324,250 Returned to Policy-holders in 1898 $1,254,500 81 Returned to Policy-holders since 1864 . oh 2 . 22,464,596 75 Total Liabilities . 16,260 TOTALS. Returned to Policy-holders in 1898 $2,636,509 76 Returned to Policy-holders since 1864 . . 36,996,956 27 SYLVESTER C. DUNHAM, Vice-President. JOHN E. MORRIS, Secretary. H. J. MESSENGER, Actuary. EDWARD V. PRESTON, Sup’t of Agencies. J. B. LEWIS, M. D., Surgeon and Adjuster. 19

Page 196

Hartford and Vedette Bicycles Have the confidence of the cycling public, For weeks we have been running our im- mense factories 22 hours daily to meet the demand for our new 1899 models. The Longest Experience, The Greatest Resources, : The Largest Factories, The Best Devised Machinery, The Most Scientific Methods. A combination of advantages which produces the standard bicycles of the world. Columbia Chainless, Models 59 and 60 - $75 Columbia Chain, Models 57 and 58 - - $50 Hartfords, Patterns 19 and 20 - - - - $35 Vedettes, Patterns 21 and 22 - - $25, $26 ENTIRELY NEW MODELS. We are closing out the limited number remaining of 1898 Columbias and Hartfords (the leaders of last season) at greatly reduced prices. Juvenile Bicycles, all sizes, $20 to $25. POPE MANUFACTURING COMPANY, Hartford, Conn. Catalogue free from any Columbia dealer, or by mail for one 2-cent stamp.

Page 197

} Stal). APPLETON ] ee) 6 COMPANY S®& MONTHLY y f . \ \ cate reat DN a y, \ > 4 os . SSAC FIFTH-AVE -NEW-YORK SR 5 BOSTON Qa a LONDON & 7A\ CHICAGO FF 156 0 / ) ; en TREMONT ST QQ 25-BEDFORD-ST (COVENT: GARDEN) Stgy?0? MICHIGAN AVE \

Page 198

HOLIDAY # GIFT # BOOKS. NEW AND REVISED EDITION. Uncle Remus: His Songs and his Sayings, By JoeL CHANDLER HArkrIs. With One Hundred and Twelve Illustrations by A Frost. Library Edition, 12mo, cloth, $2.00. dition de Luxe, printed on y A. B. paper, with wide margins, uncut, specially bound in white vellum and gold. 250 copies, each copy signed by the Author. Price, $10.00 net. handmade Limited to “ The old tales of the plantations have never been told as Mr. Harris has told them. Each narrative is to the point, and so swift in its action upon the risibilities of the reader that one almost loses consciousness of the printed page, and fancies it is the voice of the lovable old darkey himself that steals across the senses and brings mirth inextinguishable as it comes,” New York Tribune. A History of Dancing, From the Earliest Ages to our Own Times, By Gaston VUILLIER. Folio. Cloth, uncut, $12.00. The Three Musketeers. By ALEXANDRE DuMAS. Witha Letter from Alexandre Dumas, f/s, and 250 Illustra- tions by Maurice Leloir. In two vol- umes. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00. Also, a few copies of the Ldition de Luxe. In two volumes, royal S8vo. Buckram, with specially designed cover, in box, $12.00. NEW ILLUSTRATED EDITION OF The Music Series. Consisting of Biographical and Anecdotal Sketches of the Great German Composers ; | the Great Italian and French Composers ; Great Singers; and Great Violinists and Pianists. With 28 full-page Portra‘ts. By GEORGE T. FERRIS. In five volumes. 18mo. Cloth, $4.00 per set. In the Track of the Sun. Readings from the Diary of a Globe Trotter, By FREDERICK DIODATI ‘THOMPSON. Profusely illustrated with Engravings from Photographs and Drawings by Harry Fenn. | Large 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $6.00. The Forgotten Isles. Impressions of Travelin the Balearic Isles, Corsica, and Sardinia. By GASTON VUIL- LIER. Rendered into English by Frederic Breton. With 167 Illustrations by the Author. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50. The United States of America, A Study of the American Commonwealth its Natural Resources, People, Industries, Manufactures, Commerce, and its Work in Literature, Science, Education, and Self. Government. By Prof. N.S. SHALER, of Harvard University. 2 vols., royal 8vo about 700 pages each. With Maps and many Illustrations. (Subscription.) Cloth $10.00. In Joyful Russia. By Joun A. LoGan, Jr. With 50 Illustra- tions in color and black and white. 12mo. Cloth, $3.50. The Seven Seas. | A volume of Poems by Rupyarp KIPp.ine, author of “ Many Inventions,” “ Barrack- Room Ballads,” etc. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50; half calf, $3.00 ; morocco, $s.00., Many Inventions. | By RupYARD KIPLING. Containing Four- teen Stories and Two Poems. 12mo, 427 pages. Cloth, $1.50. Edition de Luxe. The Manxman. | By HALL Caine, author of “* The Deemster,” ‘*Capt’n Davy’s Honeymoon,” ‘ The | Scapegoat,” etc. Limited to 250 copies, signed by the Author. With 4o gelatin prints. Intwo volumes. 8vo. White vel- | lum, gilt, $15.00 net. | Marriage Customs in Many Lands. | By the Rev. H. N. HuTcHinson, author of With 24 The Outgoing Turk. Impressions of a Journey through the West- ern Balkans. By H.C. THOMSON, author | of “ The Chitral Campaign.” With 76 Illustrations from Photographs taken by the Author and Others, and 3 Maps. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00. “ Creatures of Other Days,” etc. | Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00. The Early Correspondence of Hans von Bulow. Edited by his Widow. With Two Portraits. 8vo. Cloth, $4.50.

Page 199

BY CHARLES A. DANA. Recollections of the Civil War By CHARLES A. DANA. Wits Porrrarr anp Inpex. Large 1zmo. Gilt top, uncut . . . « « «+ $2.00. HE late Crartes A. Dana’s ‘“‘ Recollec- tions of the Civil War” forms one of the most remarkable volumes of historical, political, and personal reminiscences which have been given to the public. Mr. Da- na begins his associa- tion with Horace Gree- ley, and his change from the Tribune to the War Department, in which he became Mr. Stanton’s as- sistant and close associ- ate. Mr. Dana’s intimate relations to the great events of the war, in the field and at Washington, and his connection with President Lincoln and with the leading figures in military, political, and business circles, have en- abled him to depict the inner life of that period in a manner which has not been approached. ‘ae A Prime Mr. Dana was not only practically a member of the Cabinet and in the confidence of leaders at Washington, but he was also the chosen representative of the War Department with General Grant and other military commanders, and he was present at many of the councils which preceded movements of the greatest importance. Mr. Dana was se- lected to sit in judgment upon charges of treason, bribery, and fraud, and he was familiar with all the inner workings of the vast machinery which was set in operation by the war. The importance of this unwritten history is obvious. Furthermore, Mr. Dana’s own narrative is re-enforced by many letters from Grant, Stanton, Sherman, and others, now published in book form for the first time. It is un- necessary to add any reference to Mr. Dana’s mastery of English. When these reminiscences were published in part in McClure’s Magazine they were characterized as “not only the most important piece of historical writing of the latter end of the century as to fact and material, but in style and presentation they belong to our enduring . literature.”

Page 200

CANNON AND CAMERA. Sea and Land Battles of the Spanish-American War in Cuba, Camp Life, and the Return of the Soldiers. Described and illustrated by J. C. HemMmMent, War artist at the Front, With over one hundred full-page pictures taken by the author, and an Index, Large 12mo. Cloth, $2.00. — Sf yA MAKING PHOTOGRAPHS FROM THE FIGHTING TOP OF THE MAINE.

Page 201

“yzeors “nM 44 ‘geet “sy8ahdog \ . "93HOLVd830 ONIOVSH ASTIW ANYN3LNZI1—"4dV18 BIH ONY HBLAIVHO IVUINID usuZoy ys1y AJUaAIS 9y) pu ‘sIopIyy YSNoy oy) ‘srepn Zor 9y1 yo uanjor oY Mes pure ‘yoxt A, dures ye juosoid sem yuoUIWOFY “APY “IaIe'] = “‘poAONsap Joy S,e1aAJ9>) MES Pus OFENNULS jo JUDUIPsequIOg ay} passauzIM aFy = “‘uONE[Nzid “89 943 Suripedeid sousos ONeUIEIpP YI UT poreYs oy pue ‘aJaymo3|9 pue ‘uenf ueg pue AsuUeD [q 18 SI9pry YFnoy pue srejnZo1 oy) YW J1y J9puN sem WOW “APY “Aepusuns sy3 07 Sutuuraq oy3 woy OFenueg ye sem oy pu ‘uospenbs s,uosdueg jesuwpy yUM pue eduey iw sem ap “eSneureyo1y> pue 4oxjq dures posta pue ‘aorAs9s O7UI Payjed SI99IUN|OA oy) MES 2 ‘BuNUS SEM UWOISSIUTUIO™) 9Y3 DIY SUTEPY 9Y3 JO 491M 9YyI UO SEM DEY *aSO[D Sz 0} UoIdsouUr sy WOsy JEM oY) BuNesysnyy! Saanioid jo satias a1a]duIOD & aduwI as0[9 Je Poureigo sey OyM ssydesZOj0Yd ysuy Dy) Ajqeqoad si quay “spy”

Page 202

THE STORY OF THE RAILROAD, By CY WARMAN, author of ‘‘The Express Messenger,” etc. 4 new volume in The Story of the West Series, edited by Ruptey Hitcucock. With Maps and many Illustrations by B. West Cuinepinst and from photographs. Uniform with ‘‘ The Story of the Cowboy,” ‘‘ The Story of the Mine,” and ‘‘ The Story of the Indian.” 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. f a ed ; THE ENGINEER. (Running the line with a transit on the Plains.) HIS book, which follows ‘‘ The Story of the Cowboy” in this series, pictures the buiiding of the earlier transcontinental lines across the true West. It tells the story of the engi- neer who found the way, and who was the pioneer of permanent civilization among the Indians and buffalo of the Plains and in the mountains. Historically the book is valuable be- cause it gives a comprehensive sketch of a great subject in a brief compass, and furthermore, the strange and picturesque phases of life which are depicted are full of immediate interest. An actual war, now forgotten, for the possession of a cafion in Colorado is vividly described by the author, who has shared in the work of railroad men in the West, and who made a special journey through the West to gather fresh material for his valuable and entertaining book.

Page 203

- THE STORY OF THE WEST SERIES. Edited by RIPLEY HITCHCOCK. Each, illustrated, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. “It would be difficult to speak in too high praise of the volumes that have thus far appeared in The Story of the West Series."—Chicago Tribune. ‘The purpose of this series is excellent. Already many of the picturesque and stirring features of Western life have been completely lost, and the attempt to revive them with the help of the imagination has not been an unqualified success. The editor’s work is therefore highly commendable, and ought to meet with success.” —Piiladelphia Press. ‘‘ The series is telling in enduring form the story of the pioneer period, and of the elements and personalities which made it the unique thing it was.”"—Soston Herald. The Story of the Cowboy. wx By E. HOUGH, author of “ The Singing Mouse Stories,” etc. Illustrated by WILLIAM L. WELLS and C. M. RUSSELL. ‘Mr. Hough is to be thanked for having written so excellent a boo!:. The cowboy story, as this author has told it, will be the cowboy’s fitting eulogy. This volume will be consulted in years to come as an authority on past conditions of the far‘West. For fine literary work the author is to be highly complimented. Here, certainly, we have a choice piece of writing.”"—New York Times. ‘*Mr. Hough writes whereof he knows. The sympathetic style in which he handles his subject arises out of close association and practical experience in the cow- boy’s saddle. His account of the rude and stirring life of other days upon the Western plains therefore has all the graphic vigor of an eyewitness and expert cow-puncher. Yet to this he adds a polished and diversified literary style such as one would scarcely expect to find coupled with his other qualifications. The result is a thoroughly interesting and valuable volume. There is just enough of the poetic touch in Mr. Hough's treatment to preserve the romantic pcturesqueness of the vanishing figure he portrays. . . . At once history and literature, with the added merit of being as interesting as the best of fiction.”"—Chicago Tribune. The Story of the Mine, wx As illustrated by the Great Comstock Lode of Nevada. By CHARLES HOWARD SHINN. ‘* The author has written a book not alone full of information, but replete with the true romance of the American mine.”—New York Times. ‘*Mr. Shinn’s volume is a fairly complete picture of the mining industries of the Pacific States, and should be read by every one who desires an accurate idea of this phase of Western history.”—Prook/lvn Eagle. _ ‘*The book will appeal to readers who have seen something of the regions or the life it so vividly portrays, as well as to those who seek clear information concerning the most important factor in the development of the western half of the great American continent.”—Chicago Dial, The Story of the Indian. wx By GEORGE BIRD GRINNELL, author of ‘‘ Pawnee Hero Stories,” “ Blackfoot Lodge Tales,” etc. ‘*Only an author qualified by personal experience could offer us a profitable study of a race so alien from our own as is the Indian in thought, feeling, and culture. Only long association with In- dians can enable a white man measurably to comprehend their thoughts and enter into their feelings. Such association has been Mr. Grinnell’s.”"—New York Sun. ‘*Tt must not be supposed that the volume is one for scholars and libraries of reference. It is far more than that. While it is a true story, yet it is a story none the less abounding in picturesque descrip- tion and charming anecdote. We regard it as a valuable contribu- tion to American literature.”"— New York Mail and Express. ‘*Full of information, and written in a style which appeals to the average reader.”"—New York Herald. “A valuable study of Indian life and character. . . . An attractive book, in large part one which Indians themselves might have written.”"—New York Tribune. ‘*The author is a master of a peculiarly clear and graphic style, and his book has a most fascinating interest. It gives to its readers an understanding of a much misunderstood race.” —Boston Advertiser, 5

Page 204

LATITUDE 10”. A Romance of the West Indies in the Year of our Lord 1820. Be- ing a faithful account and true, of the painful adventures of the Skipper, the Bo’s’n, the Smith, the Mate, and Cynthia. By Mrs SCHUYLER CROWNINSHIELD, author of ‘‘ Where the Trade Winds Blow.” Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. A QUEEN BUT YESTERDAY. Mrs. Crowninshield’s first novel is a book which will be read and talked about. The local color is fresh and captivating, and the interest of novelty attaches to the historical background, including as it does the pirates and voodoo worshipers of the earlier part of the century in Haiti, and the strange figure of King Christophe. The unflagging interest of the adventures which are encountered is accompanied by a constant vein of delightful humor. 6

Page 205

i THE PHANTOM ARMY. By MAX PEMBERTON. Uniform with ‘‘ Kronstadt.” Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. THE LIEUTENANT SURVEYED HIM WITH A PITYING AMUSEMENT. Mr. Pemberton has written a romantic novel, characterized by continued and increas- ing interest and stirring adventures. His hero, an English soldier of fortune, is enrolled, - through a strange series of incidents, in the ‘‘ Phantom Army,” which has its stronghold in the mountains of Spain, like certain of the Carlist bands of a few years since. The picturesqueness and dramatic quality of the tale will find immediate favor with readers.

Page 206

«« Two Successful Novels of American Life. ., LS ’ David Harum. — of American By Epwarp Noyes WEsTCOT?Y. 12mo. Cloth, $1.s0, ‘** David Harum’ must be hereafter remembered w think, among the most curious and most individual > Irae tions of recent American fiction. . . . No analysis of his peculiar qualities is likely to convey an adequate conce tion of his engaging personality.”"—New York Mail ont Express. ‘*Mr. Westcott has created a new and interesting type We are led into a bright and sunny, although quaint, at- mosphere. David Harum is a character entirely unlike those we have had from Dickens, Thackeray, Charles Reade, or any of the English school. He is distinct] American, and yet his portrayal has awaited the hand of Mr. Westcott, in spite of the activity of Miss Wilkins, Miss Jewett, and others. . . . The writer has large knowledge of men and things. It is only when they are presented in such a bright and original light that we realize some of the things which are passing around us. A pleasing portrait of Newport life is incidentally painted for us in words that flash back the color of the various parts, and Newport means more (or less) than it did before. . . . The char- acter sketching and building, so far as ‘David Harum’ is concerned, is well-nigh perfect. . . . The book is wonderfully bright, readable, and graphic."—New York 7imes. ‘“* Thoroughly a pure, original, and fresh American type. David Harum is a character whose qualities of mind and heart, eccentricities, and dry humor will win for his creator notable distinction. . . . Buoyancy, life, and cheerfulness are dominant notes. In its vividness and force, the story is a strong, fresh picture of American life, original and true, which is worth the same distinction which is accorded the genre pictures of peculiar types and places sketched by Mr. George W. Cable, Mr. Joel Chandler Harris, Mr. Thomas Nelson Page, Miss Wilkins Miss Jewett, Mr. Garland, Miss French, Miss Murfree, Mr. Gilbert Parker, Mr. Owen Wister, and Bret Harte. . . . A pretty love story also adds to the attractiveness of a book that will be appreciated at once by every one who enjoys real humor, strong character, true pictures of life, and work that is ‘ racy of the soil.’”— Boston Herald. ‘‘Mr. Westcott has done for central New York what Mr. Cable, Mr. Page, and Mr. Harris have done for different parts of the South, and what Miss Jewett and Miss Wilkins are doing EDWARD NOYES WESTCOTT, for New England, and Mr. Hamlin Garland for the West. . . . David Harum is a masterly delineation of an American type. . . . There is life, with all its joys and sorrows. . . . David Harum lives in these pages as he will live in the mind of the reader. . . . He deserves to be known by all good Americans; he is one of them in boundless energy, in large-heartedness, in shrewdness, and in humor.’’— 7%e Critic. > al es AR a f A Herald of the West. ‘.2%:2" J. A. ALTSHELER, author of “ A Soldier of Manhattan” and “ The Sun of Saratoga.” 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ‘(In a style that is strong and broad the author of this timely novel takes up an ancient period of our national history and founds upon it a story of absorbing interest. . . . We predict for ‘A Herald of the West’ a wide reading and a permanent place.” — Philadelphia Item. ‘* A portion of our history that has not before been successfully embodied in fiction. . . . Extremely well written, condensed, vivid, picturesque, and there is continual action. . . . A rattling good story, and unrivaled in fiction for its presentation of the American feeling toward England during our second conflict.”"—Aoston Herald. ‘Mr. Altsheler has suddenly leaped almost to first place among writers of American historical romance. . . . ‘A Herald of the West’ is a romance of our history which has not been surpassed in dramatic force, vivid coloring, and historical interest. . . . In these days when the flush of war has only just passed, the book ought to find thousands of readers, for it teaches patriotism without intolerance, and it shows, what the war with Spain has demonstrated anew, the power of the American people when they are deeply roused by some great wrong.”—San Francisco Chronicle. ‘‘ Holds the attention continuously. . . . The book abounds in thrilling attractions. . . . It is a solid and dignified acquisition to the romantic literature of our own country, built around facts and real persons.”—Chicago Times-Herald. 8 HERALD js oF THE WEST a ALTSHELER ¥ 74

Page 207

MAARTEN MAARTENS’S NEW NOVEL. HER MEMORY. With Photogravure Portrait. «Maarten Maartens is one of the best novel writers of this or any day. ‘Her Memory’ may be recom- mended as an unaffected story of life, pulsing with real feeling, and never morbid nor abnormal.” — Chicago Times-Her aid. MAARTEN MAARTENS’S OTHER NOVELS. Uniform edition. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. THE GREATER GLORY. “It would take several columns to give any ade- quate idea of the superb way in which the Dutch nov- elist has developed his vay and pees ,~ of st impressive stories of the period.” San /ran- — cisco Chronicle. GOD’S FOOL. ** A remarkable work.” —New York Times. JoosT AVELINGH. “* Aside from the mas- terly handling of the principal characters and general interest in the story, the series of pic- tures of Dutch life give the book a charm pe- culiarly its own.” —New York Herald. HER ME mMoRY 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. MAARTEN MAARTENS. NEW NOVELS IN Appletons’ Town and Country Library. Each, 12mo, paper, 50 cents; cloth, $1.00. “The beauty of Appletons’ Town and Country Library series is that one is always sure of being thor- oughly entertained, no matter how much at random he may make his selection or what season of the year it may happen to be.""—Boston Herald. No. 255. The aid of the Holy House. A Romance of Old Antwerp. By ALBERT Lee. This is a stirring romance of Holland's struggle for liberty against the Spaniards in the latter part of the sixteenth century, when Don Luis de Requesens succeeded the Duke of Alva as Viceroy of the Netherlands. ‘The story pictures the terrors of the Inquisition and thrill- ing episodes of the gallant war for liberty waged by William, Prince of Orange, on the land, and the ** Water Beggars” on the sea. The destruction of a Spanish fleet, after a fashion repeated at Manila, is among the dramatic chapters of this fascinating romance. No. 254. Belinda—and Some Others. This bright and humorous story offers a re- lief to the problem novel and the didactic tale, and it is certain to be welcomed by readers who relish wholesome entertainment. No. 253. The Impediment, By Dorotnea Gerarb, author of ‘‘ A Forgotten Sin,” ‘* Miss Providence,” etc. “Dorothea Gerard does not paint us cloudless skies, but her darkest backgrounds serve to bring more vividly the bright and piquant figures to the fore. Her story-building shows grace, symmetry, and nicely adjusted balances, . . . Bnsk and pithy conver- sation, a sparkling flow of merriment, enhanced be- times by a sweet seriousness, belong to her people.” — New York Home Fournail. No. 252. Concerning Isabel Carnaby. By ELLEN THORNEYCROFT Fowl Ler. ***Concerning Isabel Carnaby’ is beyond doubt a book to be read. It isa book with a great deal of fresh and interesting observation in it; the leading charac- ters are really studied, and the detail is obviously from life. Miss Fowler has sympathy and understanding, and her range is a wide one. She can describe a Non- conformist circle in the provinces, and pass from that to society and politics in London, or house parties in the country, and seem equally at home in all of them.” — Westminster Gazette. No. 251. The Scourge of God. By }. BLounpette-Burton, author of ‘‘ The Clash of Arms,” “‘In the Day of Adversity,” ‘‘ Denounced,” etc. The author’s high rank among the romantic novelists of the day is confirmed by the intense interest of this spirited and absorbing tale. ** John Bloundelle-Burton is an author who is possessed of an exuberance of imagination that especially fits him for stories teeming with incident and melodramatic situations. the action never flags.” — Chicago Evening Post. . . . There is no falling off in interest, and 9

Page 208

MAXWELL GRAY’S NEW NOVEL. THE HOUSE OF HIDDEN TREASURE. A Novel. By Maxwett Gray, author of ‘« The Silence of Dean Maitland,” etc. t2mo Cloth, $1.50. This novel is regarded by the author as her most important and significant work since ‘‘ The Silence of Dean Maitland.” The scene is laid for the most part in England, and the story opens in the ’oos. ‘‘ There is a strong and pervading charm in this new novel,” says the London Chronicle in the course of a long and enthusiastic review of the book, which is characterized as a picture of “‘a woman’s ideal,” and free from morbid thoughts and theories. “Tt is a moving drama of vast depth and stirring interest, this new novel by Maxw g I £ j ell Gray. . . . It is a book to be read and thought about afterward.”—PAiladelphia Item , £ , “There is no falling off in this latest novel of the author of ‘The Silence of Dean Maitland’: there are the same firmness of touch, the same insight into character and motive, the same refined feeling for beauty, the same strength and spiritual significance, grace, delicacy, and pathos in this latest as in the earlier novel, and to us it stands easily first among the best, and most satisfactory novel of the year; it is a good story and a good work of art.”—Boston Saturday Evening Gazette. A REMARKABLE SUCCESS. EVELYN INNES. A Story. By Georce Moore, author of ‘‘ Esther Waters,” etc. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ‘‘ The book is, indeed, most conscientiously constructed. There is no hasty work to be detected in it. It is the fruit of three long years of unremitting work. There are passages in it of remarkable power, and its author’s touch is everywhere both firm and sure. . . . It shows no traces of the grossness of phrase and brutality of thought that have so often jarred upon us.”—New York Bookman. “ Profoundly interesting. It will highly please musical classicists. It will awaken reveries on the part of sociologists. It will excite admiration in those who appreciate a pure, polished, flawless literary style. It is bound to be read with ever wider attention being drawn to its merits as an elaborate mosaic of literary art, a deep study of human nature, a noble defense of the antiques of music, and altogether as a praiseworthy con- tribution to the best works of the modern English realistic school.” — Philadelphia /tem. “The book is a remarkable performance throughout, one of which its.author may well be proud. It treats a vast subject in a way that is far more than merely adequate.” —New York Book Buyer. 10

Page 209

LITERATURES OF THE WORLD Enirep By EDMUND GOSSE, Hon. M. A. of Trinity College, Cambridge. A succession of attractive volumes dealing with the history of literature in each country. Each volume will contain about three hundred and fifty 12mo pages, and will treat an entire literature, giving a uniform impression of its development, history, and character, and of its re- lation to previous and contemporary work. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. NOW READY Spanish Literature. By James Fitz Maurice-Ke_ty, Member of the Spanish Academy. ‘* This is an excellent and model handbook. It is treated with perspective and proportion; it is comprehensive, clear, concise, yet not dry as dust; the judgments are judicial, impartial, and well on the hither side of exaggeration; the style is good, lucid, and interesting. . . . It is a work well done by one who has a thorough grip of his subject, and has thought out its essentials before he set pen to paper.”—London Academy, Italian Literature. By RicHarRD Garnett, C.B., LL. D., Keeper of Printed Books in the British Museum. “Dr. Garnett’s book is so excellent, in view of the ground it covers, so critical, so instruct- ive, that, when one finishes it, it is with regret that there was not more of it.”-—New York Mail and Express. Ancient Greek Literature. By GiLBerT Murray, M. A., Professor of Greek in the University of Glasgow. ‘*Mr. Murray’s style is lucid and spirited, and, besides the fund of information, he imparts to his subject such fresh and vivid interest that students will find in these pages a new impulse for more profound and exhaustive study of this greatest and most immortal of all the world’s literatures.” —Philadelphia Public Ledger. French Literature. By EpwarpD Dowopen, D.C.L., LL.D., Professor of English Literature at the University of Dublin. ‘*This is a history of literature as histories of literature should be written. . . . A living voice, speaking to us with gravity and enthusiasm about the writers of many ages, and of being a human voice always. Hence this book can be read with pleasure even by those for whom a history has in itself little attraction."—Zondon Saturday Review. Modern English Literature. By the Editor. ‘The fact that Edmund Gosse is the author of ‘ Modern English Literature’ is a circum- stance that insures the most delightful qualities for the work, and surely, of all men, Mr. Gosse is the best fitted for the undertaking. . . . This critic's manner is so easy, his delivery so limpid, that one forgets it is only by flashes he is reading the message of the centuries.” —Chrcago Even- ing Post. IN PREPARATION. AMERICAN. By Prof. Moses Coit TYLER, of Cornell University. ae By Dr. C. H. HERFORD, Professor of English Literature in the University of ales. HUNGARIAN, By Dr. ZoLTAN BEOTHY, Professor of Hungarian Literature at the Univer- sity of Budapest. LATIN. By Dr. ARTHUR WOOLGAR VERRALL, Fellow and Senior Tutor of Trinity College, __Cambridge. FAPANESE, By W.G. Aston, C.M.G., M.A., late Acting Secretary at the British Lega- tion at Tokio. MODERN SCANDINAVIAN. By Dr. GEORG BRANDES, of Copenhagen. SANSCRIT. By A. A. MACDONELL, M. A., Deputy Boden Professor of Sanscrit at the Uni- versity of Oxford. 11

Page 210

NEW EDITION OF PROFESSOR HUXLEY’S ESSAYS. COLLECTED ESSAYS. By THomas H. Huxtey. New complete edition, with revisions, the Essays being grouped according to general subject. In nine vol- umes, a new Introduction accompanying each volume. 12mo Cloth, $1.25 per voluine. VoLUME I.—METHOD AND RESULTS. II1.—DARWINIANA. IIIL.—SCIENCE AND EDUCATION. IV.—SCIENCE AND HEBREW TRADITION. V.—SCIENCE AND CHRISTIAN TRADITION. VI.—HUME. VII.—MAN’S PLACE IN NATURE. VIII.—DISCOURSES, BIOLOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL. IX.—EVOLUTION AND ETHICS, AND OTHER ESSAYS. ‘“‘Mr. Huxley has covered a vast variety of topics during the last quarter of a century. It gives one an agreeable sur- prise to look over the tables of contents and note the im- mense territory which he has explored. To read these books carefully and studiously is to become thoroughly acquainted with the most advanced thought on a large number of top- ics.”.—New York Herald. ** It was inevitable that his essays should be called for in a completed form, and they will be a source of delight and profit to all who read them. He has always commanded a hearing, and as a master of the literary style in writing scien- tific essays he is worthy of a place among the great English essayists of the day. This edition of his essays will be widely read, and gives his scientific work a permanent form.”—Boston Herald. THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY. Nots.—The edition of The Scientific Memoirs of Thomas Henry Huxley has been exhausted. THE LIBRARY OF USEFUL STORIES. Each book complete in itself. By writers of authority in their various spheres. 6mo. lilustrated. Cloth, 40 cents per volume. NOW READY. The Story of the Mind. By Prof. J. Mark BaLpwin. The Story of Photography. By ALFRED T. Story. The Story of Life in the Seas. By Sypney J. Hickson. The Story of Germ Life. By H. W. Conn, Professor of Biology, Wesleyan University ; Author of ** The Living World,” etc. The Story of the Earth’s Atmosphere. By Doveias ArcHIBALD, Fellow and Sometime Vice-President of the Royal Meteorological Society, London. The Story of Extinct Civilizations of the East. By Ropert ANDERSON, M. A., F.A.S., author of ‘*‘ Early England,” ** The Stuart I'eriod,” etc. The Story of Electricity. By JoHn Munro, C. E. The Story of a Piece of Coal. By E. A. Martin, F. G.S. The Story of the Solar System. By G. F. CuamsBers, F. R. A. 8S. The Story of the Earth. By H. G. Szerey, F. R. S., Professor of Geography in King’s Col- lege, London. The Story of the Plants. By Grant ALLEN, author of ‘‘ Flowers and their Pedigrees,” etc. The Story of ‘‘ Primitive’? Man. By Epwarp Copp, author of “‘ The Story of Creation,” etc. The Story of the Stars. By. G. F. Cuampers, F. R.A.S., author of “Handbook of De- scriptive and Practical Astronomy,” etc. IN PREPARATION. The Story of the Cotton Plant. By F. Witkrnson, F.G. S. The Story of Geographical Discovery. By Josep Jacoss. The Story of the British Race. By JoHN Munro, C. E. 12

Page 211

LECKY’S AMERICAN REVOLUTION. The American Revolution, 1763-1783. Being the Chapters and Passages relating to America, from the Author’s “ History of England in the Eighteenth Century.” By WILLIAM Epwarp HARTPOLE LeEcky, M. P., author of “ The His- tory of European Morals,” “ Democracy and Liberty,” ‘* Rationalism in Europe,” etc. Ar- ranged and edited with Historical and Biograph- ical Notes by James Albert Woodburn, Pro- fessor of American History and Politics in Indiana University. 12mo. Cloth, $1.25. ** This volume relates to the English colonies in Amer- ica, and the causes and progress of the American Revo- lution. The chapter on * America, 1763-1776,’ which is taken entire, contains Mr. Lecky’s notable account of the colonial controversy with the mother country which caused the dismemberment of the British Empire, and made two nations of the English race. To this chapter has been added Mr, Lecky’s discussions of the progress of our Revolutionary War, and of the peace negotiations \ which closed that war—the most important chapter in the history of American diplomacy. It is believed that WILLIAM EDWARD HARTPOLE LECKY, M. P. this material, gathered from a voluminous work, con- stitutes a volume of unity and of logical and historical sequence, and one of great value as a contribution to American history.”—/rom the Preface. A French Volunteer of the War of Independence. By the Chevalier DE PonTGIBAUD. Translated and edited by Robert B. Douglas. With Introduction and Frontispiece. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ‘* A new light is thrown upon the days of 1776 in this delightful book. . . . The Chevalier tells his story well.”"—New York Mail and Express. ‘* From first to last the book is calculated to hold the reader's attention, and the light-hearted, racy style in which it is written adds to its attractiveness.""—San Francisco Bulletin. ‘*It could not be possible to overrate the excellence of this book, either as a romance of French-American history or as the personal memoir of a notable character. Clothed in terms of the purest diction, dealing with historic facts of the most intense interest, brimful of witty bon-mots, it carries the reader over an enchanted yround of historical adventures from the famed valley of Auvergne in the heart of France, to Valley Forge in Pennsylvania, and thence over all the hallowed pathways trodden by the fathers of American liberation.”—/P4:ladelphia Item. AMERICAN HISTORICAL ROMANCES. THE GOSPEL WRIT IN STEEL. A Story of the American Civil War. By ARTHUR PATERSON. I2mo. Cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cents. A COLONIAL FREE-LANCE. By CuHauncey C. Horcukiss. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cents. IN DEFIANCE OF THE KING. By Cuauncey C. Hortcukiss. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00 ; paper, 50 cents. A SOLDIER OF MANHATTAN. By Josepu A. ALTSHELER. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cents. THE SUN OF SARATOGA. By JosepH A. ALTSHELER. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cents. MASTER ARDICK, BUCCANEER. By F. H. Cosretto. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cents. SIR MARK. A Tale of the First Capital. By ANNA Ropeson Brown. 16mo. Cloth, 75 cents. IN OLD ST. STEPHEN’S. By Jeanie DRAKE. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cts. 13

Page 212

A New Volume in the Concise Knowledge Library. The History of the World, From the Earliest Historical Time to the Year 1808. By EDGAR SANDERSON, M. A., Sometime Scholar of Clare Col- lege, Cambridge; Author of “ A History of the British Em- pire,” “ The British Empire in the Nineteenth Century,” “ Out- lines of the World’s History,” etc. Small 8vo, half leather, $2.00. The thoroughness and compactness of this well-digested and comprehensive work render it invaluable as a convenient book of reference. The American edition has brought the history of our own country down to the close of the war with Spain. OTHER VOLUMES IN THIS SERIES. Uniform edition. Each, small 8vo, half leather, $2.00. The Historical Reference-Book. Comprising a Chronological Table of Universal History, a Chrono- logical Dictionary of Universal History, and a Biographical Dictionary. With Geographical Notes. For the use of Stu- dents, Teachers, and Readers. By LOUIS HEILPRIN. Fifth edition, revised to 1898. ‘* Quite the most convenient, accurate, and authoritative work of the kind in the language. It is a happy combination of history, biography, and geography, and should find a place in every family library, as well as at the elbow of every scholar and writer.” —New York Evening Post. Natural History. By R. LYDEKKER, B.A.; W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S.; B. B. Woop- WARD, F. L.S.; R. KIRKPATRICK; R. I. Pocock; R. Bowp- LER SHARPE, LL. D.; W. GARSTANG, M. A.; F. A. BATHER, M.A., and H. M. BERNARD, M.A. Nearly 800 pages, and 500 Illustrations drawn especially for this work. “No criticism is necessary of the volume on ‘Natural History’ in The Concise Knowledge Library. The work is excellently arranged, beautifully printed, neatly illus- trated, and sensibly and strongly bound. It is a model of how a book of reference should be produced. Its contributors are the highest authorities in zodlogical science.” —Pall Mall Gazette. Astronomy. Fully illustrated. By AGNES M. CLERKE, A. FOWLER, F.R.A.S., Demonstrator of Astronomical Physics of the Royal College of Science, and J. ELLARD GORE, F. R. A.S. “ Extremely useful, comprehensive, well arranged, and thoroughly up to date... . It is heartily to be commended as one of the best recent examples of the popularization of science.” —Boston Beacon. (Others in preparation.) 14

Page 213

FOR READERS AND FOR STUDENTS. RECENT BOOKS BY DISTINGUISHED SPECIALISTS. Foot=-Notes to Evolution. A Series of Popular Addresses on the Evolution of Life. By Davin Starr Jorpan, Ph. D., President of Leland Stanford, Jr., University. 1t2mo. Cloth, $1.50. This book is a popular review of the evolution philosophy of to-day, considered more especially in its biological aspects. The essential unity of all organisms, both plant and animal, the fact that progress in life consists solely of adaptation to environment, and the rela- tion of heredity and degeneration to the evolutional scheme, are among the points of special interest dealt with in the volume. Ina chapter entitled ‘‘’‘The Woman of Evolution” various aspects of the woman question are discussed from the standpoint of the evolutionist. A chap- ter is also devoted to an examination of the essentials of science and the ultimate test of truth. The inclusion of material of biographical and historic interest, as well as the popular character of the discussions, gives the volume an especial attractiveness for the general reader. Outlines of the Earth’s History. A Popular Study in Physiography. By Prof. N. S. SHater, of Harvard University. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ‘* Professor Shaler’s bald title does not do him justice. It is too modest, and gives only the barest idea of the richness of the contents which lie between the covers of his book. From the first page onward it reads like a romance, and holds the attention with engrossing interest.” —New York Bookman. Studies of Good and Evil. By Josiah Royce, Professor of the History of Philosophy in Harvard University. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ‘* Professor Royce is well known as one of the ablest writers on philosophical and ethical subjects in the country, and what he says on these themes is always worthy of attention,”— Brooklyn Eagle. Evolutional Ethics and Animal Psychology. By E. P. Evans, author of ‘‘ Animal Symbolism in Ecclesiastical Architecture,” etc. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. ‘* This is a highly instructive and entertaining communication out of the author’s rich treas- ure-house of facts and reflections in the province of natural history. The presentation of them is free from all metaphysical jargon, plain and vivid, and enlivened by a fund of charming in- cidents and anecdotes touching the life of the lower animals. One feels throughout that the author has a wealth of humor at his disposal, and that, above all, he is a man with the heart in the right place ; and this renders the reading of the book a real delight. . . . Mr. Evans plucks repeatedly to pieces with keen logic and fine sarcasm the verbal quibblings and hair-splittings by which theologians and metaphysicians have enceavored, by means of arbitrary definitions, to maintain an essential difference between mental faculties in man and the lower animals. Matchless is the manner in which, in the eighth chapter, he makes short work of the somewhat arrantly pretentious Professor Max Miller."—Miinchener Neuesten Nachrichten. Wages and Capital. An Examination of the Wages Fund Doctrine. By F. W. Taussic, Professor of Political Economy in Harvard University, author of ‘‘ Tariff History of the United States ” and ‘‘ The Silver Situation in the United States.” 1t2mo. Cloth, $1.50. ‘There can be no question as to the importance of Dr. Taussig’s temperate discussion of a subject which has long engaged the attention of scholars on both sides of the Atlantic. Our author offers the conclusions which a brilliant and independent mind bas reached after patient and impartial investigation of an exceedingly difficult question.” —4Azla. Evening Bulletin. What is Electricity? By Prof. Joun Trowsripce, of Harvard University. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. “The book is . . . an authority on the subject of which it treats, and bears marks on every page that Professor Trowbridge has given it the fruits of his best work.” —Boston Herald. The Psychology of Suggestion. A Research into the Subconscious Nature of Man and Society. By Boris Sips, M. A., Ph. D., Associate in Psychology at the Pathological Institute of the New York State Hospitals. With an Introduction by Prof. William James, of Harvard University. Illustrated. 12mo Cloth, $1.75. _ ‘One of the most complete studies of the subject ever published, and a most meritorious investigation of the nature of subconsciousness.”—Revue Philosophique, Paris. 15

Page 214

STANDARD HISTORICAL WORKS. The Beginners of a Nation. By EpwarpD EGGLEston. A History of the Source and Rise of the Earliest English Set- tlements in America, with Special Reference to the Life and Character of the People. The first volume in a History of Life in the United States. Small 8vo. Cloth, with Maps, $1.50. “Few works of the period which it covers can compare with this in point of mere literary attractiveness, and we fancy that many to whom its scholarly value will not appeal will read the volume with interest and delight.”-—New York Even- ing Post. BY THE SAME AUTHOR. The Household History of the ‘a United States and its People. For Young EDWARD EGGLESTON. Americans. Richly illustrated with 350 Draw- ings, 75 Maps, etc. Square 8vo. Cloth, $2.50, ‘* Admirably planned and executed, and will take its place asa standard record of the life, growth, and development of the nation.”—Aoston Transcript. The Rise and Growth of the English Nation. With Special Reference to Epochs and Crises. A History of and for the People. By W. H. S. Ausrey, LL.D. In three volumes. 12mo. Cloth, $4.50. “A useful and thorough piece of work. One of the best treatises which the general reader can use.”—Zondon Daily Chronicle. ‘Dr. Aubrey has supplied a want. His method is undoubtedly the right one.” —Pad/ Mall Gazette. “ The merit of this work is intrinsic. It rests on the broad intelligence and true philosophy of the method em- ployed, and the coherency and accuracy of the results reached. The scope of the work is marvelous ; never was there more crowded into three small volumes. But the saving of space is not by the sacrifice of substance or of W. H. S, AUBREY. style. The broadest view of the facts and forces embraced by the subject is exhibited with a clearness of arrangement and a definiteness of appli- cation that render it perceptible to the simplest apprehension.” —.V. Y. A/ailand Express, History of the People of the United States, From the Revolution to the Civil War. By JoHN BACH MCMASTER. To be completed in Six Volumes. Vols. I, II, II], and 1V now ready. 8vo. Cloth, gilt top, $2.50 each. ‘** Take it all in all, the History promises to be the ideal American history. Not so much given to dates and battles and great events as in the fact that it is like a great panorama of the people, revealing their inner life and action. It contains, with all its sober facts, the spice of personalities and incidents, which relieves every page from dullness.” —Chicago /nter-Ocean. Bancroft’s History of the United States, From the Discovery of the Continent to the Establishment of the Consti- tution in 1789. (Also Edition de Luxe, on large paper, limited to one hun- dred sets, numbered.) Complete in six volumes, with a Portrait of the Author. 8vo. ‘Cloth, uncut, gilt top, $15.00; half calf or half morocco, $27.00; tree calf, $50.00. 16

Page 215

STANDARD BOOKS ON ART. UNIFORM EDITION. THE STORY OF ARCHITECTURE. An Outline of the Styles in all Countries. By CHARLES ]HOMPSON MATHEWS, Fellow of the American Institute of Architects; Author of ‘‘ The Re- naissance under the Valois,” etc. _ Il- lustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $3.00. ‘* Altogether the book shows good workmanship from beginning to end, and can be honestly recommended to all who are interested in this fascinating subject.”— J. Y. Herald. ‘* A work at once popular and scientific, compact and comprehensive. . . . Student and traveler alike will find this the most useful extant guide to the various phases of European architecture.’’—/%zladelphia Press. a ——~) ———F ‘*Mr. Mathews has given us a very worthy book, which adequately accomplishes the task which he set before him at the outset. His work is especially noteworthy for his clear and lucid descriptions.” Brooklyn Eagle. oe OS et ‘*Mr. Mathews writes in a clear, concise, and graphic manner, making plain what so many writers on this sub- ject smother in technicalities and hide in meaningless phraseology, and he deserves the thanks of every lover of architecture.” —Chicago Evening Post.

SCHOOLS AND MASTERS OF SCULPTURE. By A. G. Rapcuirre. With Thirty-five full-page Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $3.00. ‘*A comprehensive and judicious history of the art of sculpture, each chapter giving a clear and distinct account of the condition, character, and progress of the art. . . . Gives a very excellent account of the collections of sculpture in the American galleries and museums.”— Boston Transcript. ‘Free of all unnecessary technicalities, and abounds in the interesting facts the intelligent student of art will like to know and remember."—Chicago /nter-Ocean. ‘* Invaluable as a history of sculpture that can be understood by the general reader.” —/PAz/a- delphia Press. SCHOOLS AND MASTERS OF PAINTING. With an Appendix on the Principal Galleries of Europe. By A. G. Rapctirre. Illustrated. | Entirely new edition, revised, and partly rewritten. 12mo. Cloth, $3.00; calf, $5.00. ‘The volume is one of great practical utility, and may be used to advantage as an artistic guide-book by persons visiting the collections of Italy, France, and Germany for the first time. The twelve great pictures of the world, which are familiar by copies and engravings to all who have the slightest tincture of taste for art, are described in a special chapter, which affords a convenient stepping-stone to a just appreciation of the most celebrated masters of painting. An important feature of the work, and one which may save the traveler much time and ex- pense, is the sketch presented in the appendix of the galleries of Florence, Rome, Paris, Venice, Dresden, and other European collections.".—New York Tribune.

17

Page 216

A New Volume in the Young Heroes of our Navy Series. ‘HE HERO OF ERIE (COMMODORE PERRY). By James Barnes, author of ‘‘ Midshipman Farragut,” ‘‘ Commodore Bainbridge,” etc. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00. r— = a YOUNG PERRY WITH HI8 FATHER ON BOARD THE GENERAL GREENE. In this graphic and spirited story Mr. Barnes tells of Perry’s adventures as a boy on the frigate General Greene, and conducts his hero through the exciting scenes which attended the battle of Lake Erie. It is a story which illustrates the resourcefulness, energy, and dauntless courage which have characterized our naval heroes from Paul Jones to Dewey and Hobson. The book is an important addition to a series which is indispensable for American youth who wish to know the historic deeds of our navy, and at the present time the Young Heroes of our Navy Series is of peculiar interest to older readers. 18

Page 217

WITH THE BLACK PRINCE. A Story of Adventure in the Fourteenth Century. By WituiaAm O. Stoppard, author of ‘‘ Success against Odds; or, How an American Boy made his Way,” ‘Little Smoke,” ‘‘Crowded Out o’ Crofield,” ‘‘On the Old Frontier; or, The Last Raid of the Iroquois,” etc. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. FIRM AS A ROCK STOOD THE YOUNG WARRIOR, This is a story of adventure and of battle, but it is also an informing presentation of life in England and some phases of life in France in the fourteenth century. The hero is associated with the romantic figure of the Black Prince at Crécy and elsewhere. Mr. Stoddard has done his best work in this story, and the absorbing interest of his stirring historical romance will appeal to all young readers. . 9

Page 218

HE PILOT OF THE MAYFLOWER., By Hezekiah BUTTERWORTH, author of ‘‘ True to his Home,” ‘*In the Boyhood of Lincoln,” ‘‘ The Zigzag Books,” etc. _ IIlus- trated by H. Winthrop Peirce and Others. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50, THE PILOT TELLING THE STORY OF HUDSON. Mr. Butterworth pictures the scenes preceding the sailing of the Pilgrims and attending the voyage, and he describes the early days at Plymouth. All this is done in a story whose thread is maintained consistently throughout. He has dramatized, as it were, one of the most important pages of our history, and the vividness of his characterizations brings the scenes actually before his readers. The book is of great value historically, and the unflagging interest of the story adds another book of peculiar merit to Mr. Butter- worth’s American historical stories, the Creators of Liberty Series, published by D. Apple- ton and Company. The illustrations include views of Plymouth Rock and other actual scenes at Plymouth, together with pictures which aim to reproduce the first settlement. 20 ~~ 5

Page 219

= a SUCCESS AGAINST ObpDs: Or, How an American Boy made his Way. By WILLIAM O. STopparD, author of “‘ Crowded Out o’ Crofield,” ‘‘ Littlke Smoke,” etc. Illustrated by B. West Clinedinst. Uniform edition. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. we Vs SHOT AFTER SHOT REPLIED. In this spirited and interesting story Mr. Stoddard tells the adventures of a plucky boy who fought his own battles and made his way upward from poverty in a Long Island seashore town. It is a tale of pluck and self-reliance capitally told. The seashore life is vividly described, and there are plenty of exciting incidents. 2)

Page 220

> y = New . APPLETON AND foMPANY 12mo, cloth. BOOKS BY Baboo Hurry Bungsho Jabberjee, B. A. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. “In this irresistibly amusing picture of the edu- | cated Baboo in England, Mr. Anstey’s delightful humor finds its happiest expression. The impossible language of Jabberjee, his extraordinary adventures in the streets and shops of London and on the rail- ways, his ridiculous social mischances, nis @éu?¢ as a sportsman, and his exhibition of legal acumen in the courts, are perfect in their ingenious absurdity, and make up a chronicle to be laughed over and quoted by many a reader. The adroit characterizations of the artist in the humorous illustrations fully bear out the spirit of the text.” —San Francisco Cail. 22 asap AND OTHER STORIES FoR B “y. ANSTEY : ILLUSTRATED By GORDON BROWNE Yo S OY5 AND GIRLS AUTROR of Vice VERSA” Yor« Price, $1.50. F, ANSTEY. | Vice Versa; or, A Lesson to Fathers. Cloth, $1.25. | T2mo. “* By all odds the freshest and most unconven- tional work of fiction recently published. . . . The author’s style is very happy, his descriptions are graphic, and his narrative is marked by an unstrained, humorous trick of turning phrases which remind one of Dickens.”—New Vork Heraid. The Giant’s Robe. A Novel. Illustrated. 12mo. $1.25. Cloth,

Page 221

BIBLE STORIES IN BIBLE LANGUAGE. By EDWARD TUCKERMAN POTTER. New edition, with an Introduction by the Right Rev. Henry C. Potter, Bishop of New York. With new lllustrations. t2mo. Cloth, $1.00. es wi x a a, { a >» —_ — te | CHRIST BLESSING LITTLE CHILDREN, wv > In his introduction Bishop Potter says: ‘‘ Since this is a volume which aims to gather these Bible stories and to set them in their familiar language in clear and consecutive form, it can not but serve a good use and find a wide welcome. The earlier edition of this volume has received such a welcome, and now that it is asked for again, | am sure that many readers and hearers, both old and young, will be glad to possess it.” 23

Page 222

Good Books for Young Readers. BY HEZEKIAH BUTTERWORTH. Uniform edition. Each, illustrated, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. The Pilot of the Mayflower, True to his Home, The Wampum Belt, The Knight of Liberty, The Patriot Schoolmaster, In the Boyhood of Lincoln, The Boys of Greenway Court, The Log School-House on the Columbia. BY WILLIAM O. STODDARD. Uniform edition. Illustrated, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. With the Black Prince, Success against Odds, rae The Red Patriot, The Windfall, HEZEKIAH BUI TERWORTH. Chris, the Model-Maker, _Little Smoke, On the Old Frontier, Crowded Out o’ Crofield, The Battle of New York. Paleface and Redskin, and Other Stories for Boys and Girls, by F. ANSTEY, author of “ Vice Versa,” etc. Christine’s Career. By Pauuine Kino. John Boyd’s Adventures. By Tuomas W. Knox. We All. By Ocrave THANET. King Tom and the Runaways. By Louis PENDLETON. Englishman’s Haven. By W. J. Gorpon. Along the Florida Reef. By Cuar.es F. Houper. WILLIAM ©. STODDARD. Each, illustrated, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. The Exploits of Myles Standish. By Straight On. By the author of “Co- Henry JOHNSON (Muirhead Rob- lette.” — Illustrated. r2mo. Cloth, | Hermine’s Triumphs. By Madame “50 CoLoMB. The Story of Sonny Sahib. By Mrs. Each, illustrated. 12mo, cloth, $1.50. EVERARD COTES (Sara Jeannette Duncan). With 10 full-page Illus- | The Golden Fairy Book. With 110 Illus- trations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00. | trations. Square 12mo. Cloth, $2.00, Bible Stories in Bible Language. By Epwarp TucKEeRMAN Porrer. With an Introduction by the Right Rev. Henry C. Potter, Bishop of New York. Young Heroes of our Navy Series. Each, illustrated, 12mo, cloth, $1.00. BY FAMES BARNES. The Hero of Erie, Commodore Bainbridge, Midshipman Farragut. BY MOLLY ELLIOT SEAWELL. ail £- Decatur and Somers, ra AS Paul Jones, Yen ihe Little Jarvis, tN yada JAMES BARNES. Midshipman Paulding. MOLLY ELLIOT SEAWELL.

Page 223

a NOVELS BY HALL CAINE. — The Christian. con's: so ‘* A powerful story. . . . The portrait of the pure wom- anliness of Glory Quayle is beyond praise we can bestow.” —New York Mail and Express. ‘*Must be regarded as the greatest work that has yet come from the pen of this strong writer. . . . A book of wonderful power and force.”— Brooklyn Eagle. ‘* Of powerful and absorbing interest. The reader is irre- sistibly fascinated from the very beginning.”—/Az/adelphia Press.

‘* Though the theme is old, Mr. Caine has worked it up with a passion and power that make it new again... . Can not fail to thrill even the most careless reader."’—New York Herald. ) Vi ‘*None who read it will gainsay its power and effective- ness.” —New York Times. MR. CAINE’S OTHER BOOKS. Uniform Edition. ‘The author exhibits a mastery of the elemental passions of life that places him high among the foremost of present writers of fiction.’’—PAzladelphia Inquirer. THE MANXMAN. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50. THE DEEMSTER. A Romance of the Isle of Man. t2mo. Cloth, $1.50. THE BONDMAN. i2mo. Cloth, $1.50. THE SCAPEGOAT. (New edition.) 12mo. Cloth, $1.50; paper, 50 cents. CAPT’N DAVY’S HONEYMOON. A Manx Yarn. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00 ; paper, 50 cents. THE LITTLE MANX NATION. (New edition.) 12mo. Cloth, $1.00; paper, 50 cents. <~ $F SH NOVELS BY MISS MONTRESOR. Uniform edition. Each, 16mo, cloth. At the Cross-Roads. :.+0. **Miss Montrésor has the skill in writing of Olive Schreiner and Miss Harraden, added to the fullness of knowledge of life which is a chief factor in the success of George Eliot and Mrs. Humphry Ward. . . . There is as much strength in this book as in a dozen ordinary successful novels.”—Zondon Literary World. ‘*T commend it to all my readers who like a strong, cheer- ful, beautiful story. It is one of the truly notable books of the season.”—Cincinnati Commercial Tribune. FALSE COIN OR TRUE? $1.25. ‘*One of the few true novels of the day. . . . It is power- ful, and touched with a delicate insight and strong impressions of life and character. . . . The author's theme is original, her treatment artistic, and the book is remarkable for its unflag- ging interest.”—/PAiladelphia Record. THE ONE WHO LOOKED ON. $1.25. ‘* A tale quite unusual, entirely unlike any other, full of a strange power and realism, and touched with a fine humor.”—Zondon World. ‘“‘ The story is an intensely human one, and it is delightfully told. . . . The author shows a marvelous keenness in character analysis, and a marked ingenuity in the development of her story.”—Boston Advertiser. INTO THE HIGHWAYS AND HEDGES. $1.50. _ “The pure idealism of ‘ Into the Highways and Hedges’ does much to redeem modern fic- tion from the reproach it has brought upon itself. . . . The story is original, and told with great refinement.”’—//iladelphia Public Ledger. HALL CAINE.

F. F. MONTRESOR. 25

Page 224

By FELIX GRAS. Janvier. sal.” —Brooklyn Eagle. The Reds of the Midi. Midi.” Hon, 8. R. CROCKETT. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. tonio.”—Boston Herald. Advertiser. The God in the Car. 4 edition. Cloth, $1.25. Eminently readable.”—New York Times. A The The A. CONAN DOYLE. Each, 16mo, cloth, $1.50. The Terror. A Romance of the French Rev- olution. Translated by Mrs. Catharine A. “If Félix Gras had never done any other work than this novel it would at once give him a place 1 in the front rank of the writers of to day... . ‘The Terror’ isa story that deserves to be widely read, for, while it is of thrilling interest, holding the reader’s attention closely, there is about it a literary quality that makes it worthy of something more than a careless peru- An Episode of the French Revolution. Translated from the Provencal by Mrs. Catharine an Introduction by Thomas A. Frontispiece. A. Janvier, with The Chronicles of Count Antonio. With a Photogravure Frontispiece by S$. W. Van Schaick. ‘* No adventures were ever better worth telling than those of Count An- ** Easily ranks with, if not above, ‘‘The Prisoner of Zenda.’ ”’— Boston “* A very bright and entertaining story that is clearly and cleverly told, in crisp and piquant dialogue, and short, forcible, descriptive passages. . . . Janvier. With FELIX GRAB. “IT have read with great and sustained interest ‘ The Reds of the As a novel it seems to me to be written with great skill.” W. E. Gladstone. By S. R. CROCKETT. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. The Standard Bearer. An Historical Romance. Lad’s Love. Illustrated. - Kelly, Arab of the City: His Progress and Adventures. Illustrated. ’ Bog-Myrtle and Peat. Being Tales, chiefly of Galloway. The Lilac Sunbonnet. A Love Story. By ANTHONY HOPE. Novel. tr2mo. Uniform ANTHONY HOPE. By A. CONAN DOYLE. Uniform edition. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.50. Uncle Bernac. Memory of the Empire. Illustrated. Rodney Stone. Illustrated. Exploits of Brigadier Gerard. Illustrated. Stark Munro Letters. Illustrated. Round the Red Lamp. Being Facts and Fancies of Medical Life.

Page 225

For ‘Readers of Good Fiction. BY THE LATE HAROLD FREDERIC. Ma | H By HAROLD FREDERIC, au- r ares. thor of “The Damnation of Theron Ware,” ‘‘In the Valley,” etc. 16mo. Cloth, special binding, $1.25. ‘**One of the most cheerful novels we have chanced upon for many a day. It has much of the rapidity and vigor of a smartly written farce, with a pervading freshness a smartly written farce rarely possesses. . . . A book decidedly worth reading.”—Zon- don Saturday Review. SARAH GRAND’S HAROLD FREDERIC. LATEST NOVEL. By SARAH GRAND, The Beth Book. author of “ The Heavenly Twins,” etc. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. “It is written with a masterly command of style, and is so utterly absorb- ing and so strongly and connectedly logical that the author's thought im- presses you at every line. You skip nothing.” —Zos- ton Herald. MR. BELLAM Y'S GREATEST BOOK. Eq alit By Epwarp BELLamy, author u ° of “ Looking Backward,” “ Dr. 12mo. Cloth, $1.25. Heidenhoff’s Process,” etc. SARAH GRAND. EOWARD BELLAMY. HAMLIN GARLAND’S BOOKS. Uniform edition. Each, 12mo, cloth, $1.25. Wayside Courtships. Jason Edwards. An Average Man. A Member of the Third House. A Story of Political Warfare. A Spoil of Office. 4S" Gas Moin Also, A Little Norsk; or, Ol Paps Flaxen., 16mo. Boards, 50 cents. HAMLIN GARLAND. THE MYSTERY OF CHOICE. By R. W. Cuamsers, author of “The Moon-Maker,” “ The Red Republic,” etc. 16mo. Cloth, $1.25. THE DISASTER. A Romance of the Franco-Prussian War. By Paui. and VicTOR MARGUERITTE. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. THE BROOM OF THE WAR-GOD. AA Story of the Recent War be- tween the Greeks and Turks. By HENRY NOEL BRAILSFORD. 12mo. Cloth, $1.25. LUCKY BARGEE. A Novel. By Harry LANDER. 12mo. Cloth, $1.25. A VOYAGE OF CONSOLATION. By Mrs. E. C. Cores (Sara Jean- nette Duncan), author of “ A Social Departure,” “ An American Girl in London,” “His Honour, and a Lady,” etc. Illustrated. r12mo, Cloth, $1.50. ” 27

Page 226

FOR READERS OF GOOD FICTION. GILBERT PARKER’S BOOKS. UNIFORM EDITION. The Seats of the Mighty. Being the Memoirs of Capt. Robert Moray, sometime an Officer in the Virginia Regiment, and afterwards of Am- herst’s s Regiment. Illustrated. $1.50. > ** Another historical romance of the vividness and intensity of ‘ The Seats of the Mighty’ has never come from the pen of an American.” —Chicago Record. ‘One of the most noteworthy examples of historical fiction that has come to us. . . . Must be reckoned a masterpiece of its kind.”—Chicago Dia!. “The finest novel Mr. Parker has yet written.”— London Athenaum. **One of the strongest stories of historical interest and adventure we have read for many a day.”—Lon- GILBERT PARKER. don Speaker. | s The Trail of the Sword. The Trespasser. ) $1.25. ee **Mr. Parker here anew demonstrates his ¥1.25. power of pictorial portrayal and of strong ** We read at times—as we have read the dramatic situation and climax.”—Pbhiladel- great masters of romance—breathlessly.”— phia Bulletin. The Critic. The Translation of a Savage. , 4 g Mrs. Falchion. ‘* A book which no one will be satisfied $1.25. to put down until the end has been made a matter of certainty and assurance.”—The Nation. STEPHEN CRANE’S BOOKS. UNIFORM EDITION. The Red Badge of Courage. An Episode of the American Civil War. $1.00. ‘Never before have we had the seamy side of glorious war so well depicted. . . . The rank and file has its histo- rian at last, and we have had nothing finer.” —Chicago Evening Post. **In the whole range of literature we can call to mind A nothing so searching in its analysis, so manifestly impressed with the stamp of truth.”—London Daily Chronicle. The Little Regiment. a — The Third Violet. ‘* A series of pictures that convey the actu- ** A well-knit story developed in a singu- larly interesting fashion.” ality of war, as seen from the ranks, as dis- $1.00. tinguished from the view from headquarters ‘‘ The whole book, from beginning to end, with truer appreciation than anything of the fairly bristles with Son . .. It is adapted kind that has been done in our language."— for pure entertainment, yet it is not easily Philadelphia Times. put down or forgotten.”—Boston Herald. Maggie: A Girl of the Streets. aiaiea tibiae ie ai 75 cents. has made for himself a permanent place in literature. . . . Zola himself scarcely has surpassed its tremendous portrayal of throbbing, breathing, moving life."—New York Mail and Express. | 28

Page 227

THE ROMANCE OF HISTORY. A French Volunteer of the War of Inde- pendence. By the Chevalier DE PonTGIBAUD. ‘Translated and edited by Robert B. Douglas. With Introduction and Frontispiece. 1I2mo. Cloth, $1.50. It could not be possible to overrate the excellence of this book, either as a romance of French-American history, or as the personal memoir of a notable character. Clothed interms of the purest diction, dealing with historic facts of the most intense interest, brimful of witty don- mots, it carries the reader over an enchanted ground of historical adventures from the famed valley of Auvergne in the heart of France, to Valley Forge in Pennsylvania, and thence over all the hallowed pathways trodden by the fathers of American liberation.”—Ailadelphia /tem. Peter the Great. By K. WALISZEWSKI. Translated by Lady Mary Loyd. With Portrait. Small 8vo. Cloth, $2.00. ‘“‘If ever there was a man of genius it was Peter the Great. He is the one Russian of his time whose name has come down through the centuries, and he was almost the only Russian of his day who won an international reputation. Russia in those days stood in need of a man like him, and how well he served her is fully told in this book. . . . The cardinal merit of this book is that it increases our knowledge of medizval Russia.”— New York Herald. The Romance of an CATHARINE II OF Empress, 7" Rtssia. By K. WALISZEWSKI. Uniform with “Peter the Great.” With Portrait. Small 8vo. Cloth, $2.00. ‘**The book is well called a romance, for, although no legends are admitted in it, and the PETER THE GREAT. author has been at pains to present nothing but : verified facts, the actual career of the subject was so abnormal and sensational as to seem to belong to fiction.”—New York Sun. New Letters of Napoleon I. Omitted from the Collection published under the Auspices of Napoleon III. Edited by M. Lton LEcEsTRE, Curator of the French Archives. Translated by Lady Mary Loyd. With Portrait. Small 8vo. Cloth, $2.00. UNIFORM WITH THE “ NEW LETTERS.” Memoirs illustrating the History of | | the French Academy, 1800-1812. Re- vised by his Grandson, Count LOUIS DE ___ Napoleon I, | SécuR. With Portrait. Small 8vo. From 1802 to 1815. By Baron CLAUDE | Cloth, $2.00. FRANCOIS DE MENEVAL, Private Secretary ! of Napoleon. Edited by his Grandson, | es ‘ Baron Napoleon Joseph de Méneval. | Memoirs of Marshal Oudinot, With Portraits and Autograph Letters. In three volumes. Small 8vo. Cloth, | $6.00. Duc de Reggio. Compiled from the Hitherto Unpublished Souvenirs of the Duchesse | de Reggio, by GASTON STIEGLER, and . now first translated into English by Alex- An Aide-de-Camp of Napoleon. ander Teixeira de Mattos. With Two Por- Memoirs of General Count de Ségur, of traits. Small 8vo. Cloth, $2.00. A Friend of the Queen. (Marie Antoinette—Count de Fersen.) By PauL GAULOT. With Two Portraits. 1t2mo. Cloth, $2.00. When William IV was King. By Joun AsutTon, author of “Social Life in the Reign of Queen Anne,” etc. With 47 Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $3.50. Annals of Westminster Abbey. By E. T. BrapLey (Mrs. A. Murray Smith). With 150 Illustrations by H. M. Paget and W. Hatherell, a Preface by Dean Bradley, and a Chapter on the Abbey Buildings by J. P. Nuclethwaite. Royal 4to. Cloth, $15.00. 29

Page 228

International Education Series. WILLIAM T. HARRIS, A. M., VoL. 1. The Philosophy of Education, by Jo- HANN FRIEDRICH ROSENKRANZ. Trans- lated by Anna C. Brackett $ . A History of eaneniien, by Prof. F. V. N. PAINTER. . . The Rise and Early Constitution of Universities, by S.S. Laurig. LL. D. . The Ventilation and Warming of School Buildings, by G. B. Morrison, . Froebel’s Education of Man. Translated by W. N. Hailmann, Ph. D. . Elementary Psychology end ‘Educa- tion, by Dr. Joseru cowen . The Senses and the Will, by W. Prey- ER. Translated by H. W. Brown . . Memory, by Davin Kay, F. R.G.S, . The Development of the Intellect, by W. PrEYER. Translated by H. W. Brown . How to Study Geography, by F. W. PARKER . . . Education in the United States, by RicHarRD G. Boone . . sy Schects, by L. ii) w R. ‘ewe, et Hints for ‘the ‘Teachers of Public Schools, by GzEorczk How.anp, Pestalozzi: His Life and Work, by Rocer DE GULMPs. Authorised Translation by J. Russell, B.A. . ‘ a my eoraherae by ‘I. L. Promaan, 14, 15. 16. Higher Education of Women in Eu- rope, by HELENE LANGE. Translated by L. R. Klemm, Ph. D. : ‘ . Essays on Educational Reformers, by RoBERT HERBERT Quick, M.A. . ‘ . A Text-Book in Psychology, by Jouamn FRIEDRICH HERBART. ranslated by Margaret K. Smith , . Psychology applied to the ‘Art. of sonas- by JoserH Batpwiy, A. M., Beams . . Rousseau’s Emile; or, Treatise | on seneatien, by Wriiiam H. Payne, Ph. D., LL. D. 21. The stbey Instruction of Children, we Fevix ADLER... . English Education in the Blementary and Secondary Schools, ed Isaac SuaRpuess, Sc. D., LL. D. 23. Education from a National Standpoint, by ALFRED Fourier . . $1! 15 1: * The Standard Professional Library for Teachers. 2 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 co Edited by WILLIAM T. HARRIS, A.M., LL. D., United States Commissioner of Education. | Vou. | 24. 39. 41. 42. 44. 50 | . How to Teach and Study History, b B.A. HINSDALE . . 19 3. Symbolic Education, by SUSAN E. Buow 1 . Systematic Science Veneaag by Epb- Mental Development in the Child, W. PREYER. Translated by H. Ww Brown . WARD G. HowE .. 1 . The Education of the Greek People, by Tuomas Davipson . . 1 . The Evolution of the Massachusetts Public-School apetem by GreorceE H. MARTIN .. 1% . Pedagogics of the Kindergarten, wy FRIEDRICH FROEBEL. Translated by Josephine Jarvis . . . 1 . The Mottoes and Guseetetes of Friedrich Froebel’s Mother Play, by Susan E. Biow and Henrietta R. I dk a-ak ra kk a ec a . The Songs and Music of Friedrich Froebel’s Mother Play. Prepared and arranged by Susan E. BLow. . . . . 1 . The Psychology of Number, by J. A. McLELLAN and JoHN DEWEY. . 1 . Teaching the papeange-Astes, | by B. A. HrinsDAteE, LI 1 The Intellectual and Moral Develep- ment of the Child, by GasrieL Com- PAYRE . . 1 3. Herbart’s A B c of Sense-Perception, by Witu1aM J. Eckxorr, Ph. D., Pd. D., 1 : sh age Foundations of Education, WiiiraM T. Harris, A. M., LL. D United States Minister of Education . . 1 . History of the School System of On- tario, by G. W. Ross, LL. D., Minister of Education, Ontario, Canada . . 1 Principles and Practice of Teaching, by JAMES JOHONNOT. Revised. . 1 . School Management and School Meth- ods, by JuseErH BALDWIN .. . 1 Froebel’s Laws for all Teachers, | ry James'L. HUGHES . . a Ss Bibliography of Education, by Wi ILL S. MONROE . . . The Study of the Child, by ALBERT R. TAYLOR, Ph. 1 Education by SERS by Farep- RICH FROEBE!.. Translated by rane Jarvis... , — Others in : sreparation. A portrait catalogue of these books will be sent free upon application to the publishers, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 72 Fifth Avenue, New York. 30 ss ® S&S & &

Page 229

Appletons’ Home-Reading Books.

Crusoe’s Island. The Story of the Birds. The Plant World. The Animal World. By FRANK VINCENT The Insect World. The Story of Rob Roy. By E. D. Hanns The Story of Oliver Twist. In Brook and Bayou. Curious Homes and their Tenants. By J. C. <— “tH By FRANK VINCENT . By C. M. WEED By F. A. OBER ‘ Uncle Sam’s Secrets. By O. P. Austin \, The Hall of Shells. By Mrs. A. S. Harpy . Harold’s First Discoveries. By J]. W. TrofcEeR and NELLIE L.

. HELM Playtime and Seedtime. HELM . ‘ (Uncle Robert's Geography, Part 1. ) On ~- Farm. By Francis W. PARKER and NELLIE (Nature Study Readers, No. 1.) Harold’s Rambles. By J. W. TROEGER (Nature Study Readers, No. 2.) (Uncle Robert’ 5 Geeguehe, Part II. 7 Uncle Robert’s Visit. By Francis W. (Uncle Robert’s Geography, Part III.) News from the Birds. By LEANDER S. KEYSER. . oo ae The Story of the Fishes. By JAMES N. BASKETT . a = o The Earth and Sky. ‘By Epwarp S. HOLDEN. The Sun and his Family. By Epwa ARD S. HOLDEN . Some Great Astronomers. " By Ep- WARD S. HOLDEN a ie ie aa a About the Weather. By Mark W. HARRINGTON . Historic Boston and its Suburbs. ‘By Epwarp E. HALE . : Our Country’s Flag and the Flags of Foreign Countries. E. S. HoLpEen Others in preparation. PARKER and NELLIE L. HELM .60 By FRANCIS W. PARKER Edited by W. T. HARRIS, A.M., LL. D., United States Commissioner of Education. The following are now ready: By JAMES N. BASKET! Edited by ELLA B. Kus By CLARA KERN BAYLIsS BEARD .50

HIS comprehensive series of books presents upon a sym- metrical plan the best available literature in the various fields of human learn- ing, view to the needs of selected with a students of all grades in ~ supplementing their school studies and for home reading. $0.65 .60 .60 .60 .60 .60

A descriptive illustrated pamphlet of these books will be sent free upon application to the publishers, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 72 Fifth Avenue, New York. 51

Page 230

BOOKS FOR NATURE LOVERS. Familiar Life in Field and Forest. By F. ScHuyYLER MATHEWS. Uniform with “ Familiar Flowers,” “ Familiar Trees,” and “Familiar Features of the Roadside.” With many Illustrations. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. ‘¢ The volume imparts to its readers just such solid information as the various subjects re- quire. . . . A perfect guide, and makes us better understand the wonders of creation.” —New a OTHER BOOKS BY MR. MATHEWS. Familiar Trees and their Leaves. Illustrated with over 200 Drawings from Nature by the Author, and giving the botanical names and habitat of each tree and recording the precise character and coloring of its leafage. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. Familiar Features of the Roadside. With 130 Illustrations by the Author. I2mo. Cloth, $1.75. Familiar Flowers of Field and Garden. Illustrated with 200 Drawings by the Author. 12mo. Library Edition, cloth, $1.75 ; Pocket Edition, flexible morocco, $2.25. The Art of Taxidermy. By JoHN ROWLEY, Chief of the Department of Taxidermy in the American Mu- seum of Natural History. Illustrated. t2mo. Cloth, $2.00. ‘*A perusal will scarcely fail to convince the reader that the art in question stands on a higher level and is making more decided progress in America than in England. An excellent volume.”—Dr. R. Lydekker, in Nature. Insect Life. By JoHN HENRY Comstock, Professor of Entomology in Cornell University. With Illustrations by Anna Botsford Comstock, member of the Society of Ameri- can Wood Engravers. 12mo. Library Edition, cloth, $2.50; Teachers’ and Students’ Edition, $1.50. ‘* Any one who will go through the work with fidelity will be rewarded by a knowledge of insect life which will be of pleasure and benefit to him at all seasons, and will give an increased charm to the days or weeks spent each summer outside of the great cities. It is the best book of its class which has yet appeared.”—NVew York Mail and Express. Handbook of Birds of Eastern North America. With Keys to the Species ; Description of their Plumages, Nests, etc. ; their Dis- tribution and Migrations. By FRANK M. CHAPMAN, Assistant Curator of Mam- malogy and Ornithology in the American Museum of Natural History. With nearly 200 Illustrations. 12mo. Library Edition, cloth, $3.00; Pocket Edition, ~ flexible morocco, $3.50. ‘*A book so free from technicalities as to be intelligible to a fourteen-year-old boy, and so convenient and full of original information as to be indispensable to the working ornithologist. . . . As a handbook of the birds of eastern North America it is bound to supersede all other works.” — Science. Bird-Life. Edition in Colors. A Study of our Common Birds. By FRANK M. CHAPMAN. _ IIlustrated by Ernest Seton Thompson. With 75 full-page plates in colors. 8vo. Cloth, $5.00. Also, plain edition, 12mo, cloth, $1.75. ‘*His chronicles are full of the enthusiasm of the born naturalist. He gossips about the affairs of birds in a delightful strain, making ‘ Bird-Life’ an irresistible invitation to a fuller study of ornithology. It is not dry details he offers, but pretty stories, biographical sketches of inter- esting families—all sorts of birdlore, that proves the most enchanting reading. A great advan- tage in this work will be found in the beautifully colored illustrations, . . . which have received the greatest care in preparation.”—Chicago Evening Post. 26 32

Page 231

ee THE EBERS VILLA AT TUTZING NEAR MUNICH, FROM STARNBERG LAKE. BY THE LATE GEORG EBERS. ARACHNE. An Egyptian Romance. By Dr. GeorG Esers. Uniform edition. In two volumes. 16mo. Per vol., cloth, 75 cents; paper, 40 cents. ‘It is full of warm life as well as knowledge. It is a most artistic and satisfying story, and the archzologist is subordinated to the artist. The love romance is prettily conceived and de- veloped, and the era selected gives ample opportunities for novelty of description and originality of surprises.”—Boston Saturday Evening Gazette. DR. EBERS’S OTHER BOOKS. Each, 16mo, cloth, 75 cents per volume; paper, 40 cents per volume. BARBARA BLOMBERG. Translated by | A WORD, ONLY A WORD. Translated Mary J. Safford. 2 volumes. by Mary J. Safford. 1 volume. IN THE BLUE PIKE. _ Translated by | SERAPIS. Translated by Clara Bell. 1 vol- Mary J. Safford. 1 volume. ume, IN THE FIRE OF THE FORGE. Trans- | THE BRIDE OF THE NILE. Translated lated by Mary J. Safford. 2 volumes. by Clara Bell. 2 volumes. CLEOPATRA. Translated by Mary J. Saf-'| MARGERY. (Gred.) Translated by Clara ford. 2 volumes. | Bell. * 2 volumes. A THORNY PATH. (Per Aspera.) Trans-! JOSHUA. Translated by Mary J. Safford. 1 lated by Clara Bell. 2 volumes. volume. AN EGYPTIAN PRINCESS. Translated | THE ELIXIR, AND OTHER TALES. by Eleanor Grove. 2 volumes. Translated by Mrs. Edward H. Bell. UARDA. Translated by Clara Bell. 2 vol- With Portrait of the Author. 1 vol- umes. ume. HOMO SUM. Translated by Clara Bell, LORENZ ALMA TADEMA: His Lire 1 volume. AND Works. Translated by Mary J. " a ‘ Safford. 1 volume. THE SISTERS. Translated by Bell. ° ao ranslated by Clara Hell RICHARD LEPSIUS: A _Brocrapny. A QUESTION. Translated by Mary J. Saf-| Ttanslated by Zoe Dana Underhill. + ford. 1 volume. THE EMPEROR. Translated by Clara Bell. ALSO, 2 volumes. THE STORY OF MY LIFE. Translated THE BURGOMASTER'S WIFE. Trans- by Mary J. Safford. With Portraits. lated by Mary J. Safford. 1 volume. | izmo. Cloth, $1.25. iv) i)

Page 232

ADMIRAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL GENERAL EDITION Loutsa 34 (GREAT_COMMANDERS. A Series of Brief Biographies of Illustrious Americans. GeneraL JAMES GRANT WILSON. Each, {2mo, cloth, with Steel Portrait, $1.50. GENERAL SHERMAN GENERAL McCLELLAN . ° COMMODORE PAUL JONES. . is ADMIRAL PORTER. By James R. Seter, ete Assistant Secretary of the Navy. DE LUXE tured expressly for this edition. Twelve volumes, containing portraits engraved on steel and printed on the finest India paper, together with maps of the principal battlefields from the birth of the nation to the close of the civil war, New edition, 20 volumes. Napoleon and the Queen of Prussia. The Empress Fosephine. Napoleon and Bliicher. Queen Hortense. Marie Antoinette and her Son. Prince Eugene and his Times. The Daughter of an Empress. Foseph Il and his Court. Frederick the Great and his Court. Frederick the Great and his Family. EDITED BY ADMIRAL FARRAGUT, NOW READY. FARRAGUT By Captain A. T. Mahan, U.S. N, TAYLOR . By General O. O. Howard, U.S. A. JACKSON By James Parton. GMBEme « « we By Cagtaia — V. Greene, U.S. A, J. E. JOHNSTON . By Robert M. Hughes, of Virginia. THOMAS By Henry Coppée, LL.D. = gs a By General Marcus J. Wright. WASHINGTON By General Bradley T. Johnson. ak » «se we ee +e By General Fitzhugh Lee. HANCOCK By General Francis A. Walker. SHERIDAN - By General Henry E. Davies. GRANT . By General James Grant Wilson. IN PREPARATION. By General Manning F. Force. By General Peter S. Michie. By S. Nicholson Kane. Limited to One Thousand Copies. Printed on paper manufac- Price, $36.00. Sold only by subscription. Miihlbach’s Historical Novels. Illustrated. 12mo. Set, in box, half morocco, $30.00. HESE romances are as well known in England and America as in the author's native coun- try, Germany, and it has been the unanimous verdict that no other romances reproduce so vividly the spirit and social life of the times which are described. In the vividness of style, abundance of dramatic incidents, and the distinctness of the characters portrayed, these books offer exceptional entertainment, while at the same time they familiarize the reader with the events and personages of great historical epochs. THE TITLES ARE AS FOLLOWS: Berlin and Sans-Souct. Goethe and Schiller. The Merchant of Berlin and Maria Theresa and her Fireman. Louisa of Prussia and her Times. Old Fritz and the New Era. Andreas Hofer. Mohammed Ali and his House. Hlenry VII1 and Catherine Parr. The Youth of the Great Elector. The Reign of the Great Elector.

Page 233

a a

A UNIFORM EDITION IN SIX-

MASTER- TEEN VOLUMES, COMPRISING PIECES OF FIVE GREAT STANDARD WORKS AMERICAN COVERING EVERY HISTORICAL PERIOD AND PICTURING EVERY HISTORY PHASE OF OUR NATIONAL LIFE FROM COLONIAL TIMES TO THE PRESENT DAY 1. Bancroft’s History of the United States (Six Volumes), from the Discovery of the Continent to the Close of the Revolution. * I]. McMaster’ s His- tory of the Peo- ple of the United States (Four Vols.), from the Revolution to

the Civil War. GEORGE BANCROFT. * III. Maclay’s History of the United States Naby ( Two Volumes), from 1775 to the Present Day. * IV. The United States of America (Three Volumes). Studies of the Commonwealth by Twenty-five Distinguished <_ Writers. Edited by NatHaniet % Fy SouTHGATE SHALER. JOHN BACH MCMASTER,

NATHANIEL SOUTHGATE SHALER. . V. The Presidents of the United States “°°” (One Volume). Biographies by Eminent Men of Letters. Edited by Gen- eral James Grant Witson. THE SET SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION. Descriptive Circulars mailed on application.

Page 234

SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION. q THE NEW AND ENLARGED EDITION OF | | \ © JOBNSON’S > ihe cay oesna Universal mi Belt New American Cyclopedia Cyc 1 O — 1G (Now on the Market. athe il ire i sea te > JOHNSON ~ UNIVERSA GrCLopED IA ae 7,264 pages. Type new and larger than before. 130 Colored Maps, including Plans of the Chief Cities of North America and Europe. 3,027 Illustrative Engravings. Thirty-six Departments in charge of Thirty-six Eminent CHARLES KENDALL ADAMS, Scholars as Associate Editors (see opposite page). ‘a &, Nearly 50,000 Titles. President of the All Articles written by Specialists. Cuinorally of Wtneenain, EDITOR-IN-CHIEF. THE WHOLE WORK IS FRESH, SCHOLARLY, AUTHORITATIVE, AND UP TO DATE. The Editor of Book Notes says: ‘*No similar book ever published in this country equals the new JOHNSON’S in method, and none was ever published superior to it in detail; all those now on the market are infinitely inferior to it.’’ PROSPECTUS AND SPECIMEN PAGES FREE ON APPLICATION. TO CLOSE OUT OUR STOCK OF THE NEW Library Atlas and Gazetteer of the World, WE ARE OFFERING THE BALANCE OF THE EDITION AT A GREATLY REDUCED PRICE. Copper Engraved, Marginal Reference Maps; Illustrated Descriptive Text of every Country; Latest Cen sus; Maps of all Principal American Cities. 36

Page 235

a letenes = Ta | Seon NS. WATURALSC There are certain books of certain great authors which one must read, and the discreet book buyer will therefore select first what Lowell calls the ‘‘ supreme books ”"— those which all the world deems essential. These will give what is best and what ought to be known of each great author. Great Books should be in Fine Bindings. When the best books are decided upon they should be bought in bindings that will last more than a lifetime. In the present offer of ‘‘ The World’s Great Books ”’ a handsome buckram binding has been provided that will be an ornament to any library. For a choice of the ‘‘ supreme books,’’ the publishers have not relied wholly on the judgment of any one man or set of men. They have carefully taken into account the lists heretofore prepared by such high authorities as Sir John Lubbock, Ruskin, and Swinburne, and have also availed themselves of the services of the following COMMITTEE OF SELECTION : EDWARD EVERETT HALE. WILLIAM R. HARPER. THOMAS B. REED. AINSWORTH R. SPOFFORD. ROSSITER JOHNSON, EDITOR IN CHIEF. DISTINGUISHED ENGLISH AND AMERICAN CONTRIBUTORS. Prefatory Articles by great living writers introduce the several authors, giv- ing the reader an insight into the life of each author represented in the series, his place in literature, and the character and value of his work. These articles are from the pens of the scholars or critics best fitted to write on the authors or books of which they treat. For instance: JOSIAH ROYCE, of Harvard, writes on PLato;: EDWARD EVERETT HALE on De Fork; HARRIET PRESCOTT SPOFFORD on Cuar- Lotte Brosté; THOMAS B. REED on “ Great Orators”; and FRANK R. STOCKTON on “ Famous SHort Srories.” A few of the other contributors are: ANDREW LANG; JOHN P. MAHAFFY, of Trinity College, Dublin; MON- CURE D. CONWAY; WILLIAM E. H. LECKY, tthe historian; THOMAS WENTWORTH HIGGINSON; and WILLIAM J. ROLFE, the Shakespearean scholar. The World’s Great Books will be published in fine library style, printed from new plates, and will contain numerous illustrations, including full-page portraits of the authors. In mechanical execution each volume will approximate perfect bookmak- ing, and the production of the entire series will constitute one of the most extensive and important literary enterprises ever undertaken. COMPLETE LIST NOW READY. On request, we shall be pleased to send you the final list as decided upon by the Committee of Selection, with full particulars, specimen pages and engravings. We believe that students of literature will agree that this list does not contain one volume that ought to have been omitted. Yet we believe that the books indispensable to every well-selected library are included Those who apply promptly for information will place themselves in a nt Position to participate i _the introductory distribution of the first edition. First edition subscribers will also receive a reduction from the regular subscription price of the com- pleted work. D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 72 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK.

Page 236

(SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION.) THE AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL HISTORY OF THE World’s Columbian Exposition. Four Volumes, Royal 8vo. PUBLISHED FOR THE COMMITTEE ON HISTORY APPOINTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. HE Board of Directors de- termined that when the buildings that constituted the world - famed “White City” should disappear from Jackson Park, the great spectacle should not likewise disappear from his- tory, and they ap- pointed three of their number— Messrs. Harlow N. Higinbotham, Edwin Walker, and Lyman J. Gage—a committee to prepare a complete history of its inception, growth, and achievements. This committee selected Dr. Rossiter Johnson, of New York, as editor, and Messrs. D. Appleton and Company as publishers, and the work is now completed, some three years having been occupied in the preparation of its text and illustrations. It is the only history cf the Exposition that has been authorized by the Directors, and has been prepared under the constant supervision of the History Committee. In addition to the story of the Fair told by those who made it, each volume closes with a critical and descriptive article by an expert. These four articles are entitled “ The Fair as a Spectacle,” “ The Fair as a Work of Art,” “Science and the Fair,” and “‘The Moral and Educational Value of the Fair.” The work is issued in four royal octavo volumes of over five hundred pages each. It is printed on heavily calendered paper, and is handsomely and substantially bound in various styles. STREETS AND CANALS IN VENICE, And in the Islands of the Lagoon. Containing One Hundred Photo-Mezzotints, with accompanying in- troduction and notes. Handsomely bound in one volume. Price, $50.00. Limited Edition. 38

Page 237

ys SS ee COLLECTION OF (Oriental ® W.T. WALTERS. eramic Art. ILLUSTRATED wirh onE HUNDRED AND SIXTEEN PLATES IN COLORS AND FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-SEVEN BLACK AND WHITE CUTS REPRODUCING SPECIMENS IN THE COLLECTION oF W. T. WALTERS. wiTH A COMPLETE HISTORY OF ORIENTAL POR- CELAIN, INCLUDING PROCESSES, MARKS, ETC., BY Dr. S. W. BUSHELL, puysician To H. B. M. LEGATION, PEKING, AND AN INTRODUCTION AND NoTEs By WILLIAM M. LAFFAN. THE WALTERS COLLECTION was begun over forty years ago, and is well known to American and European col- lectors of Oriental ceramics. It is classed by many as the choicest private collection in the world, and while it is smaller than the nr ar at Dresden, it is regarded by many experts as finer in quality. Mr. Walters’s aim was the collection of beautiful and perfect specimens rather than the merely curious. It has been possible, therefore, to illustrate the entire range of Oriental porcelain by the rare examples in this collection. $ $ The work is published in ten sections, each containing Publication eleven or more full-page plates in colors and about forty pictures in the text. Paper, typography, and all mechanical details are of the finest. The price of the complete work in ten sections, handsomely bound, and delivered, is $500. Edition limited to five hundred copies. Size, THE ART OF THE WORLD, de luxe. Sold only by subscription. ‘The Music of the Modern World. ILLUSTRATED tn THE Lives AND WORKS OF THE GREATEST MODERN MUSICIANS, AND IN REPRODUCTIONS OF FAMOUS PAINTINGS, ETC. @ @ @ ANTON SEIDL, eprror tn cuter, assisrep By Fanny Morris Smirn. PUBLISHED IN TWENTY-FIVE PARTS, ISSUED SEMIMONTHLY. PRICE, $1.00 PER PART, ALL ORDERS TO BE FOR THE COMPLETE WORK. @ @ @ @ @ SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION. @ @ §G¥” PROSPECTUS SENT ON REQUEST. | he Ast of the W orl, rcrecmoasorrmes TURE AT THE COLUMBIAN EXPOSITION, BY GOUPIL PHOTOGRAVURES, FACSIMILES IN COLOR, AND TYPOGRAV- URES 5 AND VIEWS OF THE BUILDINGS REDRAWN FROM OFFICIAL PHO- TOGRAPHS. TEXT BY ART COMMISSIONERS AND OFFICERS OF THE EXPOSITION. EDITED By RIPLEY HITCHCOCK. ‘Two Vols., FOLIO. FULL MOROCCO, $55.00. SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION. 39

Page 238

SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION. Edition de Grand Lure. re) The Great (asters « [=== a, Illustrating the finest a Examples of the @ in the a ) “a a rN Masters of Painting from the Fourteenth to the Nineteenth Century. * | DLouvre Gallery, . Nenendenennenn eeeceeceeeececeececce HE PUBLISHERS invite the attention of all Bibliophiles, Collectors, Art Museums, and Lovers or Students of Art and its History toa unique and sumptuous work entitled THe Great Masters IN THE Louvre GALLERY. The plan of the work is to place before the subscriber a complete re- view of the development of the Art of Painting from its earliest inception to the nineteenth century, embracing all schools, from the primitive Italians to the ‘‘ men of 1830.” The Gallery of the Louvre has no equal in the world, either from an historical or an ** esthetic” point of view. Illustrious in its origin and regal in its surroundings, it contains an incomparable collection of masterpieces ; and no visitor can ever forget the vivid impression produced by the splendors of the Gallery of Apollo, the Grand Salon, and the Grand Gallery, which will be illustrated and described in this work. There are more masterpieces contained in the Louvre than in any other of the great galleries of Europe, and a large number of them once formed part of the art treasures of the French kings, notably of Francis 1, Henry 1V, Louis XIV, Louis XV, and Louis XVI. Attempts were made in 1803 and in 1815 to illustrate this matchless collection and make its riches accessible to those who could not visit the Museum or who wished to have its treasures always before them ; but the methods of reproduction then in vogue were utterly inadequate to meet the just demands of the present generation of art lovers. The modern processes of photogravure fulfill this demand, and enable us to see each masterpiece reproduced with absolute faithfulness, and not interpreted by another’s hand or eye. The publishers of THe Great Masters iN THE Louvre Gattery have selected the processes best adapted to the reproduction of each particular canvas, and the selection of the representative paintings of the different schools has been intrusted to the highest authorities on each period of art. The house of Goupil & Co., of Paris, is responsible for all the reproductions, which are executed by them in Paris ; and the perfection to which they have attained in their various processes of photogravure, both in black and in colors, is so well known to all lovers of art that it need not be insisted upon here. After several years of preparation, the publishers take pleasure in announcing that they are now ready to offer this great work to all who are interested in art and its develop- ment. The stupendous task they have undertaken and the immense outlay involved can not well be estimated, and the successful termination of their labors may be justly consid- ered as one of the crowning artistic achievements of the century now drawing to its close. CONDITIONS OF _ This edition will be strictly limited to 250 copies, of which 200 PUBLICATION will be in English and numbered from 1 to 200. _ The remaining 50, EDITION DE in French, will be numbered in Roman numerals from | to L. GRAND LUXE. The work will be issued in twelve divisions or sections, each to contain twenty-four pages of text, illustrated with twelve photograv- ures in varied tints ; six full-page India-proof photogravures, and four full-page typo- gravures, mounted, all of which will likewise be in tints. Also two hand-finished water-color facsimiles, mounted and matted for framing. The completed work will be accompanied by two specially designed Portfolios, made to contain six sections each. The price of each section will be $50.00. Subscriptions will be accepted only for the complete work. 40 a — A —

Page 239

SOME STANDARD BOOKS. A History of the United States Navy, From 1775 to 1898. By EDGAR STAN- TON MACLAY, A. M. With Technical Revision by Lieutenant Roy C. Smith, U.S.N. Revised to May Ist, and en- larged, with new chapters and several new illustrations. In two volumes. 8vo. Per vol., cloth, $3.50. The Presidents of the United States, 1789-1897. By JOHN FISKE, CARL SCHURZ, WILLIAM E. RUSSELL, WIL- LIAM WALTER PHELPS, GEORGE BANCROFT, and Others. Edited by General James Grant Wilson. With 23 Steel Portraits, facsimile Letters, and other Illustrations. 8vo. Cloth, $3.50. With the Fathers. With a Chapter on the Monroe Doctrine, and Other Studies in the History of the United States. By Prof. J. B. Mc- MASTER, author of “ A History of the People of the United States.” 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. Some Masters of Lithography. By ATHERTON CURTIS. With 22 Photo- gravure Plates after Representative Lithographs, and Appendices giving Technical Explanations and Bibliog- raphy. Small 4to, specially bound. Large-paper edition, limited to 750 copies. $12.00 net. The Scientific Aspects of Christian Evidences. By G. FREDERICK WRIGHT, D.D.,LL.D., F.G.S.A., Professor of the Harmony of Science and Revelation, Oberlin Col- lege; Author of “ The Logic of Chris- tian Evidences,” “The Ice Age in North America,” etc. Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. Eastern Journeys. Some Notes of Travel in Russia, in the Cau- casus, and to Jerusalem. By CHARLES A. DANA. 16mo. Cloth, $1.00. Philip’s Experiments ; or, Physical Science at Home. By Prof. JOHN TROWBRIDGE, of Harvard University ; Author of “ What is Elec- tricity?” Illustrated. 12mo. Cloth, $1.00, The Play of Animals. By KARL GROOs, Professor of Philosophy in the University of Basel. Translated, with the Author’s co-operation, by Elizabeth L. Baldwin. With a Preface and an Appendix by J. Mark Baldwin. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. The Warfare of Science with Theology. A History of the Warfare of Science with Theology in Christendom. By AN- DREW D. WHITE, LL. D., late Presi- dent and Professor of History at Cor- nell University. In 2 volumes. 8vo. Cloth, $5.00. Various Fragments. By HERBERT SPENCER. 12mo. Cloth, $1.25. Memory and its Cultivation. By F. W. EDRIDGE-GREEN, M. D., F.R. C.S., author of “ Colour-Blindness and Colour-Perception,” etc. Volume 78, International Scientific Series. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. Political Crime. By LouIs PROAL. With an Introduc- tion by Prof. F. H. Giddings, of Colum- bia University. A new volume in the Criminology Series, edited by W. Doug- las Morrison. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. Industrial Freedom. By DAVID MACGREGOR MEANS. With an Introduction by the Hon. David A. Wells. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. Bimetallism. A Summary and Examination of the Argu- ments for and against a Bimetallic System of Currency. By Major LEON- ARD DARWIN. I2mo. Cloth, $2.50. Pioneers of Science in America. Sketches of their Lives and Scientific Work. Edited and revised by WIL- LIAM JAY YOUMANS, M.D. With Portraits. 8vo. Cloth, $4.00. Punctuation. With Chapters on Hyphentzation, Capi- talization, Spelling, etc. By F. Hor- ACE TEALL, author of “ English Com- pound Words and Phrases,” etc. 16mo., Cloth, $1.00,

Page 240

FOR HOLIDAY GIFTS. “IN NATURAL COLORS.” A Study of our Common Birds. By FRANK M. CHAPMAN BIRD-LI E Assistant Curator of Mammalogy and Ornithology in the © Ameriéan Museum of Natural History ; Author of “ Hand. book of Birds of Eastern North America.” Illustrated by Ernest Seton Thompson, With 75 full-page plates in colors. 8vo. Cloth, $5 00. ‘‘ The widespread demand for a work containing illustrations of this nature is undoubted, but publishers have previously hesitated to expend the large sum necessary to produce satisfactorily col- ored plates, or have employed the cheap color processes with results far from successful. The high praise which has been accordéd the illustrations in the uncolored editions of ‘ Bird-Life’ is an assur- ance that bird lovers will therefore doubly welcome a work in which our birds shall be truthfully portrayed not only in natural attitudes, but in natural colors as well. Photographic bromide copies of the original drawings for ‘ Bird-Life’ have been carefully colored by an expert colorist, under the author’s supervision, and are here reproduced by a lithographic prccess which insures absolute accu- racy.” —Author's Preface to New Edition. ‘* Unusually beautiful in itself, but it deserves praise because the colored pictures of the birds ap- proach more nearly the natural appearance than usual. . . . Compared with these, the colored pic- tures of birds one usually sees are gaudy.”’—Boston Herald. THE SEVEN SEAS A volume of poems by Rupyarp © KIPLING. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. Also, Many Inventions, containing fourteen Stories and two Poems. 12mo. Cloth, $1.50. ‘* The spirit and method of Kipling’s fresh and virile song have taken the English reading world. . . . When we turn to the larger portion of ‘The Seven Seas,’ how imaginative it is, how impas- sioned, how superbly rhythmic and sonorous! . .. The ring and diction of this verse add new elements to our song. . . . The true laureate of Greater Britain.”—£. C. Stedman in The Book Buyer. The Poetical Works of Edition de Luxe. William Cullen Bryant. The Manxman. Library Edition. Illustrated with 100 Engravings | = om Weed 8vo, cloth, gilt edge cates half By HALL CaltNe, author of ‘ The Christian,” ae : ay ‘ PRY ‘*Capt’n Davy’s Honeymoon,” ‘* The Scape- calf, $5.00; morocco, antique, $7.50; tree goat,” etc. Fadztion de Luxe, limited to 250 calf, $2.00. copies, signed by the Author. With 4o gela- Adeline’s Art Dictionary. tin prints. Intwovolumes. 8vo. White vel- Containing a complete Index of all Terms used lum, gilt, $15.00 net. (Only a few copies left. ) in Art, Architecture, Heraldry, and Arche- | The illustrations in this edition are of actual ology. Translated from the French, and en- | scenes in the Isle of Man, and were selected by larged, with nearly 2,000 Illustrations. 8vo. | the author in illustration of the story. Cloth, $2.25. The Life of an Artist. Uniform edition. Each, square 8vo, An Autobiography. By JULES BRETON. Trans- illustrated, $1.50. lated by Mary J. Serrano. dition de Luxe. Paul and Virginia. pod ct 20 heer 9 and — of By BERNARDIN DE SAINT-PIERRE. With a Bio- utograph Poem. Royal 8vo. Gilt top, un- = we ‘ - “a cut edges, vellum cover, stamped in gold with = Sketch, and Illustrations by Maurice | specially prepared design, €10.co. An Attic Philosopher in Paris; The Life and Words of Christ. Or, A Peep at the World from a Garret. Being ieee aaa : the Journal of a Happy Man. By EMILE By CUNNINGHAM GEIKIE, D. D. Illustrated. SUUVESTRE. Intwovolumes. 8vo. Cloth, $6.00 ; half calf, $13.00 ; full morocco, $18.00. Holiday Editions of French Classics. Picciola. By X. B. SAINTINE, Illustrated by J. F. Gueldry. The Story of Colette. Illustrated by Jean Claude. The Story of Columbus. By ELIZABETH EGGLESTON SEELYE. Edited | by Edward Eggleston. Illustrated by Allegra P Eggleston. 12mo. Cloth, $1.75. The Country School in The Story of Washington. New England. By ELizaBETH EGGLESTON SEELYE. Edited | With 6o Illustrations from Photographs and Draw- by Edward Eggleston. Illustrated by Allegra ings by the Author. Square 8vo. Cloth, Eggleston. 1t2mo. Cloth, $1.75. | $2. 50. By CLIFTON JOHNSON. The Farmer’s Boy. With 64 Illustrations by the Author. Square 8vo. Cloth, $2.50.

Page 241

JOSEPH GILLOTT’S NEW PENS. <= 1008 DIAMOND-STUB. 1043 PROBOSCULAR, S <TD ot . i. eke ae roar Mourucaie. Ease asi <r l 1045 VERTICULAR. 1046 VERTIGRAPH. Point. Action. These pens have the extra smoothness of point, also the special ease and firmness of action required for careful business writing, or for the rapid scribbling of professional and literary men. For fine and extra-fine writing recourse may be had to the Gillott series of pens so long familiar to Orpen: 303, 404, 170, 604 E. F., 332, 601 E. F. (tu) The Standard Pens of the World. (<niceg?) or John Street, JOSEPH GILLOTT & SONS, NEW YORK. HENRY HOE, Sole Agent.

TWO NEW VOLUMES IN THE LIBRARY OF USEFUL STORIES.

The Story of Geographical Discovery. By JOSEPH JACOBS. With Maps and Iliustrations. l6me. Cloth, 40 cents. This fascinating epitome of discovery will prove a book of universal interest. With rare tact . and knowledge the author pictures the salient phases of geographical discovery in ancient and ~ modern times. The field which he covers is a vast one, but his treatment retains the interest of | the theme. This book is a remarkable and accurate summary of the subject, which will be © found of general value. The Story of the Cotton Plant. By F. WILKINSON, F. G. S., . Director of the Textile and Engineer School, Bolton. i6mo. Illustrated, Cloth, 40 cents. In clear and simple language the author tells the story of cotton, tracing its progress from the plant to the thread. The early history of cotton, the various phases of its growl Sad ie processes of preparation and manufacture are lucidly described. $2

These books are for sale by all booksellers ; or thy will e went by mai om recip of pie by the pulses, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, 72 Fifth Avenue, Now: Vert. Da wr - ws oe oo

Page 242

Bensolyptus (Schieffelin’s) Bensolyptus is an agreeable alkali solution poe yer highly ap poder we septics, all of which are of recogni value in my, Catarrhal Affections because of their cleansing, soothin healing properties. Bensolyptus is tigiily recommended in all inflammations of mucous membranes, especially in dis. eases of the Nose and Throat and asa Mouth-Wash and Dentifrice, It is also of value for internal use in affections of the alimentary tract attend- ed with fermentation of food, eructa- tions, and heart-burn. NEW MODELS 6, 7 and 8 (wide Carriage) | Send for pamphlet to WYCKOFF, SEAMANS & BENEDICT, & Schieffelin & Co., New York. THREE \STANDARD BOOKS. Er Nee SH SoM Sas A? [G le. THE PRAY OF ANIMALS. By Kart Groos, Professor of Philosophy in the Uni- versity of Basel. ‘Translated, with the Authors c ration, by Elizabeth L. Baldwin. With¢ EsTapsneDss2—— Pestacy and am Appendis by 5, eee tae F OFPICES:COR FULCTONS WILLIAM st = “The book is a treasure house of the most amusing and interesting stories about the entire brute creation, from ele hants to ants, all adduced as illustrating some mental ; e feel that we are brought into closer contact with and « better understanding of those faithful friends from whom we | learn so much.”—Joston Beacon, THE STUDY OF THE CHILD. A Brief Treatise on the Psychology of the Child, with 9) Suggestions for Teachers, Students, and Parents, By ALBERT R. TAYLOR, Ph. D., President of the State Normal School, Emporia, Kansas, Volume XLII, International Education Series. 1amo, Cloth, $1.25. , “Weagree .. . in approving it a sound and wholesome book on child study. . . . For the large and increasing class of educated women to whom motherhood is the greatest of professions, and teaching next to it in importance for the future of the race, the stucly of the book will bring many helpful and inspiring suggestions.” — Boston Congregutoalet ist, STUDIES OF GOOD AND EVIL. i F By Jostan Royce, Professor of the ems of Philoso- |" . phy in Harvard University. 1amo. Cloth, $1.50 00050 WA FRES@ CIORY FINE ARNISHES “ Professor Royce is well known as one of the ablest writers f 5. ) Pi 4G f our different on philosophical and ethical subjects in the country, and . spondence invite Catalogues o our he says on these themes is always worthy of attention. Harte 5 Si ait : Brooklyn Eagle. ZF OP ALLKINDS. USA SSnFs eS, ~ — fq ATHESVATICAL INSTRUMENTS HOUSE PAINTERS COLORS SF9.E€E)D 2S $10 Tresb0! — ne: These books are for sale by all booksellers ; or they will be sent by mail on Feceipt of price by the publishers, D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, NEW YORE,

Page 243